About this edition
This is an independent English edition of the complete classical 30-unit sequence of Holger Brenner’s Algebraische Kurven. Its scope is thirty lectures and thirty worksheets, together with every public solution available at the frozen source boundary. The source material comes from two distinct course boundaries. Units 1–23 follow the frozen revisions of Algebraische Kurven (Osnabrück 2025–2026). At the frozen boundary, that course has no Unit 24 or later units. Units 24–30 therefore follow the official lectures and worksheets of the earlier complete course, Algebraische Kurven (Osnabrück 2012). They are not an official continuation of the 2025–2026 edition, and the two courses are not treated as one source edition.
Translation, checking and edition production are assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. The work is carried out on the user’s instructions. This is not an official publication of the University of Osnabrück, Holger Brenner, Wikiversity, OpenAI or the Wikimedia Foundation, and does not imply their endorsement.
The source lecture text was written by Holger Brenner (Wikiversity username: Bocardodarapti). The source material for Units 1–23 is declared to be under Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International. Units 24–30 retain the recorded rights chain for the 2012 source components, including the earlier Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.0 Germany notice and the CC BY-SA 4.0 declaration applicable to the frozen semantic components. The translated text of this edition is shared under CC BY-SA 4.0, with its attribution and ShareAlike obligations; this does not replace or erase the licences of the source components.
The edition translates and reformats the source material. Language changes, layout changes, disclosed corrections and editorial bridges were made in 2026. The accompanying control files and backend record the source revisions, hashes, relationship of each unit to its source, mathematical corrections and connective additions. The model identification above is a tool-provenance record, not a replacement for the source author’s credit or human-contributor credits.
Images from Wikimedia Commons and Wikiversity, and the official
upstream PDFs, are not all covered by the translated text’s licence
declaration. Each component retains its own creator, source and licence,
as recorded in authority/RIGHTS.csv, the applicable
per-unit rights and asset-closure files, and the media credits at the
end of the reader. Unit 30 adds one public-domain image. This reader is
a collection with mixed component licences, not a blanket licensing
claim over every component.
The controlling text for each unit is the Wikiversity revision
identified in that unit’s authority freeze. Unit 24 binds Lecture 24
revision 933672 and Worksheet 24 revision 793492 from the 2012 course.
Unit 25 binds Lecture 25 revision 793525 and Worksheet 25 revision
793493. Unit 26 binds Lecture 26 revision 793526 and Worksheet 26
revision 793494. Unit 27 binds Lecture 27 page 50733 revision 1052572
and Worksheet 27 page 50762 revision 793496. Unit 28 binds Lecture 28
page 50734 revision 1052516 and Worksheet 28 page 50763 revision 793497.
Unit 29 binds Lecture 29 page 51996 revision 1069408 and Worksheet 29
page 50924 revision 1052757. Unit 30 binds Lecture 30 page 51997
revision 1112650 and Worksheet 30 page 50925 revision 1112597. The Unit
30 authority manifest is
authority/wikiversity/unit-30/UNIT_AUTHORITY_MANIFEST.json,
with SHA-256
b990783fda97e721cc415740671e75c749400c408481ab88f4afd68f286d8b8a.
The official PDF metadata for each unit is frozen as visual/build evidence, not as a substitute textual authority. The PDF bytes for Units 1–29 are also held locally. For Unit 30, the two 2012 PDFs (7 and 2 pages) remain bound only by their official metadata: a bounded retrieval on 1 September 2026 again received HTTP 429 from both canonical binary endpoints, so no local bytes or SHA-256 are claimed. The controlling semantic pages for Unit 30 were updated in 2026; the edition records that difference and does not claim that the two surfaces have identical revisions.
How to use this edition
Read each lecture, then work through the worksheet with the same number. Units 1–30 contain 693 exercises. Stars follow the source and do not by themselves mean that all starred exercises have the same solution coverage. The translation scope includes all 122 public solutions available at the frozen source boundary. Unit 30 has public solutions only for Exercises 30.3 and 30.4; missing source solutions are not invented. Formulae, numbering, point values, hints, stars and unit order are preserved so that the edition can be checked against the respective source revisions.
Edition notes openly identify corrections to source errors or
omissions that would otherwise mislead the reader. Necessary additions
bridging a proof step or prerequisite are labelled
Editorial bridge; these additions are not part of the
source text and are not attributed to the source author.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; source and media components retain recorded licences · Rights record: RIGHTS.csv
Lecture 1: Plane Algebraic Curves
Plane algebraic curves
What is an algebraic curve? For example, the objects shown in the following beautiful pictures.
Of course, we can draw all sorts of things. The following curves are beautiful too, but they are not algebraic curves.
The word “algebraic” in algebraic curve comes from the requirement that only algebraic operations may be used in its definition: addition and multiplication, but not analytic processes such as taking limits, infinite sums, approximation, differentiation or integration. The maps allowed in our context are given by polynomials in several variables. The pictures above show plane algebraic curves defined by a polynomial in two variables. The first two pictures are graphs of a polynomial function in one variable; they are described by
In the first picture, (so the polynomial is linear), whereas in the second the polynomial has a form such as
with coefficients in a field . In algebraic geometry we fix a base field . Important fields for us are the real numbers (the pictures are primarily to be understood in this sense) and the complex numbers . Such a graph is a simple object in that each value of has exactly one corresponding value of , namely the function value, which is also easy to calculate if we can calculate in the given field. In a certain sense, the graph is a “curved” copy of the base line, the -axis.
Now consider the third picture. It is the graph of a rational function: we take two polynomials in the variable and consider their quotient . This expression makes sense only where the denominator is nonzero. The rational function is undefined at the zeros of the denominator polynomial. If numerator and denominator vanish at the same point, cancellation sometimes gives the quotient a meaning there as well. If the denominator vanishes but the numerator does not, the undefined point is a pole: the real graph tends to or . It is tempting to say that the rational function takes the value “infinity” at these points; in projective geometry this idea really does make sense, as we shall see later.
Because of these undefined points, however, the “graph equation” is not an ideal description of the curve. Multiplying by the denominator instead gives the condition, or equation,
whose two sides are well-defined polynomials. The set satisfying the equation (or solution set) is uniquely defined. For an with , the left-hand side is zero. If , there is no solution at this , as in the picture; if , every value of is allowed. In the latter case, the object therefore contains the line through perpendicular to the -axis.
Example: the hyperbola
A typical and important example of a rational function is . Its graph is called a hyperbola . Written without a denominator, the equation becomes
On this rational function is an ordinary function, with graph , and it gives a “natural” bijection
Thus and are “equivalent” or “isomorphic” in a sense that will be made precise later.
Both descriptions have advantages. The description as takes place on a line (if we think of ), but the point , which is a limit point of , does not belong to . In other words, is not closed. The hyperbola, by contrast, is closed in ; realising the object as a closed set therefore requires moving to a higher dimension. The question of what constitutes a good description of an algebraic-geometric object will recur throughout the course.
In the real case, , the set (and likewise ) consists of two disjoint “branches”, so it is not connected. In the complex case, , the set (and likewise ) is a punctured real plane and is therefore connected. This is a typical phenomenon in algebraic geometry: important properties may depend on the base field. Nevertheless, properties that depend only on the defining equations and hold for their solution sets over every field have particular significance.
The fourth picture shows a circle, with equation
where denotes its radius. The picture already shows that this object cannot be the graph of a function, since on a graph each -value is paired with exactly one -value. There is no function satisfying
The question of whether an algebraic solution set can be realised as a graph is equivalent to asking whether its defining equation can be “solved” for . In this example we can write
Is the circle a graph after all? There are two interpretations.
If we restrict ourselves to real numbers and positive square roots, the last step is not an equivalent transformation: we have “added” information that was not in the original equation. Taking the positive square root means restricting to the upper semicircle. Adding information or conditions makes the solution set smaller.
If instead is understood to include all solutions—in the real case, both the positive and the negative square root, often written —we have added no information, but we have not solved for a function either; we have only obtained what is sometimes called a “multivalued function”.
Both viewpoints are useful. The attempt to describe part of a geometric object, such as the upper arc, simply as a graph reappears in the implicit function theorem, power-series methods, parametrisations and local theory.
Equations of the form
A circle equation can be viewed as an equation of the form
where is a polynomial in the single variable ; for the circle, . This is not a graph, but the “square root” of a graph. More generally, allow to be more complicated. The zero set (or zero locus) represents the square root . For any chosen value of , there are three possibilities for the corresponding real solutions .
- If , there is no solution.
- If , there is exactly one solution, .
- If , there are two solutions, .
This also suggests how to visualise the real picture: for each , calculate and, if the radicand is nonnegative, mark the points .
Over the complex numbers, we need distinguish only from . If has degree two, the resulting curve is a conic section, a subject studied since antiquity (see Lecture 7).
Isaac Newton studied intensively the case in which is a real cubic polynomial, that is, a polynomial of degree three. Even this collection of examples is already very rich.
Consider the case , the object described by
This object is called Neil’s parabola. A new phenomenon appears here: the origin is different from all the other points. We call it a singularity; the other points, by contrast, are called smooth or nonsingular. Giving a precise definition is part of this course. As a first, imprecise formulation, a curve near a smooth point looks, in suitable coordinates, like the possibly rotated graph of a differentiable function. The singularity of Neil’s parabola is called a cusp—the source uses the German words Spitze and Kuspe, both meaning a pointed tip. By contrast, the singularity in the eighth picture is a crossing point or double point.
In the seventh picture at the beginning, and in the picture above, we also see zero loci of the form with of degree three. What must look like to produce such a curve? The last examples also show that the presence of a singularity depends on the precise form of .
Let us stay with Neil’s parabola . If is any real or complex number, the point with coordinates
always lies on Neil’s parabola, since . Conversely, one can show (see Exercise 1.6) that every point of Neil’s parabola has this form: for each satisfying , there is exactly one with . The map
is called a (bijective polynomial) parametrisation of Neil’s parabola. Determining which algebraic curves admit a polynomial parametrisation is a nontrivial question. A smooth curve of the form with has no such parametrisation. In elementary number theory, we learn that all Pythagorean triples can be written in a simple uniform form; see Theorem 10.6 (Number Theory, Osnabrück 2025). An equivalent statement is the existence of a rational parametrisation of the rational unit circle; see Theorem 10.4. We shall discuss this in greater generality in Theorem 7.6.
We now come to the first general definition.
Definition: affine plane algebraic curve
Let be a field. An affine plane algebraic curve over is the zero locus of a nonconstant polynomial in two variables, that is,
In other words,
The following favourite polynomials in the variables and were suggested in class:
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
The corresponding zero loci vary in how difficult they are to understand. By the difference-of-squares identity,
and a product of two field elements is zero exactly when one factor is zero. This zero locus is therefore simply the union of the two diagonals: a union of two affine lines. The zero locus of is the solution set of this linear equation, an affine line. The real zero locus of is a circle centred at the origin with radius . By contrast, the real zero locus of consists only of the origin ; over the situation is different. The zero locus of is an ellipse with axes parallel to the coordinate axes, whereas the zero locus of is a compressed hyperbola.
We shall discuss and classify the zero loci of quadratic polynomials in detail in Lecture 7. The two polynomials and have degree and are much harder to understand. The first question is whether their curves are smooth or have singularities. The zero locus equals and is therefore the -axis. The last polynomial factors as
so it is easy to understand. Its zero locus is the union of three lines: the -axis and two lines parallel to the -axis.
We shall prove a lemma that immediately shows why the four nonalgebraic curves pictured above are not algebraic.
Lemma: intersection with a line
Let be an affine plane algebraic curve and a line in .
Then is either the whole line or a finite set of points.
Proof
By definition, a plane algebraic curve is always the zero locus of a polynomial in two variables. Suppose the line is given by
Without loss of generality, assume . Solving for gives . An intersection point must satisfy both and the line equation. Using the line equation, replace in by . This turns into a polynomial in the single variable , which we call .
Now is equivalent to and . Thus the intersection is described by . If , the whole line is the intersection. If , Corollary 19.9 (Linear Algebra, Osnabrück 2024–2025) says that it has only finitely many zeros.
For the four nonalgebraic examples above, there are lines meeting the curves in infinitely many points. The curves are therefore not algebraic.
Polynomial rings
After these introductory examples, we fix some terminology that is probably already familiar.
Definition: polynomial ring in one variable
The polynomial ring over a commutative ring consists of all polynomials
with for and , equipped with componentwise addition and multiplication defined by extending the following rule distributively:
From this definition we can also define polynomial rings in several variables. Set
and so on. A polynomial in variables has the form
The sum runs over a finite family of exponent tuples . Expressions of the form are also called monomials. A polynomial is usually abbreviated as . Multiplying two monomials means adding their exponent tuples:
In algebraic geometry, the case of greatest interest to us is when the base ring is a field. Algebraic geometry studies the shape of zero loci of polynomials in several variables. We shall see later that the relationship between algebraic and geometric properties is particularly strong when the base field is algebraically closed.
Definition: algebraically closed field
A field is called algebraically closed if every nonconstant polynomial has a zero in .
The fundamental theorem of algebra was first proved by Gauss.
Theorem: fundamental theorem of algebra
The field of complex numbers is algebraically closed.
Proof
We shall not prove this theorem here. Its proofs use topological or analytic methods.
Source navigation: course · Lecture 2 · worksheet for this lecture
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component licences in authority/RIGHTS.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS.csv
Worksheet 1
Practice exercises
Exercise 1.1
Linear algebra often deals with systems of linear equations. What nonlinear equations or systems of equations arise in linear algebra?
Exercise 1.2
Sketch the solution sets in of the following equations.
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
Exercise 1.3
Calculate the intersection of each curve in Exercise 1.2 with each of the following lines.
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
Exercise 1.4 ★
Find an integer solution of
Show that
is a solution of
Exercise 1.5 ★
Find a point on the plane algebraic curve
Exercise 1.6
Let be a field. The image of the curve defined by
is called Neil’s parabola. Show that a point belongs to this image if and only if it satisfies .
Exercise 1.7
Let be the image of the polynomial map
Find a nonzero polynomial in two variables such that lies in the zero locus of .
Exercise 1.8
Let be the image of the polynomial map
Find a nonzero polynomial in two variables such that lies in the zero locus of .
Exercise 1.9
Consider the curve
Show that the image points of this curve satisfy
Show that every point satisfying belongs to the image of the curve.
Show that there are exactly two parameter values and with the same image point, and that the map is otherwise injective.
Exercise 1.10
Discuss the relationship between plane algebraic curves and the implicit function theorem.
Exercise 1.11
Let . Find all points in lying on the curve defined by
How many solutions are there?
Exercise 1.12 ★
Find a line meeting the curve
in exactly one point.
Exercise 1.13 ★
Show that Neil’s parabola
meets every line through in at least one further point.
Exercise 1.14 ★
Give an analytic argument showing that the unit circle and Neil’s parabola have a real intersection point. Determine numerically the real -coordinate of such a point with error .
Exercise 1.15
Consider equations of the form
over . Sketch the different solution sets for coefficients .
The statement in the next exercise also follows from Theorem 6.1 using Lemma 1.3.
Exercise 1.16
Let be a field and let
be a map given by two polynomials . Let be its image and a line. Show that either or the intersection is finite.
Exercise 1.17
Multiply the following two polynomials in :
Exercise 1.18
Multiply the following two polynomials in :
Exercise 1.19
Let be an integral domain. Show that the polynomial ring is also an integral domain.
Exercise 1.20 ★
Let be an integral domain and the polynomial ring over . Show that the units of are precisely the units of .
Exercise 1.21 ★
Let be a field. Show that the following two properties are equivalent.
- is algebraically closed.
- Every nonconstant polynomial factors into linear factors.
Exercise 1.22
Let be an algebraically closed field. Determine all irreducible polynomials in .
Exercise 1.23
Let be an algebraically closed field. Show that cannot be finite.
Exercises to hand in
Exercise 1.24 — 2 points
Carry out the following polynomial division in :
Exercise 1.25 — 5 points
Find all monic irreducible polynomials of degree in the polynomial ring .
Exercise 1.26 — 3 points
Find all solutions of the circle equation
for the fields , and .
Exercise 1.27 — 5 points
Let be the image of the polynomial map
Find a nonzero polynomial in two variables such that lies in the zero locus of .
Exercise 1.28 — 4 points
Consider the map
assigning to each the unique intersection point other than of the line through and with the unit circle
Show that this map is well defined and find the formulas describing it. Show that is differentiable. Is injective? Is surjective?
Source navigation: course · Worksheet 2 · Lecture 1
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Solutions to Worksheet 1
This section translates the seven public solutions linked from Worksheet 1. Their numbering and order follow the source exercises. No additional solutions are supplied for exercises without a public solution at the frozen source revision.
Solution to Exercise 1.4
is an integer solution.
We have
Solution to Exercise 1.5
Consider the intersection of the curve with the line , imposing the additional condition . Substituting into the curve equation gives
The quadratic formula gives
Therefore
is a point on the curve.
Solution to Exercise 1.12
Choose the line
To calculate , substitute the equation , which holds on , into the curve equation. This gives
The only solution is , so is the unique intersection point of and .
Solution to Exercise 1.13
Every line in the plane has an equation
where and are not both zero. If the line passes through , then .
If , the line is and has the further intersection point with the curve. Hence assume . Solving the line equation for gives
On this line, the curve equation becomes
Since is a zero, we can factor out :
After multiplication by , the quadratic factor on the right is monic of degree , so it has roots in . We must show that at least one additional root differs from . Evaluating the displayed quadratic factor at gives
If , then is not a root of that quadratic factor. It remains to consider . In this case,
so there is another root, . Thus every line through meets Neil’s parabola in at least one further point.
Edition note: The source calls the displayed quadratic factor monic, although its leading coefficient is . The clarification above makes the multiplication by explicit; its roots are unchanged.
Solution to Exercise 1.14
Substitute into the circle equation to obtain
At the polynomial has value , whereas at it has a negative value. By the intermediate value theorem it has a root in . Since is positive, its real square root
exists, and is a real intersection point.
To approximate numerically, calculate
and
Thus an intersection point exists whose -coordinate lies in .
Edition note: The source ends the second estimate with . This edition uses the correct inequality .
Solution to Exercise 1.20
Let be a unit. There is a with , and the same identity holds in the polynomial ring. Hence
Conversely, let
be a unit in . Then there is a polynomial
with . Since is an integral domain, , and the product has the form
Because , we must have and . Thus is a constant unit. Consequently the units of are precisely the units of .
Solution to Exercise 1.21
Suppose is algebraically closed and is nonconstant. We prove by induction on that factors into linear factors.
For , we have , so is already a single linear factor. Assume every polynomial of degree factors into linear factors. Since is algebraically closed, has a root . We can therefore write
for a polynomial of degree . This degree assertion follows directly from the fact that a field is also an integral domain and a slight adaptation of the proof in Exercise 8. By the induction hypothesis, factors into linear factors, so does too. Hence every nonconstant polynomial factors into linear factors.
Conversely, if every nonconstant polynomial factors into linear factors, each has a root represented by one of its linear factors. Thus is algebraically closed.
Edition note: “Exercise 8” is an unlinked reference in the frozen source and does not identify Exercise 1.8 of this worksheet. The degree assertion used here is over a field; no renumbered source reference is inferred.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 2: Affine Algebraic Sets
Affine algebraic sets
Definition: affine space
Let be a field. The space
is called affine space of dimension over .
Thus, to begin with, affine space is simply a set of points. A point in affine space is an -tuple with coordinates in . Why, then, introduce a new term? The term “affine space” indicates that we wish to regard as an object of algebraic geometry. In other words, we regard -dimensional affine space as the natural geometric object on which polynomials in variables act as functions. We shall gradually equip affine space with further structures—the Zariski topology and the structure sheaf—which make it clear that it is “more” than “just” . For we speak of the affine line, and for of the affine plane.
A polynomial can naturally be regarded as a function on affine space. To a point
we assign the value
by replacing each variable by and carrying out all the operations in . Given a polynomial , we can ask whether . One object of particular interest associated with is therefore the zero locus it defines,
We encountered several examples in the first lecture. It is also useful, however, to study the common, or simultaneous, zero locus of several polynomials. This is the intersection of their individual zero loci—for example, in the case of conic sections, where a cone in three-dimensional space is intersected with various planes.
We therefore make the following general definition.
Definition: the zero locus of a family of polynomials
Let be a field, and let
be a family of polynomials in variables. The set
is called the zero locus (or zero set) defined by the family. It is denoted by .
Those subsets of affine space that arise as zero sets deserve a name of their own.
Definition: affine algebraic set
Let be a field and the polynomial ring in variables. A subset is called an affine algebraic set if it is the zero set of a family of polynomials , , with ; that is, if
The simplest examples are finite sets of points on the affine line , each given by a single polynomial, and affine linear subspaces of , which are the solution sets of inhomogeneous systems of linear equations over .
Example: the axes and the origin
Consider the affine plane and some affine algebraic subsets defined by the variables and .
The zero locus consists only of the origin , since both variables must be zero.
The set is the -axis: all points of the form .
The set is the -axis.
The set consists of all points with : it is the antidiagonal.
The set consists of the points with . Since is a field, a product can be zero only if one of its factors is zero (Lemma 3.10 of Linear Algebra, Osnabrück 2024–2025). Thus
the union of the two coordinate axes.
Points in affine space or on an affine algebraic set are often interpreted as representing more complicated mathematical objects. Properties of those objects are then reflected in whether their representing points satisfy certain algebraic equations or, equivalently, lie on certain affine algebraic sets. The following example illustrates this idea.
Example: matrices as points of affine space
A matrix
is uniquely determined by the four numbers . It can therefore be identified with a point of . In this interpretation, it is natural to denote the variables by . We can now ask which properties of matrices can be described by algebraic equations. We discuss several typical properties.
A matrix is upper triangular precisely when . Thus the set of upper triangular matrices is the zero locus of .
A matrix is invertible when
Consequently, the set of non-invertible matrices is described by the algebraic determinant condition
A matrix describes multiplication by a scalar if it is diagonal with equal diagonal entries. This set is described by the three equations
An element is an eigenvalue of a matrix precisely when it is a root of its characteristic polynomial (Theorem 23.2 of Linear Algebra, Osnabrück 2024–2025), that is, when
In linear algebra, the matrix is usually given and we seek roots of this polynomial in one variable. We can also reverse the viewpoint: fix and study the zero locus
in four variables. This equation describes all matrices having as an eigenvalue.
Similarly, a matrix has the two distinct eigenvalues precisely when
and
Subtracting the two equations gives
which such a matrix must also satisfy. Since , we can write this as
The sum of a matrix’s diagonal entries is called its trace. The last equation therefore says that the trace of a matrix with eigenvalues must equal their sum.
The characteristic polynomial of a matrix can also be written as
where
Thus two matrices have the same characteristic polynomial precisely when they have the same trace and determinant. The set of matrices with a prescribed characteristic polynomial can therefore be regarded as a fibre of the map
This map is given by simple polynomial expressions. Is it surjective? Do its fibres always look alike—that is, does the set of matrices with a prescribed trace and determinant always have the same structure—or are there differences?
Fix and . We must study the solution set of the system
The variable is uniquely determined by , and conversely. We can therefore eliminate one variable by putting . This gives an “equivalent” system in the three variables with the single equation
or
Here “equivalent” means that the two solution sets are in bijection through maps given by polynomials. The last form shows that a solution always exists: we may choose any value of and obtain an equation of the form , which has solutions.
A linear change of variables simplifies the equation further. Suppose that is invertible in , so the characteristic of is not . With
we obtain
Thus the shape of the set of matrices with a prescribed trace and determinant depends only on . Indeed, the zero locus differs according to whether this expression is zero or nonzero. In the first case it has a singularity; in the second it does not, as we shall see later.
Ideals and zero loci
Since for now we allow arbitrary families of polynomials to define zero loci and hence affine algebraic sets, these objects initially seem difficult to get a handle on. Three important statements nevertheless hold, which we shall prove in stages.
- The zero locus of a family of polynomials equals the zero locus of the ideal generated by that family.
- Every ideal has a finite set of generators. Thus every zero locus can be described by finitely many polynomials (Hilbert’s basis theorem).
- Over an algebraically closed field, zero loci correspond bijectively to radical ideals, a special class of ideals (Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz).
We can prove the first statement immediately. The other two require some algebraic preparation, which we shall develop in the following lectures.
Lemma: a family of polynomials and the ideal it generates
Let be a field and , , a family of polynomials in variables. Let be the ideal of generated by all the . Then
Proof
The ideal consists of all finite linear combinations of the polynomials and in particular contains every . The inclusion
is therefore clear. For the reverse inclusion, take and . There are polynomials and indices such that
Then
Thus every element of the ideal vanishes at , so .
Henceforth, then, we may assume that every zero set is given by an ideal.
Lemma: inclusion of ideals reverses inclusion of zero loci
For ideals in , the corresponding zero loci satisfy
Proof
Take . This means that for every . Since , it follows in particular that for every . Thus .
Affine algebraic subsets of affine space have the following important structural properties.
Proposition: unions and intersections of affine algebraic sets
Let be a field, the polynomial ring in variables, and the corresponding affine space. The following properties hold.
: the whole affine space is an affine algebraic set.
: the empty set is an affine algebraic set.
If are affine algebraic sets with , then
In particular, a finite union of affine algebraic sets is again an affine algebraic set.
If , , are affine algebraic sets with , then
In particular, an arbitrary intersection of affine algebraic sets is again an affine algebraic set.
Proof
Statements (1) and (2) are clear: the constant polynomial vanishes everywhere, whereas the constant polynomial vanishes nowhere.
For (3), take a point in the union, say . Then for every . Every element of the product ideal has the form
with . Since in every term, we get . Thus belongs to the zero locus on the right.
Conversely, suppose that does not belong to the union on the left. Then for every . For each there is an with . Since is a field,
while . Therefore cannot belong to the zero locus on the right.
For (4), take . The point belongs to for every precisely when for every and every . This holds precisely when for every in the sum of these ideals.
Source navigation: course · Lecture 1 · Lecture 3 (source) · Worksheet 2
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component licences in authority/RIGHTS-unit-02.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-02.csv
Worksheet 2
Practice exercises
Exercise 2.1
Consider the two planes in ,
Find a parametrisation of the intersection .
Exercise 2.2 ★
Find the intersection points of the unit circle and the line through the points and .
Exercise 2.3
Find the coordinates of the two intersection points of the line and the circle , where is given by the equation
and has centre and radius .
Exercise 2.4
Calculate the intersection points of the two curves
Exercise 2.5
Prove that the intersection of two distinct circles in the affine plane is the intersection of one of the circles with a line.
Exercise 2.6 ★
Find the intersection points of the unit circle and the circle with centre and radius .
Exercise 2.7 ★
Find the intersection points of the two ellipses
and
Exercise 2.8 ★
Find the intersection points of the unit circle and the standard parabola.
Exercise 2.9 ★
Let
be the standard parabola, and let be the circle with centre and radius .
- Sketch and .
- Write down an equation for .
- Determine the intersection .
- Describe the lower semicircle as the graph of a function from to .
- Describe the position of the parabola relative to the lower semicircle.
Exercise 2.10
Find all simultaneous solutions of the two equations
over the fields , , and .
Exercise 2.11 ★
Consider the variety of commuting matrices, that is, the set of pairs of matrices
Prove that is an affine variety, and find equations describing it that are as simple as possible.
Prove that the map
is surjective.
Determine the inverse image of
under .
Exercise 2.12
Prove that, for a point
the corresponding ideal
is maximal.
Exercise 2.13
Let be an algebraically closed field and . Prove that a point cannot be the zero set of a single polynomial.
Exercise 2.14
Let be a finite field, and let
be a finite set of points. Prove that is the zero set of a single polynomial.
Exercise 2.15 ★
Let be a field. Prove that the following three ideals in are equal:
and
Exercise 2.16 ★
Consider the polynomial
Find a real zero of .
Verify the identity
Let . Deduce that
for every point .
Source note. By a theorem of Artin—the solution to Hilbert’s seventeenth problem—every real polynomial that is nowhere negative can be written as a sum of squares of rational functions. The Motzkin polynomial above gives a concrete example showing that such a polynomial cannot in general be written as a sum of squares of polynomials. Here, however, we prove only its non-negativity.
Exercise 2.17
Find generators for an ideal whose zero set consists of exactly the four points
Exercise 2.18
Let be ideals in a commutative ring . Prove the inclusion
Exercise 2.19
Prove that a product of principal ideals is again a principal ideal.
Exercise 2.20 ★
Let and be ideals in a commutative ring , and let . Prove the equality
Exercise 2.21
Let be a commutative ring with ideals . Let
and let be the image ideal. Prove that
Exercise 2.22
Let be a field. In , consider the two prime ideals
Prove that there is no ideal with
Exercises to hand in
Exercise 2.23 — 3 points
Find all solutions of the equation
over the fields , , and . You may use these representations of the fields.
Exercise 2.24 — 3 points
Let
be a finite set of points. Prove that is the zero set of a single polynomial.
Exercise 2.25 — 3 points
Prove that the set of real triangularisable matrices, regarded as a subset of , is not an affine algebraic set.
Exercise 2.26 — 4 points
Find the intersection points of the two ellipses
and
Exercise 2.27 — 4 points
Let be the zero locus in given by the equation
The intersection of with a plane is a curve, described in by an equation in two suitable variables. Find such an equation for each of the planes
Source navigation: Lecture 2 · Worksheet 3 (source) · Lecture 1
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Solutions to Worksheet 2
This section translates all nine public solutions linked from Worksheet 2 at the source freeze. Their numbering and order follow the source exercises. No additional solutions are supplied for exercises without a public solution at that boundary.
Solution to Exercise 2.2
A direction vector of the line is
Its equation therefore has the form
Substituting either point gives . Thus
Substituting this into the circle equation
gives
or
Normalising the equation gives
Consequently,
and
The intersection points are therefore
Solution to Exercise 2.6
The unit circle is the solution set of
while is the solution set of
Subtracting the first equation from the second gives
so . The unit circle equation then gives . The only intersection point is therefore , which indeed satisfies both equations.
Solution to Exercise 2.7
We seek the solutions of the system
and
Adding the two equations gives
while twice the first equation minus the second gives
From the latter equation,
there is certainly no solution with . Substituting this expression for into the preceding equation gives
Multiplication by yields
This is a biquadratic equation.
Edition note: The frozen public solution stops here, without giving the intersection coordinates.
Solution to Exercise 2.8
The standard parabola is given by
and the unit circle by
The intersection points must satisfy both equations simultaneously. Using the first equation to replace in the second, we obtain
Thus
The negative sign gives no real value of , so
The two intersection points are
and
Solution to Exercise 2.9
Edition note: The frozen source leaves the sketch item blank.
We have
We seek the common solution set of the two equations
and
Replacing by in the second equation gives
Thus or . This gives the three intersection points , , and .
The circle equation
is equivalent to
and hence to
Therefore
The lower semicircle is the graph of the function
We claim that on the parabola lies above the lower semicircle. We must show that
This is equivalent to
Since both sides are non-negative on this interval, this is equivalent to
The last inequality is equivalent to , and then to , which holds because .
Edition note: The source calls both sides positive on . They are non-negative and vanish at the endpoints; non-negativity is the condition needed for squaring.
Solution to Exercise 2.11
Let
Then
and
These product matrices are equal precisely when all four corresponding entries agree, that is, when
and
Thus the set is an affine variety. The first and fourth equations are equivalent to each other and to
The commuting matrices are therefore described by the system
The identity matrix commutes with every matrix. Hence is a preimage of .
We seek the matrices
that satisfy the preceding system for
The conditions become
and the third condition can be omitted. The inverse image of the given matrix is
Solution to Exercise 2.15
First we prove by showing that every generator of is in the quotient ring modulo . In that ring,
Moreover,
and
The inclusion is clear, since one generator has been omitted.
Finally, we prove by showing that the generators of are in the quotient ring modulo . In this ring,
Consequently,
and
Solution to Exercise 2.16
Clearly is a zero of .
We have
For the other side,
we calculate the coefficient of each monomial. Only even degrees occur, and the highest degree is . Only the last three summands contribute at that degree, and the only monomials are , , and :
In degree , only and occur:
In degree , only occurs:
In degree , the coefficients of and are both . In degree , the coefficient of is also . Thus the two sides agree.
Dividing the identity in part (2) by in the field of fractions of , we obtain
Since has no real zero, this identity also holds as an identity of functions . Squares are never negative, and all coefficients of the squares involved are positive. Hence the function is non-negative at every point.
Edition note: The source’s introductory sentence for degree mentions only , but its coefficient list includes both and . The wording above follows that list and the displayed expansion.
Solution to Exercise 2.20
To prove the inclusion , take . Since a product of ideals consists of all sums of products, we can write
where
with . In turn,
with and . Thus
Expanding this product by distributivity gives a sum of products with factors each: factors belong to and to . Each summand therefore belongs to the right-hand side, as do each and finally .
To prove the inclusion , it suffices to show
for every . Since , we immediately have
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 3: The Zariski Topology, Vanishing Ideals, and Radicals
The Zariski topology
In Proposition 2.8 we showed that the affine algebraic subsets of an affine space satisfy the axioms for the closed sets of a topology. This topology is called the Zariski topology.
Definition: the Zariski topology
On affine space , the Zariski topology is the topology in which the affine algebraic sets are declared to be closed.
Thus the open sets of the Zariski topology are the complements of affine algebraic sets. For an ideal , this complement is denoted by
The Zariski topology differs greatly from other topologies, especially those given by a metric. In particular, the Zariski topology is not Hausdorff. Generally speaking, nonempty open sets in the Zariski topology are very large (see Exercise 3.20), while the closed sets—the affine algebraic sets—are very thin, apart from the whole space itself.
Edition note: The source’s non-Hausdorff assertion requires to be infinite and . Over a finite field, affine space is a finite discrete space and is Hausdorff; is also Hausdorff.
Example: the Zariski topology on the affine line
The Zariski topology on the affine line over a field is easy to describe. The whole affine line is a closed set, given by . All other closed subsets are given by with . Since is a principal ideal domain, we can even write
The corresponding zero locus consists of only finitely many points. Conversely, each individual point with coordinate is the unique zero of the linear polynomial , so
is Zariski closed. A finite collection of points with coordinates is the zero locus of the polynomial
The Zariski closed sets of the affine line are therefore all finite subsets, including the empty set, together with the whole affine line.
Example: points are closed
Every point
is Zariski closed; more precisely,
Apart from the empty set and the whole space, points are the simplest affine algebraic sets. The ideal
called the point ideal, is maximal; see Exercise 2.12.
By Proposition 2.8(3), every finite subset of affine space is Zariski closed. Thus, if is a finite set of points, its complement
is Zariski open. Likewise, for a rational function with
its domain of definition, namely , is open.
Vanishing ideals
Definition: vanishing ideal
Let be a subset. The set
is called the vanishing ideal of .
This set is indeed an ideal. If and for every , the same holds for the sum and every multiple .
We therefore have two assignments in opposite directions: a subset of affine space is assigned its vanishing ideal, while an ideal in the polynomial ring is assigned its zero locus. We wish to understand to what extent ideals and zero loci correspond to one another.
Example: the empty set and the whole space
The vanishing ideal of the empty set is the unit ideal, since there is no point at which the vanishing condition needs to be checked.
The vanishing ideal of the whole space depends on the field. If is infinite, only the zero polynomial vanishes everywhere, so the vanishing ideal is the zero ideal. This follows from Exercise 3.18.
If, on the other hand, is a finite field with elements, then
for every . Thus the polynomial vanishes at every point of the affine line and belongs to its vanishing ideal. In higher dimensions,
Example: the vanishing ideal of a point
Let
Then
First, the linear polynomials clearly vanish at , since . Hence the ideal they generate is contained in the vanishing ideal.
Conversely, let be a polynomial with . Express in the “new variables”
by replacing with . In these new variables, write
This polynomial has a constant term , while every other monomial contains at least one variable. Thus, for suitable polynomials , we can write
Since , we obtain
Lemma: inclusion of subsets reverses inclusion of vanishing ideals
Let . Then
Proof
Take . In other words, for every . Since , in particular for every . Thus .
Lemma: relations between zero loci and vanishing ideals
Let be an ideal and a subset. The following statements hold.
- .
- .
- .
- .
Proof
For (1), take . By definition, every polynomial vanishes on , so .
For (2), take . The polynomial vanishes throughout , so .
For (3), apply (1) to to obtain . By (2), ; applying and Lemma 2.7 gives the reverse inclusion.
Statement (4) is proved in the same way.
Example: strict inclusions
Both inclusions in Lemma 3.8(1) and (2) can be strict. For example, let be an infinite proper subset; this requires to be infinite. Then
so is strictly larger than .
For the inclusion in (2), take and . Then
but . A more extreme example in is , with . The vanishing ideal of that point is .
Lemma: Zariski closure
Let . The Zariski closure of is
Proof
The inclusion was proved in Lemma 3.8(1). Since is closed by definition, we obtain
Conversely, take and suppose that . Then there is a Zariski open set such that
Write . The condition means that some satisfies . Then
so . Hence and . But contradicts .
Radicals
Definition: radical ideal
An ideal in a commutative ring is called a radical ideal if the following holds: whenever for some , we already have .
Definition: the radical of an ideal
Let be a commutative ring and an ideal. The set
is called the radical of .
The radical of an ideal is itself a radical ideal.
Lemma: the radical of an ideal is a radical ideal
Let be a commutative ring and an ideal. Then is a radical ideal.
Proof
First we show that the set is an ideal. Clearly belongs to the radical. If , say , then
so belongs to the radical. For closure under addition, let with and . Then
Now suppose that . For some we have
so .
Lemma: vanishing ideals are radical ideals
Let . Then the vanishing ideal is a radical ideal.
Proof
Let and . Then
for every . Consequently for every , so .
Later we shall see that over an algebraically closed field, radical ideals and algebraic zero loci correspond to one another. This is the content of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz.
Source navigation: course · Lecture 2 · Lecture 4 (source) · Worksheet 3
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component licences in authority/RIGHTS-unit-03.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-03.csv
Worksheet 3
Practice exercises
Exercise 3.1
Prove that the nonempty Zariski open subsets of the affine line are precisely the maximal domains of definition of rational functions.
Edition note: Assume is infinite. The source omits this hypothesis: over a finite field with elements, the rational expression has empty domain on .
Exercise 3.2
Let be an infinite field and a nonconstant polynomial. Prove that the function
defined by takes infinitely many values.
Exercise 3.3
- Sketch the real zero loci of .
- Determine the vanishing ideals of the affine algebraic sets consisting of the union of all lines through the origin and a vertex of a regular -gon with as one vertex.
Exercise 3.4
Describe a map
that is continuous in the Zariski topology but is not given by a polynomial.
Edition note: The source omits the necessary assumption that is infinite. Over a finite field, every map is represented by a polynomial, so no such example exists.
Exercise 3.5
Let
be an affine algebraic set. Prove that under the identification
the subset is also an affine algebraic set in . Prove that the converse does not hold.
Exercise 3.6
Let be a metric space and a nonempty subset. Prove that
defines a well-defined continuous function .
Exercise 3.7
Let be a metric space and a subset. Prove that is closed if and only if there is a continuous function
with
Exercise 3.8
Prove that, for , the open ball in is not Zariski open, and the closed ball is not Zariski closed.
Exercise 3.9
Characterise the radical ideals in using prime factorisation.
Preliminary definition: nilpotent element
An element of a commutative ring is called nilpotent if
for some natural number .
Exercise 3.10
Let be a commutative ring and nilpotent elements. Prove that their sum is also nilpotent.
Exercise 3.11 ★
Let be a commutative ring and a nilpotent element. Prove that is a unit.
Exercise 3.12
Let be a commutative ring and a nilpotent element. Construct a linear polynomial in that is a unit, and give its inverse.
Edition note: If “linear” means degree exactly , assume . The source allows ; in that case a polynomial of degree at most is the appropriate formulation, and the construction may be constant.
Preliminary definition: reduced ring
A commutative ring is called reduced if is its only nilpotent element.
Exercise 3.13 ★
Prove that an ideal in a commutative ring is radical if and only if the quotient ring is reduced.
Exercise 3.14
Let be an ideal in a commutative ring . Prove that all the powers
have the same radical.
Exercise 3.15
Prove that every prime ideal is a radical ideal.
Exercise 3.16
Let and be commutative rings, a ring homomorphism, and a radical ideal in . Prove that the inverse image is a radical ideal in .
Exercise 3.17
Let and be ideals in with the same radical. Prove that their zero loci are also equal. Give an example showing that the converse does not hold.
Exercise 3.18
Let be an infinite field, a polynomial, and a nonempty Zariski open subset. Suppose that as a function. Prove that is the zero polynomial.
Exercises to hand in
Exercise 3.19 — 3 points
Let
be a map given by polynomials in variables. Prove that is continuous in the Zariski topology.
Exercise 3.20 — 4 points
Let be an infinite field. Prove that every nonempty Zariski open subset
is dense.
Source hint: Reduce to the case . Do not use Exercise 3.18.
Exercise 3.21 — 5 points
Determine the Zariski closure of each of the following subsets of the affine plane .
- .
- .
- .
- .
- .
The next exercise uses some more advanced topological concepts.
Exercise 3.22 — 4 points
Let be a field.
- Prove that for both and , the standard topology (the metric or Euclidean topology) is finer than the Zariski topology on .
- Prove that the Zariski topology on equals the cofinite topology. Does this also hold on for ?
- When does the Zariski topology on satisfy ? When is it Hausdorff?
- What does the Zariski topology on look like when is a finite field?
Source navigation: Lecture 3 · public solutions for Unit 3 · Worksheet 2 · Worksheet 4 (source)
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 3
The source provides public solutions only to Exercises 3.11 and 3.13 at the frozen revision boundary. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 3.11
Suppose that . Then
Thus the element
is the inverse of , so is a unit.
Solution to Exercise 3.13
Let be a radical ideal and nilpotent. Then
in for some . Interpreted back in , this means , using the same letter for a representative. Since is radical, , so in the quotient ring. Thus the quotient ring is reduced.
Conversely, suppose that an ideal
has reduced quotient ring . Suppose that . Then the residue class of is . Since the quotient ring is reduced, the residue class of itself is already . This means that , so the ideal is radical.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 4: Irreducibility, Components, and Intersections of Curves
Irreducible affine algebraic sets
Definition: irreducible set
An affine algebraic set
is called irreducible if and there is no decomposition
with affine algebraic sets .
Thus a Zariski closed set is irreducible precisely when and every decomposition forces or . The same immediately follows for every finite expression as a union of closed sets.
Irreducibility is a purely topological property. In a general topological space, the preceding definition is formulated using closed sets in place of affine algebraic sets, which are the closed sets of the Zariski topology.
The following pictures show some irreducible and some reducible affine algebraic subsets. What are their irreducible components (see the definition below)?
Example: affine space
Consider affine space . If is finite, this space consists of only finitely many points, and only its one-point subsets are irreducible. In particular, except when , affine space is not irreducible.
If is infinite, on the other hand, affine space is irreducible. Suppose that
with and both proper affine algebraic subsets. Their open complements,
satisfy , but . This contradicts Exercise 3.20.
Lemma: irreducibility and prime ideals
Let be an affine algebraic set with vanishing ideal . Then is irreducible if and only if is a prime ideal.
Proof
First suppose that is not prime. If
then , so is not irreducible by definition. Otherwise there are polynomials
with
Hence there are with and . Form the two ideals
By Lemma 3.8(3),
Both inclusions are proper because and . On the other hand,
Thus has a nontrivial decomposition and is not irreducible.
Now suppose that is not irreducible. If , then is the whole ring and is not prime. Suppose, then, that and
is a nontrivial decomposition. Write
Since , there is a point
There is therefore an with , so . Similarly, there is a with . For every , we have , since vanishes on and on . Thus
although neither factor belongs to the ideal. Consequently is not prime.
Definition: irreducible component
Let be an affine algebraic set. An affine algebraic subset is called an irreducible component of if is irreducible and there is no irreducible subset with
If is irreducible, then itself is its only irreducible component. In Theorem 9.11 we shall prove that every affine algebraic set can be written as a finite union of irreducible components.
Example: behaviour over the real and complex numbers
Consider the equation
Over the real numbers, this equation has two solutions. Since a real square is never negative, can be zero only when both summands are zero. Hence and either or . In particular, the real solution set is neither connected nor irreducible; its vanishing ideal in the real setting is also very large.
Over the complex numbers, there is a factorisation
into irreducible polynomials. This also shows that , as a polynomial in , is irreducible, even though its real zero locus is not irreducible. Its complex zero locus consists of the two graphs
which intersect at and .
For the equation
there are again only two real solution points, whereas the polynomial is irreducible over both the real and the complex numbers.
Example: the intersection of two congruent cylinders
In affine space with , consider the two cylinders
Both are irreducible sets, as we shall see later for infinite . What does their intersection look like? It is described by the ideal generated by and . Subtracting one equation from the other gives
Neither factor itself belongs to . For example, is a point of the intersection at which does not vanish (in characteristic ), while is a point at which does not vanish. The components of the intersection are instead described by
Both are prime ideals, and the first quotient ring is
To see the last isomorphism, eliminate using ; the two cylinder equations then become identical. The argument for the other ideal is the same. Geometrically, every point of lies in the plane
Moreover,
and likewise for , since on each of these planes the two cylinder equations become identical.
Edition note: At this point the source repeats ; the second plane is , as used here.
What do these intersections look like within their planes? On , use the coordinates and . Since
the first cylinder equation can be written as
On the plane , where , this becomes
or
This is the equation of an ellipse, as is also geometrically apparent. The earlier calculation of , however, gave a circle equation. There is no contradiction: a circle and an ellipse can be transformed into each other by a linear change of variables, so their quotient rings are isomorphic. As metric objects they are different, and the intersection of these two cylinders consists of two ellipses. An orthonormal change of variables preserves the metric structure, but the variables , , and do not define an orthonormal transformation.
Thus
where
describe two ellipses. To determine how the ellipses intersect, calculate the sum of their ideals:
Its zero locus consists of the two points and .
The number of points on curves
We have already seen that the intersection of a curve and a line consists of only finitely many points, unless the line itself is a component of the curve; see Lemma 1.3. We shall now generalise this to the intersection of two arbitrary plane curves. We need the following definition.
Definition: rational function field
Let be a field and the polynomial ring in one variable over . The field of fractions is called the rational function field (or field of rational functions) over and is denoted by
Theorem: intersection of curves without a common component
Let be a field, and let
be two polynomials without a common nonconstant factor. Then contains only finitely many points .
Proof
Regard as elements of , where is the field of rational functions in . By Exercise 4.27, and also have no common nonconstant factor in . Since this ring is a principal ideal domain, they generate the unit ideal. Thus there are
with
Multiplying by a common denominator of and gives, in ,
Every common zero of and in must be a zero of . Thus only finitely many -values can occur at common zeros. Interchanging and shows that only finitely many -values can occur as well. Consequently, there are only finitely many common zeros altogether.
Corollary: a prime curve with infinitely many points
Let be a field and a prime polynomial. Suppose that the curve has infinitely many points. Then its vanishing ideal is the principal ideal , and is irreducible.
Proof
Clearly
Take . By Lemma 3.8(3),
If were not a multiple of , Theorem 4.8 would immediately contradict the assumption that has infinitely many points. Hence
This ideal is prime, and by Lemma 4.3, is irreducible.
Source navigation: course - Lecture 3 - Lecture 5 (source) - Worksheet 4
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component licences in authority/RIGHTS-unit-04.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-04.csv
Worksheet 4
Practice exercises
Exercise 4.1
Find an ideal whose zero locus is the object shown above.
Exercise 4.2
Let be a subset consisting of finitely many points. Prove that is irreducible if and only if it consists of a single point.
Exercise 4.3
Sketch an example of an affine algebraic subset that is connected but not irreducible.
Exercise 4.4
Determine the irreducible components of the real hyperbola.
Exercise 4.5
Let be a field of characteristic and nonzero. Prove that the polynomial
is irreducible.
Exercise 4.6
Let be a field and
a prime ideal. Prove that the zero locus is either the whole of (whose irreducibility depends on the field) or a single point (and hence irreducible).
Edition note: As written, the source statement omits the case , for example and . This note does not alter the source exercise.
Exercise 4.7
Let be a finite field and a prime ideal. Prove that its zero locus
can be irreducible only if it consists of a single point.
Exercise 4.8
Prove that the real polynomial
is a prime polynomial, whereas its zero locus
is nonempty but reducible.
Exercise 4.9
In , calculate the intersection of the cylinder
with the sphere of centre and radius , as a function of . When is the intersection empty, and when is it irreducible?
You may use the fact that the real circle is irreducible.
The next exercise says that the intersection of the graphs of two one-variable polynomials agrees, not only pointwise but also algebraically, with the intersection of the graph of their difference and the -axis. See also Exercise 26.3.
Exercise 4.10 ★
Let be polynomials in one variable over a field . Prove that there is a -algebra isomorphism
Exercise 4.11 ★
Let two distinct circles in the plane be given by circle equations and .
- Prove that the quotient ring is isomorphic to , where has degree at most .
- Prove that is isomorphic to a ring of the form , where has degree at most .
Exercise 4.12 ★
Let be a commutative ring and the polynomial ring over . Let be an ideal with generators
where for some . For , let be obtained from by replacing with . Prove the isomorphism of quotient rings
Exercise 4.13
Consider the real numbers with the metric topology. Is irreducible?
Exercise 4.14 ★
Let be a prime number and the corresponding residue field. Prove that every quadratic equation of the form
has at least one solution in .
Exercise 4.15 ★
Let be an ideal in a commutative ring . Prove that is prime if and only if it is the kernel of a ring homomorphism
to a field .
Exercise 4.16
Prove that every maximal ideal in a commutative ring is prime.
Exercise 4.17 ★
Let be a commutative ring and an ideal. Prove that is prime if and only if the quotient ring is an integral domain.
Exercise 4.18
Let be a prime ideal in a commutative ring . Prove that
implies or .
Exercise 4.19
Let and be commutative rings, a ring homomorphism, and a prime ideal in . Prove that the inverse image is a prime ideal in .
Give an example showing that the inverse image of a maximal ideal need not be maximal.
Exercise 4.20
Let be a field and the field of fractions of the polynomial ring . Prove that there are infinitely many intermediate fields between and .
Exercise 4.21
Explain where the proof of Theorem 4.8 breaks down if one tries to extend it to more than two variables.
Exercise 4.22
Let and be nonconstant polynomials in the indicated variables. Give a bound (under what condition?) for the number of intersection points of the two curves
The following exercises use the terms closed map and open map. A continuous map between topological spaces is called closed if the image of every closed set is closed. It is called open if the image of every open set is open.
Exercise 4.23
Prove that the projection
is not a closed map in the Zariski topology.
Edition note: Assume is infinite. The source omits this hypothesis; over a finite field, both spaces are discrete and every map between them is closed.
Exercise 4.24
Prove that a plane algebraic curve over the complex numbers is not compact in the metric topology.
Exercises to hand in
Exercise 4.25 - 6 points
Let be a prime number and the corresponding residue field. Consider the polynomial
If are not all zero, this is a quadratic polynomial. Prove that exactly one of the following three alternatives holds for its zero locus .
- has at least one point.
- for a constant .
- There is a change of variables such that, in the new coordinates, the polynomial has the form with a nonsquare.
Edition note: In alternative (3), one must also allow multiplication of the polynomial by a nonzero scalar, which does not change its zero locus. The source omits this normalisation: for example, over has no zero, but an invertible linear or affine change of variables alone cannot turn its nonsquare leading coefficient into .
Source hint: Exercise 9.20 in Number Theory (Osnabrück 2025) is useful for one important case.
Exercise 4.26 - 3 points
Let be an irreducible affine algebraic set with at least two points, and let be finitely many points. Prove that
is also irreducible in the induced topology.
Exercise 4.27 - 4 points
Let be a unique factorisation domain with field of fractions . Prove that if have no common nonconstant factor, then they also have no common nonconstant factor when regarded as elements of .
Source note: You may restrict attention to the case where is a principal ideal domain.
Exercise 4.28 - 3 points
Let be the field of rational numbers. Determine, with justification, whether
is irreducible.
Source hint: Use Exercise 1.28 on the rational parametrisation of the unit circle and Corollary 4.9.
Exercise 4.29 - 4 points
Prove that the projection
is an open map in the Zariski topology.
Exercise 4.30 - 4 points
Prove that the affine plane with the Zariski topology is compact.
Terminology note: Here “compact” means that every open cover has a finite subcover; no Hausdorff condition is included (this is also called quasi-compact).
Source navigation: Lecture 4 - public solutions for Unit 4 - Worksheet 3 - Worksheet 5 (source)
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 4
The source provides public solutions only to Exercises 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, and 4.17 at the frozen revision boundary. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 4.10
We prove the isomorphism
Consider the -algebra homomorphism
that sends and . We have
and
The homomorphism theorem for rings gives an induced -algebra homomorphism
Now consider the -algebra homomorphism
with . In the target ring,
This therefore induces a homomorphism
Both compositions and are the respective identity maps.
Solution to Exercise 4.11
A circle equation has the form
Expanding, write
and similarly
Then
Since the circles are distinct, has degree or . Moreover,
so their quotient rings are isomorphic.
Use the description from the first part:
If is a nonzero constant, is the zero ring. Otherwise is linear, so one variable can be expressed in terms of the other; say
Hence
Solution to Exercise 4.12
Consider the surjective evaluation homomorphism
The generator maps to , and for , the generator maps to . The homomorphism theorem gives a surjective ring homomorphism
It remains to prove injectivity. Suppose that
maps to under . This means that
in . Furthermore,
since is always divisible by . Thus
and altogether
For suitable elements , we also have
Consequently,
Thus is injective and is the required isomorphism.
Solution to Exercise 4.14
For , the statement can be checked directly. Suppose that . Write the equation as
Since and are units, the theorem on the number of quadratic residues shows that the sets of values on the left and on the right each contain elements. The field has only elements, so the two sets cannot be disjoint. Thus there is a that can be written as
for suitable . This pair solves the original equation.
Solution to Exercise 4.15
First let be a prime ideal. By the characterisation of prime ideals by quotient rings, is an integral domain and therefore has a field of fractions . The composition of the canonical projection with the inclusion into this field,
is a ring homomorphism to a field with
Conversely, the kernel of a ring homomorphism
is always an ideal, by the kernel-ideal theorem. If , then
Since a field is an integral domain, has no zero divisors, so either or . Equivalently, or . Thus is a prime ideal.
Edition note: The source calls the map to the canonical projection. More precisely, it is the quotient projection followed by the inclusion into the field of fractions, as stated above.
Solution to Exercise 4.17
First let be a prime ideal. In particular, , so is not the zero ring. Suppose that in , with and represented by elements of . Then , so or . In , this means exactly that or . Thus is an integral domain.
Conversely, suppose that is an integral domain. This quotient is not the zero ring, so . If , their classes are both nonzero in . Since the ring is an integral domain, their product is nonzero. Hence
Taking the contrapositive, forces or . Thus is prime.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 5: Homogeneous Components, Noether Normalisation, and Polynomial Maps
Homogeneous components
We discuss the degree of a polynomial in several variables and its decomposition into homogeneous components.
Definition: degree
Let be a commutative ring and
the polynomial ring in variables over . For a monomial
the number
is called the degree of . For a nonzero polynomial
the number
is called the degree of .
Definition: homogeneous decomposition
Let and be as above. For a polynomial
the decomposition
where
is called the homogeneous decomposition of . The polynomial is called the homogeneous component of of degree . The polynomial itself is called homogeneous if its homogeneous decomposition has only one nonzero component.
The zero set of a homogeneous polynomial is a cone of lines through the origin: if a point belongs to , the entire line through and also belongs to .
Example: total degree and degree in one variable
The polynomial
has degree , with homogeneous components
and
If we regard as a polynomial in and consider only the powers of , we speak of its -degree. The -degree of is . There is also a homogeneous decomposition with respect to the -grading: the component of -degree zero is
while the component of -degree one is
The number of points on curves II
The following theorem is called Noether normalisation in the case of plane curves.
Theorem: Noether normalisation for plane curves
Let be an algebraically closed field and a nonconstant polynomial of degree defining the algebraic curve
There is a linear change of coordinates such that, in the new coordinates , the transformed polynomial has the form
Proof
Write the homogeneous decomposition
with
A homogeneous polynomial in two variables has the same factorisation properties as a polynomial in one variable. Since is algebraically closed, there is a factorisation
Since has a th root, scaling the variables allows us to assume . In particular, is infinite, so we can choose distinct from all the . Use the new coordinates
In these coordinates, each linear factor becomes
with , while the factor becomes . On expanding, occurs with a nonzero coefficient in , which can again be made by scaling. The top homogeneous component consequently has the form plus terms of -degree at most . Since the lower-degree homogeneous components retain their degrees, all other monomials also have -degree at most .
Corollary: plane curves have infinitely many points
Let be an algebraically closed field and a nonconstant polynomial defining the algebraic curve . Then has infinitely many elements.
Proof
By Noether normalisation, we may assume that
with . For every prescribed value of , substituting gives a monic polynomial of degree in . Since is algebraically closed, this polynomial has at least one root . Thus the point with coordinates and lies on . Since is infinite, the curve has infinitely many points.
Edition note: After setting and choosing a root , the source writes the point as . This edition specifies both coordinates explicitly to retain the order , .
Polynomial maps between affine spaces
Consider the map
where each component function is a polynomial. Thus each component of the map is given by a polynomial in variables. The case is a polynomial in variables; the case and is a parametrisation of an algebraic curve. Later we shall define morphisms between affine algebraic sets in greater generality.
Edition note: The source prints the ring of component functions as , although the map’s parameters and the target ring of its substitution homomorphism use . This edition consistently uses .
An important accompanying feature of a polynomial map is that it induces a -algebra homomorphism between the polynomial rings in the opposite direction. This substitution homomorphism is determined by and is denoted by
The notation means replacing the variable with . As a function, is the composite map
For the zero locus , we have
Apart from constant maps, the simplest polynomial maps are affine-linear maps, whose component functions are affine-linear polynomials:
These maps need not be linear, since the origin need not map to the origin: translations are allowed. An affine-linear map is the composition of a linear map and a translation. For , a bijective affine-linear map is regarded as a coordinate transformation, or change of variables.
Definition: affine-linear change of variables
Let be a field. A map of the form
where is an invertible matrix, is called an affine-linear change of variables.
One can debate whether a linear change of variables actually moves anything in space or merely changes the coordinates. In either case, such transformations are important tools for putting a polynomial, a system of algebraic equations, or an affine algebraic set into a simpler form. Under a change of variables, the set
becomes
and is the inverse image of under .
Definition: affine-linear equivalence
Two affine algebraic sets
are called affine-linearly equivalent if there is an affine-linear change of variables such that
This notion depends on how the objects are embedded. Later we shall see that a parabola and a line in the plane are isomorphic, since both are isomorphic to the affine line, but they are not affine-linearly equivalent.
The essential algebraic and topological properties of an affine algebraic set are preserved under an affine-linear change of variables: irreducibility, singularities, intersections, connectedness, and compactness. By contrast, properties typical of real metric geometry may change: angles, lengths and ratios of lengths, volumes, and shapes. These latter notions are not relevant to algebraic geometry. Henceforth we shall transform a situation into a desired form without special emphasis whenever such a transformation is available.
Theorem: quotient rings under affine-linear equivalence
Let be a field and two affine-linearly equivalent affine algebraic sets. Let and be their vanishing ideals. Then there is a -algebra isomorphism
Proof
By definition, there is an affine-linear change of variables
with . Let be the corresponding automorphism of . Then
The isomorphism theorem gives the isomorphism of the two quotient rings.
Remark: the coordinate ring as an intrinsic invariant
The preceding theorem expresses an important principle of algebraic geometry: the algebraic object attached to a zero locus is the quotient of the polynomial ring by its vanishing ideal. This is an intrinsic invariant of the zero locus, independent of its embedding.
From this perspective, Noether normalisation for plane curves takes on new meaning. We may assume that the curve equation has the form
The equation is an equation of integral dependence for the residue class of . More precisely, the residue class of in is integral over . These notions may be familiar from elementary number theory and will again play an important role here. Since generates the ring as an algebra over , there is an integral, indeed finite, ring extension
Thus Noether normalisation also says that, for every algebraic curve over an algebraically closed field, its coordinate ring can be realised as a finite extension of the principal ideal domain . This is a direct analogy with rings of integers in number theory, which are likewise finite extensions of the principal ideal domain .
Under general polynomial maps between affine spaces, unlike affine-linear transformations, many algebraic properties may change: dimension may change, singularities may arise, and so on. Irreducibility, however, passes to the Zariski closure of the image.
Theorem: the closure of the image of a polynomial map is irreducible
Let be an infinite field and
a map given by polynomials in variables. Then the Zariski closure of the image of is irreducible.
Proof
Let
be the image of the map. By Lemma 3.10,
For with and , we have
where is obtained by replacing with the th component function . Consequently, vanishes throughout precisely when vanishes throughout . Since is infinite, the latter condition means that is the zero polynomial.
Thus
precisely when maps to zero under the homomorphism
Hence is the inverse image of a prime ideal, namely the zero ideal in , and so is itself prime by Exercise 4.19. Lemma 4.3 then shows that is irreducible.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-05.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-05.csv
Worksheet 5
Practice exercises
Exercise 5.1
Let be a homogeneous polynomial with zero locus . Prove that for every point and every scalar , we also have .
Exercise 5.2
Determine the factorisation of the polynomial
for .
Exercise 5.3 ★
Let be an algebraically closed field and a homogeneous polynomial. Prove that splits into linear factors.
Exercise 5.4
Let be a field, a homogeneous polynomial, and a factorisation. Prove that and are also homogeneous.
Exercise 5.5
Let be a commutative ring and
the polynomial ring in variables over . Let
be the ideal generated by the variables. Prove that
where denotes the ideal of generated by all homogeneous polynomials of degree .
Exercise 5.6
Prove that a homogeneous polynomial remains homogeneous of the same degree under a linear change of variables, whereas this need not hold under an affine-linear change of variables.
Exercise 5.7
Prove that affine-linear equivalence is an equivalence relation on the affine algebraic sets .
Exercise 5.8
Let be a point in the affine plane, and two distinct lines through . Let , with , be a plane algebraic curve. Explicitly describe a change of variables (a change of coordinates) such that, in the new coordinates, is the origin and the two lines are the coordinate axes. What is the curve equation in the new coordinates?
Exercise 5.9
Let and each be a plane affine algebraic curve consisting of the union of three distinct lines, with the three lines of each curve meeting at one point. Prove that an affine-linear change of coordinates takes to .
Exercise 5.10
Let and each be a plane affine algebraic curve consisting of the union of four distinct lines, with the four lines of each curve meeting at one point. Prove that in general no affine-linear change of coordinates takes to .
The next two exercises are intended to aid understanding of Theorem 5.4 and Corollary 5.5.
Exercise 5.11
Apply the proof of Theorem 5.4 to the polynomial .
Exercise 5.12
Apply the proof of Theorem 5.4 to the hyperbola .
Exercise 5.13
Apply the proof of Theorem 5.4 to the polynomial
Exercise 5.14
Let be a nonconstant polynomial. Prove that the corresponding algebraic curve has uncountably many elements.
Exercise 5.15 ★
Let
be a finite set of points in the plane over an infinite field .
- Prove that can be obtained as the intersection of two algebraic curves.
- Prove that can be obtained as the intersection of two irreducible algebraic curves.
Exercise 5.16
Calculate the image of the polynomial
under the substitution homomorphism
determined by
Exercise 5.17
Let be an infinite field and a polynomial with associated map
Prove, both with and without Theorem 5.10, that the image of consists of one point or infinitely many points.
Exercise 5.18
Let be a finite field with elements, and let
be distinct points in the affine plane. Prove that there is a polynomial map
with
if and only if .
Edition note. The source’s count is understood to be a count of distinct points; otherwise repetitions would make the criterion in terms of false. Its notation is retained here.
Exercise 5.19 ★
Give an example of a polynomial map
such that the inverse image of one point is reducible, while the inverse image of every other point is irreducible.
Exercise 5.20 ★
Let be a field. For each , consider the map
which sends a tuple of roots to the tuple of coefficients , omitting the coefficient , of the monic polynomial
- Describe explicitly for .
- Describe explicitly for .
- Explain why these maps are polynomial.
- Prove that the fibres of are finite.
- When is the fibre over a tuple empty?
- What is the maximum number of elements in a fibre? Give examples showing that this maximum is attained for .
- Now let be algebraically closed. Prove that is surjective.
Exercise 5.21
Let
be a polynomial map and a subset. Prove that
Exercise 5.22
Prove that the statement of Exercise 5.21 does not hold without the assumption that the map is polynomial.
Exercises to hand in
Exercise 5.23 - 3 points
How many monomials of degree are there in the polynomial ring in one, two, and three variables?
Exercise 5.24 - 3 points
Apply the proof of Theorem 5.4 to the algebraic curve corresponding to the rational function
Exercise 5.25 - 3 points
Consider the map
Determine the image and the fibres of this map.
Exercise 5.26 - 3 points
Consider the ellipsoid
Find an affine-linear change of variables over such that the image of under the map is the standard unit sphere
Exercise 5.27 - 4 points
Let and be affine algebraic sets in for . Prove that they are affine-linearly equivalent if and only if they have the same cardinality.
Also prove that this statement fails for with , and in for .
Source navigation: Lecture 5 - public solutions for Unit 5 - Worksheet 4 - Worksheet 6 (source)
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 5
The source provides public solutions only to Exercises 5.3, 5.15, 5.19, and 5.20 at the frozen source revisions. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 5.3
Let
Its dehomogenisation is the one-variable polynomial
Write and suppose . Since the field is algebraically closed, this polynomial has a factorisation
Homogenising again gives the factorisation
If , then , so the statement is immediate.
Edition note: The source formula places inside the product, which would produce a factor , and also tacitly assumes that . The formula above places the leading coefficient once outside the product and includes the factor required when .
Solution to Exercise 5.15
Choose a sufficiently general linear form taking distinct values at the given points. We may therefore assume that coordinates have been chosen so that, for
all the first coordinates are distinct. Let
By the interpolation theorem, choose a polynomial in the one variable with
for . With , we obtain
expressing as the intersection of two curves.
Replace by
Then
Both curves are graphs and are therefore irreducible.
Solution to Exercise 5.19
Let be an algebraically closed field. Consider the map
The fibre over zero is the union of the coordinate axes,
which is reducible. The fibre over a point with is . It suffices to show that is a prime polynomial. This follows from the isomorphism
with inverse . The universal properties of quotient rings and localisation ensure that these maps really are inverse to one another.
Solution to Exercise 5.20
For , since
the map is
For , since
the map is
Fix and . By distributivity, the coefficient of is
with sign determined by the parity of . Thus every component function is polynomial.
A tuple belongs to the fibre over the coefficient tuple precisely when
In particular, all the must be roots of . Since a polynomial has only finitely many roots, there are only finitely many possible permutations.
The fibre over a tuple is empty precisely when the polynomial
does not split completely into linear factors.
Every fibre has at most elements. If the polynomial given by the coefficient tuple splits completely and its distinct roots have multiplicities , the fibre consists of all orderings of those roots with those multiplicities, and hence has cardinality
If the polynomial does not split completely, the fibre is empty. Thus the bound is attained when contains distinct elements and the polynomial has distinct roots. In particular, for , the root tuple
maps to a coefficient tuple whose fibre consists of all permutations of that root tuple.
Edition note: The source calls the maximum without restricting the field . The multiplicity count above is an editorial clarification: in general, is an upper bound, while equality requires at least distinct elements in . The example requested in the exercise is specifically for .
If is algebraically closed, every monic polynomial splits into monic linear factors. By part 5, each corresponding fibre is nonempty. Thus is surjective.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 6: Polynomial and Rational Parametrisations
Polynomial parametrisations in the plane
We now consider maps
given by two polynomials in one variable
The image of such a map lies in an affine algebraic curve, as the following theorem shows. We also speak of parametrised curves, or more precisely polynomially parametrised curves.
Here two ways of describing an algebraic curve compete. The points of a curve given by a curve equation are specified only implicitly. For each point of the plane, it is easy to check whether it lies on the curve, but in general it is difficult to find or explicitly specify points on the curve. A parametrised curve, by contrast, is given explicitly: for each point of the affine line, its image point can easily be calculated, giving the points of the curve explicitly. However, not every algebraic curve can be parametrised by polynomials.
Theorem: an equation for a polynomially parametrised curve
Let be a field and let be polynomials. Then there is a polynomial
such that
In other words, the image of a polynomially parametrised curve lies in a plane algebraic curve
If is infinite and are not both constant, the Zariski closure of the image is an irreducible curve .
Proof
Edition note. The source’s degree argument below treats nonzero . If , take ; if , take . Thus the zero-polynomial cases of the theorem are covered as well.
Let and be the degrees of and , respectively. Consider the monomials
These are polynomials in of degree . For and , there are such monomials. They all lie in the -dimensional -vector space spanned by
If
there must be a nontrivial linear dependence among the . This gives a polynomial with . The numerical condition above can be met by choosing sufficiently large.
From now on, let be infinite. By Lemma 3.10, the Zariski closure of the image
is , and by Theorem 5.10 this set is irreducible. Since is infinite and the map is nonconstant, irreducibility also forces to contain infinitely many points. By Lemma 4.3, is a prime ideal; by the first part it contains an element
Since is a unique factorisation domain, a prime factor of also belongs to this ideal. We may therefore assume that is a prime polynomial. We have the inclusions
For , the set
is infinite. By Theorem 4.8, and must have a common nonconstant factor. Since is prime, must be a multiple of . Thus
Example: eliminating the parameter
Consider the curve given by the parametrisation
We have
A simple subtraction gives
Thus
Expanding gives the curve equation
Example: a curve with one self-intersection
Consider the map given by
Edition note. The source’s two-branch description assumes . In characteristic , , so there is only one parameter value over and the self-intersection conclusion below does not apply; the displayed algebraic identities remain valid.
Both parameter values give the point . For every other value , we can write
Thus the parameter can be reconstructed from its image, which means that the map is injective away from those two values. The image curve therefore intersects itself at exactly one point.
To determine the curve equation, write and . Then
and
The polynomial describing the curve is therefore
Rational parametrisations
Consider a rational function
This immediately gives a new form of parametrisation through the map
Here is the domain of definition of the map, namely
consisting of all points where the denominator polynomial is nonzero. This map clearly reaches every point of the graph of the rational function, so, like a polynomial parametrisation, it provides an explicit description of the curve. To describe curves, it is therefore natural to allow parametrisations whose component functions are rational as well.
Definition: rational parametrisation
Two rational functions
with
are called a rational parametrisation of the algebraic curve
if
and the pair is nonconstant.
The equality in this definition is understood in the rational function field . If is infinite, this is equivalent to the equality holding for every where the denominators allow the functions to be defined.
Definition: rational curve
A plane algebraic curve
is called rational if it is irreducible and has a rational parametrisation.
The following simple example shows that rational functions can parametrise more curves than polynomials can. However, we should already mention that this difference disappears again in the context of projective geometry.
Example: the hyperbola
Consider the hyperbola
We claim that it has no polynomial parametrisation. For two polynomials and , the condition that their image always lie on is
or that in the polynomial ring . These conditions are equivalent over an infinite field; over a finite field, the second identity is the appropriate condition. This identity means that and are inverses of one another, so both are units. The only units in a polynomial ring are the nonzero constants. Thus both polynomials are constant, the map they define is constant, and there is no polynomial parametrisation.
By contrast,
is a rational parametrisation of the hyperbola.
We want to show that the image of a nonconstant rational map always satisfies an algebraic equation, and thus always gives a rational parametrisation of an algebraic curve. In the polynomial case, an algebraic equation followed from a counting argument: the number of monomials in two variables grows faster with the degree than the number of monomials in one variable. We will use a similar argument together with an additional trick, homogenisation. This makes an inhomogeneous situation homogeneous by adding another variable (that is the price we have to pay). Here we use this process purely algebraically, but behind it lies the interplay between affine and projective geometry.
Definition: homogenisation
Let
be a polynomial with homogeneous decomposition
and let be an additional variable. The homogeneous polynomial of degree
is called the homogenisation of .
The original polynomial can be recovered from its homogenisation by setting the additional variable . This process is called dehomogenisation.
Lemma: a homogeneous relation for three homogeneous polynomials
Let
be three homogeneous polynomials of the same degree. Then there is a homogeneous polynomial
such that
Proof
This follows from a counting argument similar to the proof of Theorem 6.1; see Exercise 6.7.
Example: a monomial relation
Consider the map
given by homogeneous polynomials, indeed by monomials. An algebraic relation for its image is easy to find:
Thus the image lies in . See also Exercise 6.29.
Theorem: the image of a rational map satisfies an algebraic equation
Suppose two rational functions
with , , are given and are not both constant. Then there is a nonconstant polynomial such that
Thus and define a rational parametrisation.
Proof
By passing to a common denominator, we may assume that the rational map is given by
with and . Let
be the homogenisations of these three polynomials with the new variable , and let be their largest degree. Edition note: if a numerator is zero, set its and to zero and take over the nonzero polynomials; the degree formula below is applied only to nonzero . The zero polynomial is homogeneous of the required degree. Set
The polynomials all have degree , while their dehomogenisations at remain . By Lemma 6.8, there is a homogeneous polynomial
of degree in , such that
Now consider
which is a polynomial in the two rational functions and . The homogeneity of is crucial for this step. Substituting the three homogeneous polynomials gives
This is an equality in the fraction field of . Setting , that is, dehomogenising, and writing
we obtain a nonzero polynomial such that
which is an equation for the two original rational functions.
Remark: local differentiable parametrisations
We can go a step further and ask whether there are other ways to describe an algebraic curve
by a map , allowing to belong to a larger class of functions. An important result here is the implicit function theorem. For or , it says that if the two partial derivatives of do not both vanish at a point of the curve, then there is an infinitely differentiable, indeed analytic, map describing the curve in a small open neighbourhood of that point. An algebraic version of the implicit function theorem reappears in the power-series approach that we will discuss later.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-06.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-06.csv
Worksheet 6
Practice exercises
Exercise 6.1
Let be a polynomial in one variable over a field . Parametrise the graph of by polynomials.
Exercise 6.2
Determine a curve equation for the parametrised curve
Exercise 6.3 ★
Let be a field. Consider the parametrisation
Determine a nontrivial algebraic equation satisfied by every image point of this map. Also give a point in the affine plane that does not lie on the image curve.
Exercise 6.4 ★
Let be a field. Consider the polynomial map
Determine a nontrivial algebraic equation satisfied by every image point of this map.
The phenomenon described in the following exercise cannot occur over an algebraically closed field.
Exercise 6.5
Give an example of a polynomial parametrisation
where is the Zariski closure of the image, such that infinitely many points of are not in the image.
Exercise 6.6
Show that, in the situation of Example 6.3, the given parametrisation of the curve is surjective for .
Exercise 6.7
Let
be three homogeneous polynomials of the same degree. Show that there is a homogeneous polynomial
such that
Exercise 6.8 ★
Is there a homogeneous polynomial , , such that
Exercise 6.9 ★
Determine an algebraic equation for the image curve of the map
Check the resulting equation directly.
Exercise 6.10
Determine a nontrivial algebraic equation for the image of the map
The following exercises use the notion of a differentiable curve as discussed in Analysis 2.
Exercise 6.11
Give an example of a non-algebraic (non-polynomial) differentiable curve in whose image nevertheless coincides with an algebraic curve.
Exercise 6.12
Show that the trajectory of the Archimedean spiral
is not algebraic.
Exercise 6.13
Let
be a rationally parametrised curve. Show that the curve also has a non-algebraic differentiable parametrisation.
Exercise 6.14
Give a differentiable curve whose image is exactly the union of the two coordinate axes.
Exercise 6.15
Let be a polynomial map and let be a plane rational curve. Suppose that does not map to a single point. Show that
is also a rational curve.
Exercise 6.16
Let be an algebraically closed field of characteristic zero, and suppose a polynomial map
with is given. Show that is injective if and only if has the form
where , is odd, and is a polynomial containing only even powers.
Exercise 6.17 ★
Let be the probability that a certain event occurs in an experiment, so that is the probability that it does not occur (). The experiment is performed twice independently. The combined events
have probabilities depending on . Regard this dependence as the polynomial map
- Show that this map is injective.
- Describe its image completely by polynomial equations.
Exercise 6.18 ★
Let be the probability that event occurs in a first experiment, and let be the probability that event occurs in a second experiment. The two experiments are performed independently. The combined events
have probabilities depending on and . Regard this dependence as the polynomial map
- Show that this map is injective.
- Describe its image completely by polynomial equations.
Exercise 6.19
Consider the map
Determine an algebraic equation for its image. Investigate the injectivity and surjectivity of this map as a map to . Compare it with the maps discussed in Exercise 6.29.
Exercise 6.20
Let be a field, the polynomial ring over in variables, and the polynomial ring in variables. For , let be its homogenisation with respect to . For , let be its dehomogenisation given by . Show that
but that it need not be the case that
Exercise 6.21 ★
Let be a field and the polynomial ring over in variables. Let
be homogeneous polynomials of the same degree. If their dehomogenisations with respect to satisfy
show that .
Exercise 6.22 ★
Let be a field, the polynomial ring over in variables, and the polynomial ring in variables. Show that homogenisation with respect to is compatible with multiplication.
Exercise 6.23
Let be a field, the polynomial ring over in variables, and the polynomial ring in variables. Describe dehomogenisation with respect to as a substitution homomorphism.
Exercise 6.24
Formulate and prove a division-with-remainder statement for homogeneous polynomials in two variables over a field.
Exercise 6.25 ★
Let
and
Find homogeneous polynomials , with , such that
Exercises for submission
Exercise 6.26 - 3 points
Determine the area enclosed by the loop of the real curve
The following exercises may require the use of a computer.
Exercise 6.27 - 6 points
Determine an algebraic equation for the image curve of the map
Exercise 6.28 - 5 points
Determine an algebraic equation for the image curve of the map
Check the resulting equation directly.
Exercise 6.29 - 5 points
Consider the two maps
and
Show that the images of both maps satisfy the same algebraic equation . Investigate the injectivity and surjectivity of the two maps as maps to . Which map gives a “better” description of ?
Exercise 6.30 - 4 points
Let be a field and an irreducible polynomial. If the zero locus is infinite, show that is an irreducible affine algebraic set.
Also give an example showing that this statement is false in three variables.
Source navigation: Lecture 6 - public solutions for Unit 6 - Worksheet 5 - Worksheet 7 (source)
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 6
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 6.3, 6.4, 6.8, 6.9, 6.17, 6.18, 6.21, 6.22, and 6.25. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 6.3
We calculate the first few monomials in and :
and
We seek a nontrivial relation among these polynomials in . Since
an algebraic relation for the image curve is
For example, the point in the affine plane does not lie on the image curve, since
Solution to Exercise 6.4
We calculate some monomials in and :
and
These are five polynomials containing only the powers , so they must be linearly dependent. One linear relation is
Solution to Exercise 6.8
No such polynomial exists. Suppose
is a homogeneous polynomial of degree . The required equation would be
Suppose two monomials in this sum are equal:
Then
and
Adding the equations gives
Since
we obtain , and then and . Thus all the monomials in the sum above are pairwise distinct. For , every coefficient must be zero. Hence , contrary to the requirement of the exercise.
Solution to Exercise 6.9
We use the homogenisations of equal degree
These give six monomials of degree in . Since there are only five monomials of degree in two variables, a linear dependence must exist. Explicitly,
and
Since occurs only in , we can seek a linear relation among . Since is a monomial, we focus on the relevant monomials and on . We have
Thus
Consequently,
is a homogeneous polynomial of degree that vanishes when are replaced by , respectively. The corresponding equation, obtained by dividing by , is
After substituting and then setting , the ratios and become the original rational functions. An annihilating polynomial is therefore
As a direct check,
Solution to Exercise 6.17
From
we immediately obtain
Thus the input variable can be reconstructed from the component polynomials, proving injectivity.
Clearly , which gives a first equation and allows to be eliminated. Using
we obtain
and
Thus and can also be eliminated, and the image is described completely by the three equations
and
Solution to Exercise 6.18
From
we immediately obtain
and
Thus both input variables can be reconstructed, proving injectivity.
Using
we obtain
and
Thus and can be eliminated, and the image is described completely by the two equations
and
Solution to Exercise 6.21
Let be the common degree of and , and write
and
Their dehomogenisations are
which are equal by assumption. Hence for every , and therefore the original polynomials are also equal.
Solution to Exercise 6.22
Let
and
be polynomials of degrees and , written in their homogeneous decompositions. Their homogenisations are
and
Their product has the form
where
with components whose indices lie outside the range understood to be zero. On the other hand,
has homogeneous components
Therefore,
Solution to Exercise 6.25
Division with remainder in the homogeneous case gives
Thus
and
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 7: Conic Sections and Quadrics
Conic sections and quadrics
The standard cone in three-dimensional affine space is given by the homogeneous equation
One can picture this by thinking of as specifying the radius of a circle (edition clarification: over , the radius is , not a negative ) in the plane parallel to the - plane through the point . Every intersection of this cone with an affine plane is called a conic section.
Definition: conic section
A conic section is the intersection of the standard cone with an affine plane , where are not all zero; thus
The theory of conic sections is a classical subject, on which Apollonius of Perga already wrote a treatise. Since the plane is given by an equation
we can solve linearly for one variable and obtain a new equation in two variables for the conic section. This is an affine-linear substitution of variables, so the new equation also has degree two.
We therefore consider affine quadrics in two variables in general.
Definition: a quadric in two variables
A polynomial of the form
where at least one of the coefficients is nonzero, is called a quadratic form in two variables (over ), or a quadric in two variables. The corresponding zero locus
is also called a quadric.
Terminology note. Here the source uses “quadratic form” for a possibly inhomogeneous degree-two polynomial. In the usual homogeneous sense, the quadratic form is only .
We want to know how many different types of quadrics there are. The answer depends on the ground field. We must also specify which notion of equivalence we wish to use. For two quadrics
the following notions of equivalence are worth investigating.
and are affinely equivalent as polynomials: there is a (bijective) affine-linear change of variables
such that .
The principal ideals and are affinely equivalent: there is a (bijective) affine-linear change of variables such that
The quotient rings
are isomorphic as -algebras.
The zero loci and are affine-linearly equivalent.
The first notion is stronger than the second, and the second is stronger than the last two. An essential difference between (1) and (2) is that in (2) we may always multiply by a unit (which does not change the zero locus either). Over a field that is not algebraically closed, equivalence in (4) can be very coarse, since all with an empty zero locus are equivalent in the sense of (4).
For and , we are also interested in whether the corresponding zero loci have the same topological properties. Here we will consider the different notions of equivalence for two quadrics and in parallel, but our main interest is in (2).
Lemma: first reduction of affine quadrics
Let be a field of characteristic , and let
be a quadric. Then there is a change of variables in the affine plane such that, in the new variables, the transformed polynomial has the form
with . If , we can arrange that .
Over an algebraically closed field, we can arrange that by a change of variables.
If we are interested in the generated ideal or the zero locus, we can also arrange that by division.
Proof
First we reduce to the case . If and , we may interchange and . If , then . In this case, the change
makes the coefficient of nonzero. Henceforth we therefore assume that .
We write the polynomial as
where is a polynomial in of degree . Completing the square gives
In the new variables
the equation has the form
If is algebraically closed, has a square root, so makes the coefficient equal to . The other additional assertion is clear.
Classification of real and complex quadrics
Example: classification of real quadrics
Let . We want to classify real quadrics, mainly with respect to affine-linear equivalence of their generated principal ideals. In other words, we may make affine changes of variables and divide by . By Lemma 7.3, we may assume that the defining equation has the form
If , the change for , or for , followed by division by , lets us make the right-hand side equal to , , or .
If and , we may take as a new variable and obtain the equation
Now let . The change or lets us arrange that . Completing the square makes . If , we can transform the equation into
So let . By the simultaneous change
followed by division, we can arrange that . The remaining possibilities to consider are therefore
where the two equations
are equivalent to one another.
We now know that every real quadric can be brought into one of the following nine forms.
I. . This is a double line.
. This means , giving two parallel lines.
. This locus is empty.
. This is a parabola.
V. . This means , giving two intersecting lines.
. The only solution is the point .
. This means , giving a hyperbola.
. This is a unit circle.
. This locus is again empty.
Are these nine types all different from one another? That depends on the notion of equivalence used. Types III and IX are both empty, and thus have identical zero loci. On the other hand, the corresponding quotient rings
are not isomorphic, and over the complex numbers their zero loci are not the same. We therefore regard them as different here too. Apart from this exception, the zero loci are usually already different for topological reasons. For example, the unit circle is compact, the hyperbola is noncompact with two connected components, and the parabola is noncompact with one connected component, and so on.
However, the double line and the parabola are the same in the real topology, as are the hyperbola and the two parallel lines. In each pair, the quotient rings differ; in the second pair, the complex versions also differ. For example, is not reduced, whereas
is an integral domain. The complex hyperbola is connected because it is isomorphic to
that is, to the punctured complex line .
The following images show the rotation and translation of a quadric.
Example: classification of complex quadrics
Let . We want to classify complex quadrics. By Lemma 7.3, we may assume that the defining equation has the form
If and , we retain the equation . If and , scaling the variable and dividing by a nonzero constant lets us make the equation .
If and , we may take as a new variable and obtain the equation
Now let . The change lets us arrange that . Completing the square makes . Finally, a simultaneous change , , followed by division, lets us arrange that if ; if , the form is retained.
Edition note: In both normalisation steps above, the source uses scaling or division requiring without separating the case . This edition makes the distinction explicit: gives form I when , and form IV, , when .
We now know that every complex quadric can be brought into one of the following five forms.
I. . This is a double line.
. This means , giving two parallel complex lines.
. This is a complex parabola.
. This means , giving two complex lines intersecting at one point.
V. . This means , giving a complex hyperbola.
In the complex topology, Types I and III are a complex affine line, hence a real plane, and therefore topologically the same. Speaking of a “complex plane” is dangerous in algebraic geometry, since it may mean or . Their quotient rings differ, however, so they are listed as distinct types. Apart from that pair, all types differ in the complex topology. Besides the real plane, we have the punctured complex affine line (the hyperbola, topologically a punctured real plane), two disjoint lines, and two lines intersecting at a point.
The classification of complex quadrics in the last example holds over every algebraically closed field of characteristic .
Parametrisation of quadrics
In elementary number theory, we learn how to obtain all Pythagorean triples systematically. The reason is that the unit circle has a parametrisation by rational functions. Generalising Exercise 1.28, we now show that every irreducible quadric can be parametrised rationally.
Theorem: rational parametrisation of quadrics
Let
be a quadric in two variables, that is,
with not all zero. Suppose that there is at least one point on the quadric. Then there are polynomials
such that the image of the rational map
lies in .
If has at least two points, the map is nonconstant and injective apart from finitely many exceptions.
Edition note. Over a finite field, “nonconstant” here refers to the pair of rational functions in , not necessarily to the induced function on the finite set . As the source’s final remark explains, that set can even be empty.
If is also irreducible, the map is surjective apart from finitely many exceptions. In particular, an irreducible quadric with at least two points is a rational curve.
Proof
By a change of variables, we can arrange that . We can then divide by and assume that . By translation, we may assume that the origin lies on the curve. Then . If the quadric consists of two intersecting lines, we can translate so that the origin is not their intersection point (but still lies on one of the lines).
The idea is, for a point
to consider the line through and and its intersection with . This intersection consists of at most two points (unless it is the whole line). Since is one of those points, the other point that must exist is uniquely determined.
So let be given. The line through and consists of all points
Its intersection points with are obtained by substituting into and solving for . Substitution gives the condition
The solution corresponds to the origin, which we already know. The second solution is
This expression is defined if
which excludes at most two values of . The point on corresponding to is
We must therefore set
This map is well-defined on the Zariski-open set (and that set is nonempty as soon as the field has at least three elements).
From now on, suppose that has at least two points. If , then has the form
Since we assumed that has at least two points, is a product of two homogeneous linear forms (monic in ). If is the square of a linear form, geometrically we simply have a “double line”, which can be parametrised bijectively directly. Otherwise, is the product of two distinct homogeneous linear forms, and both corresponding lines pass through the origin, which we have excluded. Thus in this case and cannot both be .
We therefore need only consider the situation in which is not the zero polynomial. It follows that the map on its domain of definition is injective apart from finitely many exceptions, since if , the preimage can be reconstructed from the image using
To show that the map is surjective apart from finitely many exceptions, we need the assumption that is irreducible. In particular, this means that is not the union of two lines. Let have nonzero -coordinate (there are at most two points with zero -coordinate). Then the line through and intersects the parametrising line at a point
Apart from finitely many values of , the map is defined at this point , and is then its image point. By irreducibility, only finitely many points of lie on the exceptional lines; thus almost all points are reached.
Translator’s note: The frozen source displays the file
Johannes Kepler 1610.jpgwith a caption identifying the sitter as Kepler. The available Commons file is now titledPortrait Confused With Johannes Kepler 1610.jpgand identifies the sitter as an unidentified man formerly misidentified as Kepler. The local asset name and caption have been adjusted transparently.
The nonsingular conic sections are also the trajectories of celestial bodies. The possible celestial trajectories were first described by Johannes Kepler. The underlying law states that at each instant, acceleration is proportional to the gravitational force between the central point mass (the star, the Sun) and the moving point mass (the planet, the comet). The attractive force itself depends on the two masses and the square of their distance. There are “bound” orbits (ellipses) and “unbound” orbits (parabolas, hyperbolas).
A circle and an ellipse can be transformed into one another by a linear change of variables. Note that rational parametrisations are not “physical parametrisations”. The latter truly describe the motion: the parameter is time, and the derivative at a given time is the instantaneous velocity. Rational parametrisations “only” describe the trajectory. As is well known, the circle is traversed uniformly (at constant speed) by
Remark: the domain of a quadric parametrisation
The parametrisation of a quadric does not depend on the ground field, since the expressions defining the map are always the same. Over a finite field, however, the domain of definition of a rational map can be empty. Passing to a larger finite field always gives the map a nonempty domain of definition.
Geometrically, the gaps in the domain of the parametrisation arise because the connecting lines constructed in the proof of Theorem 7.6 have no other intersection with the quadric besides the origin; or, conversely, the entire line lies on the quadric (which can happen only in the reducible case or for a double line). The exceptional points of the quadric that do not lie in the image are the points on the -axis (in particular the origin) and, in the reducible case, the points on the line lying entirely on the quadric and passing through the origin.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-07.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-07.csv
Worksheet 7
Practice exercises
Exercise 7.1
Determine the plane sections of a sphere. Which of them are conic sections?
Exercise 7.2
Determine the plane sections of a cylinder. Which of them are conic sections?
Exercise 7.3
Determine the conic sections obtained by intersecting with a plane through the origin.
Exercise 7.4
Show that parallel planes, neither of which passes through the origin, define the same type of conic section.
Exercise 7.5
Consider the standard cone
and the planes through the axis of rotation . Determine, as a function of the rotation angle (measured anticlockwise in the - plane), the type of conic section given by the plane .
Exercise 7.6
Consider the standard cone
and the planes through the axis of rotation . Determine, as a function of the rotation angle (measured anticlockwise in the - plane), the type of conic section given by the plane .
Exercise 7.7
Consider the standard cone
and the planes through the axis of rotation . Determine, as a function of the rotation angle (measured anticlockwise in the - plane), the type of conic section given by the plane .
Exercise 7.8
Determine the quadrics associated with homogeneous quadratic polynomials in two variables.
Exercise 7.9
Transform the quadric
into a real standard form.
Exercise 7.10 ★
Consider the two quadrics
Show that they are affine-linearly equivalent over , but not over .
Hint. One possible argument follows from Theorem 7.2 (Measure and Integration Theory, Osnabrück 2022-2023).
Edition note: The source calls both loci “circles”, but is an ellipse, not a circle. The requested equivalence statement is unchanged; the wording of the question has been corrected to “quadrics”.
Exercise 7.11 ★
Let
be the origin in the real plane, and let
Let be a real number. Determine an algebraic equation for the set of points such that the distance is proportional, with proportionality factor , to the perpendicular distance .
By transforming the equation appropriately, show that it gives an ellipse for , a parabola for , and a hyperbola for .
Exercise 7.12
Parametrise the quadric defined by
using the origin and the line .
Exercise 7.13
Consider the algebraic curve
Show that the origin and the line give a parametrisation of by the method described in the proof of Theorem 7.6.
In the following exercises, we discuss a notion of automorphism that goes beyond affine-linear changes of coordinates.
Let be a field. A polynomial map
is called a (polynomial) automorphism of affine space if it has a polynomial inverse.
An automorphism of affine space is the same as a -algebra automorphism of the polynomial ring to itself. It is given by polynomials in variables.
Edition note. For the stated equivalence with polynomial-ring automorphisms, the polynomial inverse must satisfy the composition identities as polynomial identities. Over a finite field, pointwise identities on alone do not suffice.
Exercise 7.14
Show that a -algebra automorphism
is given by
that is, by an affine-linear change of variables.
Exercise 7.15
Give an example of a bijective polynomial map
whose inverse is not polynomial.
Edition note: The existence of such an example depends on . For example, for , the map is bijective, while its inverse is not polynomial. Over , every bijective polynomial map of the affine line has degree one.
Exercise 7.16
Let be a polynomial. Show that the map
is an automorphism of affine space. Determine an inverse explicitly.
Exercise 7.17
Determine the inverse of the map
Exercise 7.18
Let
be an automorphism of affine space. Show that the Jacobian determinant of is constant and equal to some .
The Jacobian problem asks whether a polynomial map
whose Jacobian determinant is constantly equal to , has a polynomial inverse, that is, is an automorphism of affine space. This problem is open even for . By the inverse function theorem, under the given assumption there is a local differentiable inverse at every point.
Two affine algebraic sets
are called affine-algebraically equivalent if there is an automorphism of affine space
such that
Exercise 7.19
Let be a polynomial and let
be its graph. Show that is affine-algebraically equivalent to the -axis
but in general is not affine-linearly equivalent to it.
Exercise 7.20
Let
be two affine-algebraically equivalent affine algebraic sets, with vanishing ideals and . Show that the quotient rings
and
are isomorphic.
Exercise 7.21
Which quadrics in (in ) are affine-algebraically equivalent to one another?
Exercise 7.22 ★
For the rational quadric
carry out a rational parametrisation in the sense of Theorem 7.6, using the auxiliary point and a suitable line.
Exercise 7.23
Let be a prime number with
Referring to Theorem 9.10 (Number Theory, Osnabrück 2025), explain why the rational quadric
is empty.
Exercise 7.24
Let be an integral domain and an element with no square root in . Show that the polynomial
is irreducible.
Exercise 7.25
Let be an integral domain with , and let have no square root in . Consider the quadratic ring extension
Show that the elements having a square root in have the form
with , or the form
with .
Exercise 7.26
Let and be distinct prime numbers. Show that the quadrics defined over ,
are not affine-linearly equivalent.
Edition note: The universal claim in the source is false as written. For and , the invertible rational transformation multiplies by and therefore maps to . Thus this proof exercise requires additional hypotheses.
Source hint, with corrected ring notation. Apply Exercise 7.25 to
and
Edition note: The frozen hint replaces by without explanation and writes , which is not the coordinate equation of . The notation corrected above identifies with the coordinate ring of ; it does not remove the counterexample to the universal claim.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 7.27 - 6 points
For the various real quadrics, find a realisation as a conic section, that is, as the intersection of a plane with the cone
or prove that no such realisation exists.
Exercise 7.28 - 9 points
Consider the map
For each of the following three families of parallel lines, determine the image curve of every line under this map; give both a parametrisation and a curve equation.
- Lines parallel to the -axis.
- Lines parallel to the -axis.
- Lines parallel to the antidiagonal.
Also sketch typical image curves for . For each family, determine whether its image curves intersect one another.
Exercise 7.29 - 4 points
Let
be polynomials and a field extension. Discuss how the different notions of equivalence from Lecture 7 for and (and for and ) behave under this field extension.
Exercise 7.30 - 6 points
Consider the two quotient rings
Show that is a principal ideal domain, whereas is not.
(These are the rings associated with the real circle and the real hyperbola.)
Hint. For , consider the ideal .
Exercise 7.31 - 4 points
Parametrise the quadric
using the point and the -axis. Do not make a change of variables.
Exercise 7.32 - 6 points
Consider the two zero loci in
Show that there is a polynomial map in two variables mapping one of these zero loci surjectively onto the other. Show that this map is already defined over , but is not surjective there. Show further that over there is no surjective polynomial map at all from to , and that the only polynomial maps from to are constant.
Exercise 7.33 - 6 points
Let be an algebraically closed field and an irreducible polynomial. Show that the curve is rational if and only if there is an injective -algebra homomorphism
Here the left-hand side is the fraction field and the right-hand side is the rational function field.
Source navigation: Lecture 7 - public solutions for Unit 7 - Worksheet 6 - Worksheet 8 (source)
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 7
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 7.10, 7.11, and 7.22. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 7.10
The equation
is equivalent to
Thus, over ,
is an affine-linear transformation.
For the case , we set
and
with coefficients . We obtain
where and .
Edition note: The source immediately compares coefficients at this step. The justification is that an affine equivalence maps the unique centre of either quadric to the unique centre of the other, so . After normalising the pullback equation to have constant term , the two quadratic polynomials defining the same locus coincide; comparing the coefficients of then gives the following equation.
With this justification, we must have
Clearing denominators puts the equation in the form
with . We will show that this equation has no nontrivial integer solution. Since the left-hand side is a multiple of , we obtain , so . Consequently, . In , the equation holds exactly when and . Hence , and both sides of the equation can be divided by . Now set
An infinite descent completes the proof.
Solution to Exercise 7.11
The distance from to the origin is , while the perpendicular distance to the line is . The proportionality is expressed by
Thus
Consequently,
is an algebraic equation for a curve containing every point satisfying the condition. If , the equation becomes
so the curve is a parabola in this case. Henceforth let . The general equation can be rewritten as
and, by completing the square, brought into the form
We write this as
The factor is positive for and negative for . In the first case, a change of coordinates gives an equation of the form
that is, an ellipse. In the second case, we obtain
that is, a hyperbola.
Solution to Exercise 7.22
We translate the point to the origin by introducing new variables
and
The equation then becomes
Write the translated curve as
The parametrisation formulas using the line give
and
The parametrisation is therefore given by
Edition note: The source denotes the intermediate curve in coordinates by the same symbol as the original curve. The symbol is used here to distinguish the translation step from the formulas after translating back.
This gives a parametrisation for the original equation:
and
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 8: Mechanically Defined Algebraic Curves
Mechanically defined algebraic curves
Let be a rigid rod (think of a mechanical machine component) with two fixed points
(think of joints). This rod can move in the plane (that is, ), subject to the condition that the two points remain on prescribed paths and , respectively (think of rails). These paths can be quite simple, for example lines or circles. In a steam engine, a rotating wheel and a straight rail are coupled by a rod. How do we describe the resulting motion? What are the allowed configurations of the system? Since a configuration is determined by the positions of the two points, each specified by two plane coordinates, this is altogether a four-dimensional situation.
If we fix a point on the rod (for example, by marking it in colour), what does the path of motion (or trajectory) of that point in the plane look like?
In the extreme cases
the trajectories are (usually proper) subsets of and . For points between them, we expect a continuous deformation of one path into the other.
Situation: a mechanical rod linkage
Let and be two plane algebraic curves described by the equations and , with
Let be a “moving line” (a rod) with two points
at distance from one another. The mechanical system given by all positions of in the plane satisfying both
is described as follows.
A position of the rod in the plane is uniquely determined once the positions of its two points are specified (this does not yet account for the distance condition), hence by four variables
An allowed configuration must satisfy the following three algebraic conditions.
.
.
(the distance condition).
Thus we have three algebraic equations in four variables, so we expect the solution set to be a curve in . A point
is described by its distance from or . Since these points move in the mechanical system, we specify the co-moving point by
(so the distance of from is ), and write its coordinates as
The entire mechanical system can then be expressed (by a linear transformation) in the four variables . For , substitute
into the equations. In the new variables, we obtain the three equations
In principle, the trajectory corresponding to can be obtained by “eliminating” the variables and from this system, yielding an algebraic equation for and . This is easier said than done, however; it is often more useful to simplify the system by skilful manipulation.
Edition clarification. Elimination gives polynomial equations satisfied by the trajectory, not necessarily an exact description of its real points. Real projections can require inequalities; the line-segment trajectories in the two-line example below illustrate this distinction.
Remark: a co-moving plane
Sometimes we are also interested in the situation where an entire plane moves with the rod, and in the trajectories of points in that plane. This happens, for example, when further machine components are mounted on the rod. In that case, any point of the plane can be expressed relative to and as
Thus is taken as the origin of the moving plane, the line connecting it to as the first coordinate axis, and the perpendicular axis as the second coordinate axis.
The whole mechanical rod system is therefore described by four variables with three equations. Its visible operation, however—the motion of a fixed point on —gives a trajectory in the affine plane.
We consider some examples.
Two lines as paths
Example: two lines as paths
Let and be two lines in the real plane , and let be a moving line (a rod) with two points at distance from one another. The allowed configurations of the system are the positions of satisfying both
Let the lines be specified by
and
By Situation 8.1, the allowed configurations are specified by three conditions
The solution set of each linear equation is a three-dimensional affine subspace. The solution set of the third equation can be viewed as the product of a circle (in the variables and ) with an affine plane. This is a kind of cylinder, although its fibres are two-dimensional. How can we describe their common zero locus, and what trajectory does the mechanical system produce for a point
By a change of variables, we may assume that the first line is the -axis, defined by
while the other line is defined by
For the system, this gives the condition , so can be eliminated. We then obtain a system with three variables and two conditions
Parallel lines.
If the second line is parallel to the first, then , and the second equation can be solved for , giving
(with , since otherwise the equation does not define a line). The number is the distance between the parallel lines.
Edition note. This source wording and the comparisons below assume , which can be arranged by reflecting the -axis coordinate if necessary. Without that convention, the distance is and the three cases compare with . We can now eliminate as well, leaving the single equation
or
If , this has no solution (the constant distance between the parallel lines exceeds the coupling distance on the rod).
If , we obtain the condition
This corresponds to the situation in which the distance between the parallel lines equals the coupling distance. The only allowed configurations are those in which the rod is perpendicular to both lines. The solution set is therefore a line. For each point on the rod, the trajectory is simply another parallel line.
Now let . Then
The solution set consists of two disjoint lines. These correspond to the two different ways of attaching the rod, which cannot be transformed into one another. The mechanical system therefore has two connected components. For a point on the rod, however, both attachments give the same trajectory: a parallel line that is, in a sense, traversed twice. Thus the solution set of the complete mechanical system consists of two parallel affine lines in four-dimensional affine space, whereas their trajectories for a fixed point form just one line.
Nonparallel lines.
Now consider the case where the two lines are not parallel. They then intersect, and the solution set cannot be empty. By a further translation (called a linear transformation in the source), we may assume that their intersection is the origin . The second equation is then described by
We can therefore eliminate , obtaining in the two variables the single equation
Thus the configuration space of the mechanical system lies in a plane (defined by and ) and is described by a quadric. Taking as a new variable shows that this is an ellipse (in coordinates ; in coordinates , it is a circle).
What do the trajectories look like? Let be the point on the rod given by
By the description in Situation 8.1, has coordinates
subject to
In the extreme cases and , the resulting solution sets are respectively (with arbitrary ) and (with arbitrary ). The condition
must still be satisfied: for a given (or ), the equation must have a solution in the other variable. Such a solution exists when (or ) is sufficiently small. Altogether, we obtain certain segments on the original lines. The points and must stay on their paths and cannot move arbitrarily far from the other line.
Edition note: “Sufficiently small” in the source means small in absolute value. For , minimising the left-hand side over gives the exact condition ; for , minimising over gives the exact condition .
So let
The ansatz
gives
and
(so the preimage is uniquely determined). The equation then becomes
which is again the equation of an ellipse.
A line and a circle as paths
We now consider a mechanical curve for which one path is a line and the second is a circle. This is the situation in a steam engine (in particular when the line passes through the centre of the circle).
Without loss of generality, we may assume that the line is given by
The coordinates of the point on the line are then
We may assume that the circle has centre and radius . The point on the circular path
satisfies
Thus the entire mechanical system is described by the two conditions
where again denotes the coupling distance. Looking at these equations in the coordinates and shows that they describe the intersection of two cylinders, as in Example 4.6. Thus, in three suitable coordinates, the allowed rod configurations can be interpreted as the intersection of two cylinders. However, their radii need not agree, nor need their central axes intersect. Such an intersection and its associated trajectories can be quite complicated.
For the following examples, we need a lemma describing a simple elimination situation.
Lemma: elimination of two quadratic equations
Let be an integral domain, and let
be two quadratic polynomials in one variable over , with
and with and linearly independent. Then the ideal
contains the element
Proof
First we have
Edition supplement. The source’s substitution argument below does not by itself justify division inside an ideal. A direct identity supplies the justification. Put , , and let denote the element displayed in the lemma. Expanding gives
Thus without any division. The following is the source’s original calculation.
This gives the expression (this argument is not entirely correct, but can also be carried out more rigorously)
Substituting into and multiplying by the square of the denominator gives
The second summand contains , and the third contains ; these two terms cancel. Every remaining monomial contains . We can therefore cancel , leaving
Example: the unit circle and a tangent line
Consider the mechanical linkage defined by the unit circle and its tangent line at , with coupling distance
Thus the point on the straight path and the point on the circular path are
with the two conditions
This is therefore the intersection of two cylinders, but with different radii and nonintersecting central axes. The difference of the equations is
which can replace one of them. This also shows that we can eliminate , obtaining a system with one equation in two variables; see Exercise 8.9. The system is irreducible; see Exercise 8.10.
The following two lines are of interest:
and
They intersect at the point
The line lies on one cylinder and is tangent to the other, and conversely. Geometrically, the smaller cylinder punches a “bent figure eight” out of the larger cylinder, with as the crossing point of the figure eight.
The allowed rod configurations can be obtained as follows. For each point of the circle, the rod has two possible positions, except at the circular-path point , where the straight-path point must be .
Start with as the circular-path point and as the straight-path point (so the rod lies to the left along the line), and let the circular-path point move clockwise around the circle. It pulls the straight-path point behind it until it reaches the bottom at . The rod is then the vertical diameter of the circle (the straight-path point is at and the circular-path point is at the bottom). The circular-path point then moves upwards along the left-hand arc, pushing the rod further to the right until the straight-path point reaches .
The other possibility with as the circular-path point has the rod lying to the right along the line (with as the straight-path point). The circular-path point again moves clockwise. At first it pushes the straight-path point to the right until an extreme position is reached, where the rod is perpendicular to the circle at the circular-path point. It then pulls the straight-path point back to the left as the rod rises, until the rod occupies the vertical diameter of the circle. The circular-path point next moves upwards along the left-hand arc again, pushing the straight-path point leftwards to an extreme position, and finally pulling it back to .
In particular, the rod occupies the vertical diameter twice; this rod configuration therefore corresponds to the crossing point of the figure eight.
We now want to calculate the trajectory of the midpoint of the rod, namely
We seek an equation for and , and introduce the variable
Then
and the system in the new variables becomes
The second equation can be written as
or as
Expanding the first equation gives
By Lemma 8.4, with
and the additional variable (so and ), we obtain the equation
This is a quartic (a curve of degree four) with two singularities.
Example: radius equal to the coupling distance
Consider the mechanical system consisting of the unit circle and the -axis, with coupling distance
The mechanical system is described by the two equations
This is the intersection of two cylinders with equal radii and intersecting central axes, so we may use the results of Example 4.6. There we showed that the intersection consists of two ellipses meeting at two points. This description must also reappear in the context of the mechanical system. Which rod configurations correspond to the first ellipse, which to the second, and which lie on both?
Let us survey the allowed configurations. If the line point (the point on the straight path) is the centre of the circle, every point of the circle is allowed as the circular-path point. The radial rays of the circle therefore form a family of allowed rod configurations, together making up one ellipse. The other ellipse corresponds to the configurations in which the straight-path point moves from to , pushing the circular-path point ahead of it or pulling it behind on the upper or lower arc. Two rod configurations belong to both families: those with the circle’s centre as the straight-path point and or as the circular-path point. In such a configuration, the mechanical system can not only move forwards and backwards but also change direction in an essential way.
What do the trajectories of a point on the moving rod look like? The total trajectory is the union of the two trajectories corresponding to the two irreducible components of the system. How many self-intersection points are there?
For a point
on the coupling rod, its coordinates are
For , the trajectory is the real interval , and for , it is the unit circle. So now let
The projection of the radial components of the system is simply a circle of radius . The projection of the other ellipse is again an ellipse, which can intersect the circle in different ways.
Edition note. The radius is if negative is allowed. There is also a degenerate case omitted in the source: on the second component, , so with . For , its image is the segment , not an ellipse. For , that component projects to a nondegenerate ellipse. See also Exercise 8.23.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-08.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-08.csv
Worksheet 8
Practice exercises
Exercise 8.1
Determine the possible intersections of two perpendicular cylinders.
Exercise 8.2
Find an equation as simple as possible for the mechanical system given by the -axis, the translated parabola
and distance .
Exercise 8.3
Let
be polynomials in one variable, and let
be their corresponding graphs in . Show that the associated mechanical system, for a specified distance , can be described using two variables.
Exercise 8.4
Determine equations for the mechanical system given by the unit circle, the -axis, and distance . What are its irreducible components?
Exercise 8.5
Let
be the mechanical system given by two paths and and distance . Show that there is a natural injective map
Exercise 8.6
Let
be a path. Regard it as a mechanical system in the sense that the two points at distance must lie on this one path. Show that there is a natural fixed-point-free bijection
Exercise 8.7
Determine equations for the mechanical system given by the -axis as the common path and distance .
Exercise 8.8
Determine equations for the mechanical system given by the unit circle as the common path and distance .
Exercise 8.9 ★
Consider the mechanical system defined by the unit circle and its tangent line through , with coupling distance
Show that this system can be described using two variables.
Exercise 8.10
Consider the mechanical system defined by the unit circle and its tangent line through , with coupling distance ; see Example 8.5. Show that this system is irreducible. To do so, apply Exercise 7.24 to the ring extension
Exercise 8.11
Determine equations for the mechanical system given by the -axis, the -axis, and distance .
Exercise 8.12
Determine equations for the mechanical system given by the union of the coordinate axes as the common path and distance .
Exercise 8.13
Let
be two paths, and fix a distance . Compare the mechanical system for these paths with the system associated with the single path . Show that there are two natural injective maps
Let be the mechanical system associated with as the sole path. Show that there is a natural surjective map
Exercise 8.14
Let
be a mechanical system. Show that the rule
defines a map from the system to the circle with centre and radius . What does surjectivity of this map mean? Can its image consist of only finitely many points?
Exercise 8.15
Consider the mechanical system
for two intersecting lines. Show that the map in Exercise 8.14 is bijective.
Exercise 8.16
Consider the mechanical system
for the unit circle, the circle with centre and radius , and coupling distance . Show that the map in Exercise 8.14 is not surjective. What is its image?
Preparation for regularity
In the following exercises, we consider the zero locus
from the viewpoint of differential geometry. Recall the definition of a regular point of a differentiable map from Analysis 2. In the present context, this notion is applied to the map
at a point .
Let and be finite-dimensional real vector spaces, let be open, let , and let
be differentiable at . The point is called a regular point of if
Otherwise, is called a critical point or a singular point.
Exercise 8.17 ★
Consider the mechanical system given by the -axis and the circle with centre and radius . Let the coupling distance be .
- Set up equations describing this system.
- Determine for which values of the system is regular at every point.
- Determine the critical points as a function of . How can these points be explained as a property of the mechanical system?
Exercise 8.18
Consider the mechanical system given by the -axis and the circle with centre and radius . Let the coupling distance be .
- Give a geometric explanation, then prove, that for this mechanical system is not path-connected in the real topology.
- Give a geometric explanation, then prove, that for this mechanical system is path-connected.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 8.19 - 6 points (2+2+2)
Consider the mechanical system given by the -axis, the parabola , and coupling distance .
- Determine equations for this mechanical system using as few variables as possible.
- Does the system have critical points?
- Determine an equation for the trajectory of the midpoint of the connecting rod.
Exercise 8.20 - 2 points
Determine equations for the mechanical system given by the unit circle as the common path and distance .
Exercise 8.21 - 6 points (2+2+2)
Consider the mechanical system given by the parabola , the circle with centre and radius , and coupling distance .
- Determine equations for this mechanical system using as few variables as possible.
- Determine its connected components in the metric topology.
- Determine its connected components in the Zariski topology.
Exercise 8.22 - 6 points (2+4)
Consider the mechanical system given by the -axis and the circle with centre and radius . Let the coupling distance be . Continue Exercise 8.17.
- Eliminate from the system’s equations.
- Using the single equation in and describing the system, determine for which values of the system is regular at every point.
Exercise 8.23 - 6 points
Let
be the intersection of two cylinders of radius , about the -axis and the -axis respectively; thus is the union of two ellipses. Consider the perpendicular projection
specified by a vector
Characterise the possible images under these projections as a function of .
Exercise 8.24 - 3 points
Consider the map
What are the images of the plane and the unit circle under this map for , and what are they for ? In the real case, if the circle is traversed once, how many times is its image traversed?
Source navigation: Lecture 8 - public solutions for Unit 8 - Worksheet 7 - Worksheet 9 (source)
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 8
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 8.9 and 8.17. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 8.9
With
we obtain the two conditions
and
Subtracting the first equation from the second gives
Together with the unit-circle equation, this equation is equivalent to the original system. From the new second equation, we can eliminate using
Thus the system can be described in and alone, as the zero locus of the polynomial
Solution to Exercise 8.17
Let
be the point on the circle and
the point on the -axis. The equations are
and
Write
and
The Jacobian matrix with respect to is
Depending on , we must determine at which points the linear map given by this matrix is surjective, that is, has rank . Its rank is not exactly when every pair of columns is linearly dependent, or equivalently when all minors vanish. After removing the common factor , the three polynomials are
If , we must have and . But this is not a point of the system. Thus . If , we must have , which does not satisfy the first equation of the system. Hence . The system’s equations then give
The first equation forces or , so or . Thus the system is regular at every point exactly when .
For , the calculation above shows that is the only critical point; indeed it is the only point of the system, which explains the singularity.
For , the point is the only critical point of the system. It is a crossing point, since the rod can move in four directions there: both coordinates in the positive direction, both in the negative direction, or in either of the two mixed directions.
Source navigation: Worksheet 8 - Lecture 8
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 9: Noetherian Rings, Hilbert’s Basis Theorem, and Modules
Noetherian rings
In the next few lectures, we will further develop the algebraic side of algebraic geometry. Our first aim is to show that if is a Noetherian ring, then the polynomial ring is also Noetherian (Hilbert’s basis theorem). This also holds when adjoining several (finitely many) variables, in particular for polynomial rings in finitely many variables over a field. We recall the notion of a Noetherian ring.
Definition: Noetherian ring
A commutative ring is called Noetherian if every ideal in it is finitely generated.
Proposition: characterisation of Noetherian rings
For a commutative ring , the following statements are equivalent.
is Noetherian.
Every ascending chain of ideals
becomes stationary; that is, there is an such that
Proof
(1) (2). Let
be an ascending chain of ideals in . Consider its union
which is again an ideal in . Since is Noetherian, is finitely generated, say
All the lie in the union of the ideals . Since these ideals form an ascending chain, there is an such that
Then, for every ,
All these inclusions must be equalities, so the chain is stationary from onwards.
(2) (1). Let be an ideal in . Suppose is not finitely generated. We can successively construct an infinite strictly ascending chain of ideals
where each is finitely generated. Suppose we have already constructed
Since is finitely generated but is not, the inclusion is strict. Thus there is an element
The ideal
strictly extends the chain. This contradicts (2).
Lemma: quotients of Noetherian rings
If is Noetherian, every quotient ring is also Noetherian.
Proof
Let be an ideal and let be its preimage ideal. By assumption this is finitely generated, say
The residue classes of these generators, , form a generating set for the ideal . Indeed, for , we have in
and hence in
Hilbert’s basis theorem
Like many fundamental results in commutative algebra, Hilbert’s basis theorem, to which we now turn, goes back to David Hilbert, specifically his 1890 paper Ueber die Theorie der algebraischen Formen (“On the Theory of Algebraic Forms”).
David Hilbert (1862–1943); unknown creator (1886), Commons, public domain.
Hilbert’s basis theorem
If is Noetherian, the polynomial ring is also Noetherian.
Proof
Let be an ideal in the polynomial ring . For , define an ideal in by
Thus consists of all leading coefficients of degree- polynomials in . Clearly is an ideal in (here we allow as a leading coefficient). Moreover,
since a polynomial of degree with leading coefficient can be multiplied by to give a polynomial of degree with the same leading coefficient. Since is Noetherian, this ascending chain of ideals becomes stationary; choose such that
For each , choose a finite generating set
and choose corresponding polynomials
in (which exist by the definition of ).
We claim that is generated by all the polynomials
For each , we prove by induction on its degree that it can be written as an -linear combination of these .
Edition note. The source says “-linear combination” here. The factors in the final induction step show that is intended; the assertion is finite ideal generation, not finite generation as an -module.
If is constant, that is, , this is clear. Let have degree , and suppose the statement has been proved for smaller degrees. Write
We have , so is an -linear combination of the with and . If , then can be written as an -linear combination of the , say
Thus
has smaller degree, so the induction hypothesis applies. If , then
Therefore
also belongs to and has smaller degree. This completes the induction, so is finitely generated.
Corollary: finitely many variables
If is Noetherian, then
is also Noetherian.
Proof
Apply Hilbert’s basis theorem inductively along the chain
Corollary: polynomial rings over fields
If is a field, then is Noetherian.
Proof
This is a special case of Corollary 9.5.
In particular, Hilbert’s basis theorem means that every closed subvariety
of affine space can be described by finitely many polynomials. Thus every algebraic zero locus is already the zero locus of finitely many polynomials.
Corollary: a fibre over the origin
Let be an affine algebraic set. Then there is a map
whose components are given by polynomials
such that is the preimage of the origin
Proof
Let be an ideal describing , so
By Hilbert’s basis theorem, there are
with . Then
Combine these polynomials into a map
We have exactly when all its component functions vanish, which happens exactly when for every ; thus .
Definition: algebra of finite type
Let be a commutative ring. An -algebra is called of finite type (or finitely generated) if it has the form
Thus a finitely generated -algebra has a presentation as a quotient ring of a polynomial algebra over in finitely many variables. Such a presentation is by no means unique.
Corollary: finite-type algebras over a Noetherian ring
If is Noetherian, every -algebra of finite type is also Noetherian. In particular, for a field , every -algebra of finite type is Noetherian.
Proof
This follows from Corollary 9.5 and Lemma 9.3.
Decomposition into irreducible components
Hilbert’s basis theorem implies that every ascending chain of ideals
in becomes stationary. For descending chains of affine algebraic subsets of affine space, this has the following consequence.
Theorem: the Zariski topology is Noetherian
In affine space , every descending sequence of closed sets
becomes stationary.
Proof
Let
be a descending chain of affine algebraic subsets of . By Lemma 3.7, their corresponding vanishing ideals satisfy
By Corollary 9.6, this chain of ideals becomes stationary, say for . By Lemma 3.8(3),
Hence, for ,
so the descending chain becomes stationary.
Taking complements, it follows that every ascending chain of Zariski-open sets in affine space also becomes stationary. Such a topology is called Noetherian (more generally, a partial order in which every ascending chain becomes stationary is called Noetherian). In a Noetherian space, every nonempty collection of open sets (or closed sets) has a maximal (or minimal) element. This is useful as a proof principle called Noetherian induction: to prove that a property holds for all closed subsets, consider the collection of closed subsets that do not satisfy . We want to show that this collection is empty; if it were nonempty, it would have a minimal element, which we then lead to a contradiction. The validity of the principle rests on the fact that a nonempty set with no minimal element allows an infinite descending chain to be constructed. A typical example of this principle is the following theorem.
Theorem: decomposition into irreducible components
Every affine algebraic set has a unique decomposition
into irreducible sets such that
Edition clarification. The components in this statement are closed affine algebraic subsets, as required by the source’s proof using closed decompositions. Uniqueness is up to reordering. For the empty set, the decomposition is the empty union.
Proof of existence (Noetherian induction)
Suppose not every affine algebraic set has such a decomposition. Then there is a minimal set, say , without such a decomposition. The set cannot be irreducible, so it has a nontrivial decomposition
Since and are proper subsets of , each has a finite expression as a union of irreducible sets. Combining these expressions gives a finite expression for , a contradiction.
Proof of uniqueness
Let
be two decompositions into irreducible sets (with no inclusions within either decomposition). We have
Since is irreducible, for some . By the same argument, for some , whence and . Similarly, and so on reappear in the decomposition on the right, so the decomposition is unique.
The sets in this theorem are called the irreducible components of .
Modules
Definition: module
Let be a commutative ring and
an additively written commutative group. We call an -module if an operation
called scalar multiplication, is specified and satisfies the following axioms (for arbitrary and ):
Definition: submodule
Let be a commutative ring and an -module. A subset
is called an -submodule if it is a subgroup of and for every and .
Definition: a generating set for a module
Let be a commutative ring and an -module. A family
is called a generating set for if every has an expression
where is finite and .
Definition: finitely generated module
Let be a commutative ring and an -module. The module is called finitely generated (or finite) if it has a finite generating set (), that is, one with a finite index set.
A commutative ring itself is naturally an -module if ring multiplication is interpreted as scalar multiplication. Its ideals are exactly the -submodules of . For ideals, the notions of an ideal generating set and a module generating set coincide. A vector space is simply a module over a field.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-09.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-09.csv
Worksheet 9
Practice exercises
Exercise 9.1
Explain why the ring
is Noetherian.
Exercise 9.2
Let be a commutative ring and
an ascending chain of ideals. Show that the union
is also an ideal. Give a simple example showing that a union of ideals need not be an ideal in general.
Exercise 9.3
Show that the product of Noetherian rings and is again Noetherian.
Exercise 9.4
Let be a field. Show that in there is no upper bound on the number of generators in a minimal generating set of an ideal.
Hint: Consider the powers .
Exercise 9.5
Let be a field and
the polynomial ring over in infinitely many variables. Describe an ideal that is not finitely generated and an infinite strictly ascending chain of ideals in it.
Exercise 9.6 ★
Show that a subring
of a Noetherian ring need not be Noetherian.
Exercise 9.7
Give an example of a non-Noetherian ring whose reduction is a field.
Exercise 9.8
Let be a commutative ring and a proper ideal with quotient ring . Give an example showing that can be finitely generated and Noetherian even though itself is not Noetherian.
Exercise 9.9
Let be a commutative ring and an ideal containing at least one monic polynomial. What does this imply for the chain of ideals in constructed in the proof of Hilbert’s basis theorem?
Exercise 9.10
Let be a commutative ring. Characterise the ideals
for which the chain of ideals in constructed in the proof of Hilbert’s basis theorem is constant.
Exercise 9.11
Let be a field and the polynomial ring over . For the ideals
determine the chain of ideals in constructed in the proof of Hilbert’s basis theorem. When does it become stationary?
Exercise 9.12
For the ideal
in , determine the chain of ideals constructed in the proof of Hilbert’s basis theorem and the corresponding generating set for . Write the generators above as linear combinations of the constructed generating set.
Exercise 9.13 ★
Let be a commutative ring and a commutative -algebra. Suppose is generated over by the family (). Prove that if is finitely generated, then it is also generated by a finite subfamily of the .
Exercise 9.14
Consider ascending and descending chains of affine algebraic sets in and of ideals in . Show the following.
For a finite field, every ascending chain
of affine algebraic sets becomes stationary.
For an infinite field and , not every ascending chain of affine algebraic sets
becomes stationary.
For any field and , not every descending chain of ideals
becomes stationary.
For an infinite field and , there are strictly descending chains of affine algebraic sets of arbitrary length.
Exercise 9.15
Show that the set of real numbers with its metric topology is not a Noetherian topological space.
Exercise 9.16
Let be a commutative group. Show that there is exactly one way to give the structure of a -module. Thus commutative groups and -modules are equivalent objects.
Exercise 9.17
Let and be commutative rings. Show that is an -algebra if and only if is an -module additionally satisfying
Exercise 9.18 ★
Let be a module over the commutative ring . Let
Prove that
Exercise 9.19
Let be a commutative ring, and two -modules, and a module homomorphism. Prove the following statements.
If is an -submodule, then its image is a submodule of .
In particular, the image of the map
is a submodule of .
If is a submodule, then the preimage
is a submodule of .
In particular, the kernel
is a submodule of .
Exercises for submission
Exercise 9.20 (3 points)
Let be a commutative ring and an ideal with quotient ring
Show that the ideals of correspond uniquely to the ideals of containing . Show that the same holds for prime ideals, radical ideals, and maximal ideals.
Exercise 9.21 (4 points)
Let be a Noetherian integral domain. Show that every nonzero nonunit of can be written as a product of irreducible elements.
Edition note. The source says “every element”. Zero and units must be excluded from that formulation; equivalently, every nonzero element is a unit times a finite product of irreducibles, with the empty product allowed.
Exercise 9.22 (4 points)
Show that is not an algebra of finite type over .
Exercise 9.23 (4 points)
Let be a field and . Find a -subalgebra of that is not finitely generated.
Exercise 9.24 (4 points)
For the ideal
in , determine the chain of ideals constructed in the proof of Hilbert’s basis theorem and the corresponding generating set for . Write the original generators as linear combinations of the constructed generating set.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 9
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 9.6, 9.13, and 9.18. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 9.6
Consider
as the polynomial ring in two variables over a field . By Corollary 9.6, this ring is Noetherian. Within it, consider the subring
and the chain of ideals in that subring
For every , we have
so the chain does not become stationary. By Proposition 9.2, is therefore not Noetherian.
Solution to Exercise 9.13
We have
Each can be written as a polynomial expression in the elements of the family , with coefficients in . For each , only finitely many occur. Hence all the generators belong to
for some finite subfamily . Thus
and therefore .
Solution to Exercise 9.18
We prove the statement by double induction on . The cases
are immediately clear or follow directly from the module axioms.
For and arbitrary , we prove the statement by induction on , with the base case supplied by the preceding observation. Suppose the statement has been proved for some , and let vectors be given. Using the case and the induction hypothesis, we obtain
Now consider the statement for fixed and arbitrary . For , it has already been proved. Suppose it has been proved for some fixed . Let scalars
and vectors
be given. Using the cases and and the induction hypothesis, we obtain
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 10: Noetherian modules and Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz
Noetherian modules
We want to show that, for a Noetherian ring and a finitely generated -module, every -submodule is again finitely generated. Modules with this property are called Noetherian.
Definition: Noetherian module
Let be a commutative ring and an -module. The module is called Noetherian if every -submodule of is finitely generated.
For , this agrees with the definition of a Noetherian ring, since the -submodules of are precisely its ideals.
In the following statements we use the following terminology and notation.
Definition: short exact sequence
Let be a commutative ring and let be -modules. A diagram of the form
is called a short exact sequence of -modules if is an -submodule of and is a quotient module of isomorphic to .
Exactness means that at every position we have
where the denote the -module homomorphisms in the sequence.
Lemma: the Noetherian property in a short exact sequence
Let be a commutative ring and let
be a short exact sequence of -modules. Then is Noetherian if and only if both and are Noetherian.
Proof
First suppose that is Noetherian, and let be a submodule. Then is also a submodule of , so it is finitely generated by assumption. Now let be a submodule of the quotient module. Let be the inverse image of in under the quotient map. By assumption, is finitely generated, and the images of a generating set also generate the image module .
Conversely, suppose that the two outer modules and are Noetherian, and let be a submodule. Let be its image submodule. The module is generated by finitely many elements , and we may assume that
are the images of elements . Consider . This is a submodule of , and hence finitely generated, say by , which we regard as elements of . We claim that
form a generating set for . To see this, take an arbitrary . Then
Thus the element maps to on the right. It belongs to the kernel of the quotient map, and hence to . On the other hand, this element also belongs to , and therefore to the intersection , which is generated by . We can therefore write
or, equivalently,
Theorem: finite modules over a Noetherian ring
Let be a Noetherian commutative ring and a finitely generated -module. Then is a Noetherian module.
Proof
We prove the statement by induction on the number of module generators of . For , we have the zero module. Let . Then there is a surjective map
By Lemma 10.3, a quotient module of a Noetherian module is again Noetherian. Since the ring itself is Noetherian by assumption, is also Noetherian.
Now let and suppose the statement has been proved for smaller values. Let be a generating set for . Denote by the -submodule generated by . This submodule gives rise to a short exact sequence
The module on the left is generated by elements and is Noetherian by the induction hypothesis. The module on the right is generated by the residue class of , hence by one element, and is therefore also Noetherian. By Lemma 10.3, is Noetherian as well.
Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz — algebraic version
For an -algebra , both terms finite and finitely generated will be important. The former means that , regarded as an -module, is finitely generated; the latter means that is finitely generated as an algebra. The polynomial ring is finitely generated in the second sense: the variables form a finite set of algebra generators. However, the polynomial ring is not finitely generated as a module; the simplest set of module generators consists of all monomials.
We want to prove the algebraic version of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz. For this we need the following two lemmas.
Lemma: subalgebras beneath a finite extension
Let be a Noetherian commutative ring and a finitely generated -algebra. Let be an -subalgebra over which is finite (as a -module). Then is also a finitely generated -algebra.
Proof
We write
and
with . Edition supplement: adjoin to this finite module-generating family if necessary and take . This ensures that the module constructed below contains ; the source’s claim that it is an -algebra requires this step. Set
with coefficients . Consider the -subalgebra of generated by these coefficients and the -submodule
The products again belong to this module, so is even an -algebra. Since all the also belong to , we obtain . This means that is a finite -module. By Corollary 9.9, is a Noetherian ring; by Theorem 10.4, the -submodule
is also a finite -module. Finally, the chain
shows that is a finitely generated -algebra.
Lemma: the rational function field is not finitely generated
Let be a field and the associated rational function field. Then is not a finitely generated -algebra.
Proof
Suppose that the rational functions
with and , form a finite generating set for . By passing to a common denominator, we may assume that all the denominators agree, namely . In particular, the assumption says that the rational function field could be obtained by localising at just one element. Since is not constant (otherwise , which is false), we have , and hence
There is therefore a representation
for a suitable . Consequently,
Since and generate the unit ideal in , this equality implies that alone already generates the unit ideal, so is a unit. But this would mean that is constant, a contradiction.
The following statement is the algebraic version of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz.
Theorem: Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, algebraic version
Let be a field and a field extension that is finitely generated as a -algebra. Then is finite over .
Proof
Set
Let be the field of fractions of inside . Thus we have a chain of fields
We want to show that is finite over . By Theorem 2.8 of the course Field and Galois Theory (Osnabrück 2018–2019), it suffices to show that each step in this chain of fields is finite. Suppose that is not finite, but all subsequent steps are finite. Apply Lemma 10.5 to
We obtain that is finitely generated over . In particular, is also finitely generated over . On the other hand, is the field of fractions of . Thus we have a chain
where is finitely generated over , but not finite. If were algebraic over , it would also be finite, and by Exercise 10.1, would already be a field. The whole of the last chain would then be finite, contrary to the choice of . Thus is transcendental over . But then is isomorphic to a polynomial ring in one variable, and is isomorphic to the rational function field over . By Lemma 10.6, this field is not finitely generated, again a contradiction.
Theorem: inverse images of maximal ideals
Let be a field and two -algebras of finite type. Let
be a -algebra homomorphism. Then, for every maximal ideal of , its inverse image is also a maximal ideal.
Proof
Let be a maximal ideal of . From Exercise 4.19 we know that the inverse image of a prime ideal under any ring homomorphism is again prime. Thus is initially a prime ideal; call it . We obtain induced ring homomorphisms
where is a field and both homomorphisms are injective and of finite type. Since the composite map is of finite type and are both fields, Theorem 10.7 says that this map is finite. We want to show that the intermediate ring is a field. This follows from Exercise 10.2.
Theorem: radicals as intersections of maximal ideals
Let be a field and a -algebra of finite type. Then every radical ideal in is an intersection of maximal ideals.
Proof
By Exercise 10.17, every radical ideal is an intersection of prime ideals. It therefore suffices to show that every prime ideal in a finitely generated algebra is an intersection of maximal ideals. Let be a prime ideal and . The ideal remains a prime ideal in the localisation
In there is a maximal ideal containing . Regard as a finitely generated -algebra and consider
We have
By Theorem 10.8, is maximal.
Theorem: maximal ideals are point ideals
Let be an algebraically closed field and a finitely generated -algebra. Then every quotient of by a maximal ideal is isomorphic to . In other words, every maximal ideal of is a point ideal.
Proof
Let be a maximal ideal of the finitely generated -algebra , and consider
Here is both a field and a finitely generated -algebra. By Theorem 10.7, must be a finite -algebra. Since is algebraically closed, we must have .
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Worksheet 10
Practice exercises
Exercise 10.1 ★
Let be a field and a commutative -algebra that is finite as a -module. Show that an element is a unit if and only if it is a non-zero-divisor.
Exercise 10.2
Let and be fields, let be a finite field extension, and let be an intermediate ring,
Show that is also a field.
Exercise 10.3
Let be a finite ring extension and . Show that if , regarded as an element of , is a unit, then is a unit in .
Exercise 10.4
Let be a commutative ring and an -module. Show that is Noetherian if and only if every ascending chain of -submodules
becomes stationary.
Exercise 10.5
Let be a non-zero-divisor in a commutative ring . Show that this gives a short exact sequence of -modules
Exercise 10.6 ★
Let be a commutative ring and ideals. Show that the sequence
with maps and is exact.
Exercise 10.7
Let be a commutative ring and an -module with -submodules
Show that the quotient modules are related by the short exact sequence
Exercise 10.8
Let be a commutative ring and
an -module homomorphism between -modules and . Show that this gives a short exact sequence
Let be a commutative ring and an -module. The -module
is called the dual module of .
Exercise 10.9 ★
Let be a commutative ring and let
be a short exact sequence of -modules . Show that this gives an exact sequence of dual modules
Exercise 10.10
Let be a field and let
be a short exact sequence of -vector spaces . Show that this gives a short exact sequence of dual spaces
Exercise 10.11
Let be an integer. We consider the short exact sequence of -modules
Show that, for , the sequence that is exact by Exercise 10.9,
cannot be extended exactly to the right by .
Exercise 10.12
Let be a commutative ring and let
be a short exact sequence of -modules. Suppose that has a set of -module generators with elements and has a set of -module generators with elements. Show that has a set of -module generators with elements.
Exercise 10.13
Let be a commutative ring, a commutative finite -algebra, and a finite -module. Show that is also a finite -module.
The following exercises use the notion of an Artinian module, which is “dual” to the notion of a Noetherian module.
Let be a commutative ring. An -module is called Artinian if every descending chain of -submodules
becomes stationary. A commutative ring is called Artinian if it is Artinian as an -module.
Exercise 10.14
Let be an Artinian integral domain. Show that is a field. Give an example of an Artinian commutative ring that is not a field.
Exercise 10.15
Let be a commutative ring and an -module. Show that if is Artinian and
is -linear and injective, then is an isomorphism. Also formulate and prove an analogous statement for the case where is Noetherian.
Exercise 10.16 ★
Let be a commutative ring and let be non-nilpotent. Show that there is a prime ideal with .
Exercise 10.17 ★
Let be a radical ideal in a commutative ring. Show that is an intersection of prime ideals.
One approach follows from the preceding exercise; another follows from Exercise 13.5 below.
Exercise 10.18
Let be a field and a nonconstant polynomial. Show that is not algebraic over .
Exercise 10.19
Let be a field and the field of fractions of the polynomial ring . Let be an intermediate field with
Show that is a finite field extension.
Exercise 10.20 ★
Let be a finitely generated -algebra and a maximal ideal. Show that the quotient ring is a finite field.
Let be a field and a commutative -algebra. Elements are called algebraically dependent if there is a nonzero polynomial such that
Exercise 10.21
Let be the polynomial ring over a field . Show that the variables are algebraically independent.
Exercise 10.22
Let be the polynomial ring over a field , and let polynomials
be given. Show that these polynomials are algebraically dependent.
Exercise 10.23
Let
be a polynomial map between affine spaces with . Show that is not surjective.
Exercise 10.24
Let be a commutative -algebra over a field , and let elements be given. Show that these elements are algebraically independent if and only if the -algebra they generate, , is isomorphic to the polynomial ring .
Exercises for submission
Exercise 10.25 - 3 points
Let be an algebraically closed field and a nonconstant polynomial. Show that the quotient ring
can be regarded as a finite -algebra.
Exercise 10.26 - 3 points
Let be commutative rings, and let and be ring homomorphisms such that is finite over and is finite over . Show that is also finite over .
Exercise 10.27 - 5 points
Let be a commutative ring and let
be a short exact sequence of -modules. Show that is Artinian if and only if both and are Artinian.
Exercise 10.28 - 4 points (1+3)
Let be a commutative ring, and let , , be -modules with fixed -module homomorphisms
The sequence
is called exact if, for every ,
Show that, in the case of a short exact sequence, this definition agrees with Definition 10.2 in the lecture.
Now suppose that the sequence is exact, is a field, all the are finitely generated, , and for all for some . Show that
Edition note. Part 2 requires the sequence to be exact. The source defines this property immediately beforehand but does not repeat it as a hypothesis; it is made explicit here.
Exercise 10.29 - 3 points
Let be a field and a finite -algebra. Show that is Artinian.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 10
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only to Exercises 10.1, 10.6, 10.9, 10.16, 10.17, and 10.20. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 10.1
If is a unit, there is a with . From we immediately obtain
Thus is a non-zero-divisor.
Conversely, if is a non-zero-divisor, consider the -linear multiplication map
This map is injective. Since is finite as a module over the field , it is a finite-dimensional -vector space. An injective endomorphism of a finite-dimensional vector space is also surjective. In particular, there is a with . This means that is a unit.
Solution to Exercise 10.6
Choose a representative of a class in that maps to in . Both components are , so and . Thus , and hence the class of on the left is . The map on the left is therefore injective.
The composite map is given by
so it is the zero map. Conversely, if maps to on the right, then . Say
Then
in . This element also represents , so comes from the left. Surjectivity of the last map follows immediately by choosing .
Solution to Exercise 10.9
Surjectivity of the map immediately implies that the map
is injective: an -linear map whose composite with is the zero map must itself be the zero map.
Since the composite is the zero map, the same holds for the corresponding dual map.
It remains to show that a linear form that maps to in comes from a dual form in . This condition says that the restriction of to the submodule is the zero map. In other words, is contained in the kernel of . By the homomorphism theorem, there is an induced homomorphism
whose composite with equals . Since , this is the desired statement.
Solution to Exercise 10.16
Consider the set of ideals
This set is nonempty because it contains the zero ideal. Moreover, is inductively ordered by inclusion. Indeed, if the , , form a totally ordered subset of , then their union is also an ideal containing no power of . By Zorn’s lemma, therefore has a maximal element.
We claim that every such maximal element, say , is a prime ideal. Take with , and suppose that . Then there are strict inclusions
Since is maximal in , neither ideal on the right belongs to . Thus there are such that
But multiplying these two relations gives the contradiction
Thus is prime and, by the definition of , .
Solution to Exercise 10.17
Edition note. The source directly equates ideals in with ideals in . The argument below makes the required inverse-image correspondence explicit.
Let be a radical ideal. Then . The nilradical of is the intersection of all prime ideals in this quotient ring. Under the correspondence between ideals of and ideals of containing , this gives
Since , we obtain
Solution to Exercise 10.20
Consider the composite map
which is also of finite type. The inverse image is a prime ideal in , so it is either or for a prime number .
In the first case there is a factorisation
By Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, is finite over , and by Lemma 10.5, would then have to be finitely generated over , which is not the case. Thus the first case is impossible.
Consequently, the second case holds and there is a factorisation
By Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, is finite over the finite field , so itself is finite.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 11: Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz and coordinate rings
Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz - geometric version
We now prove the geometric version of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz. For an algebraically closed field, this theorem establishes a one-to-one relationship between affine algebraic sets in affine space and radical ideals in the polynomial ring.
Theorem: the geometric Hilbert Nullstellensatz
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be an affine algebraic set described by the ideal . Let
be a polynomial vanishing on . Then belongs to the radical of ; that is, there is an with
Proof
Suppose that does not belong to the radical of . By Theorem 10.9, there is a maximal ideal
with and . By Theorem 10.10,
and hence
for some . The property means that is nonzero in the corresponding residue field, namely
But since , the point belongs to . By assumption, must vanish at that point. This is a contradiction.
Theorem: correspondence between algebraic sets and radical ideals
Let be an algebraically closed field, with polynomial ring and affine space . There is a natural correspondence between affine algebraic sets in and radical ideals in .
In this correspondence, a radical ideal is sent to its zero locus, and an affine algebraic set is sent to its vanishing ideal.
Proof
Let be affine algebraic. By part (3) of Lemma 3.8,
For a radical ideal , part (2) of the same lemma gives the inclusion
The reverse inclusion,
is the content of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz.
Corollary: covers by principal open sets
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be polynomials such that
Then the generate the unit ideal in .
Proof
Let be the ideal generated by all the . The assumption says that
is empty. Thus . By Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, a power of , hence itself, belongs to . Therefore is the unit ideal.
Corollary: the vanishing ideal of an intersection
Let be an algebraically closed field and two affine algebraic sets in . Then
Proof
Let
The statement follows from
where the first equality comes from Theorem 11.1.
These properties also fail without the assumption that the field is algebraically closed, as the following example shows.
Two disjoint ellipses; Pmidden, created with Mathematica; public domain.
Example: two disjoint real quadrics
We consider the two algebraic curves
For , both are irreducible quadrics. Their intersection is described by the ideal
Since the polynomial has no real zero,
The vanishing ideal of the empty intersection is of course the unit ideal, whereas the sum of the two vanishing ideals is not the unit ideal.
The coordinate ring of an affine algebraic set
Let be an affine algebraic set with vanishing ideal . Every polynomial
defines a function on affine space and thus induces a function on the subset :
By Definition 3.4, an element of the vanishing ideal induces the zero function on . Two polynomials whose difference belongs to the vanishing ideal induce the same function on . It is therefore natural to regard the quotient ring
as the ring of polynomial (or algebraic) functions on .
Definition: coordinate ring
For an affine algebraic set
with vanishing ideal , the ring
is called the coordinate ring of .
This notion is not entirely unproblematic, especially when is not algebraically closed; see the examples below. We first record some elementary properties.
Proposition: basic properties of coordinate rings
Let be an affine algebraic set and
its coordinate ring. Then the following statements hold.
is reduced.
if and only if is the zero ring.
is irreducible if and only if is an integral domain.
consists of a single point if and only if .
If is algebraically closed and , then
Proof
Let be the vanishing ideal of .
This follows from Lemma 3.14 and Exercise 3.13.
The equality is equivalent to , which in turn is equivalent to .
This follows from Lemma 4.3 and Exercise 4.17.
Let with . Then
and its coordinate ring is
Conversely, if the coordinate ring is , the corresponding quotient homomorphism must be an evaluation homomorphism . The vanishing ideal of must be a point ideal, and . If there were another point , , we would obtain a contradiction, because not all the vanish at .
If is algebraically closed, Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz gives
Theorem: the coordinate ring of affine space over an infinite field
Let be an infinite field. The vanishing ideal of affine space is the zero ideal, and its coordinate ring is the polynomial ring .
Proof
We prove the statement by induction on the number of variables. For , it follows from the fact that a polynomial of degree has at most roots.
For the induction step, let
be a polynomial vanishing at every point of . Write as
with
We must show that , which is equivalent to for every . Suppose, without loss of generality, that is not the zero polynomial. By the induction hypothesis, is not the zero function either. Thus there is a point with
Consequently, is a nonzero polynomial of degree in the single variable . By the one-variable case, it cannot be the zero function, a contradiction.
Edition note: The source TeX witness writes the linear term as . The context of expansion in the variable requires ; this edition uses the consistent index and preserves the source misprint in this note.
Example: finite fields
Theorem 11.8 is false for finite fields. Over a finite field, affine space consists of only finitely many points, and many polynomials vanish at all these points. Typical examples are the polynomials
where is the number of elements of the field.
Example: quotient rings and coordinate rings can differ
Let
Since squares of real numbers are never negative, the zero locus of consists only of the origin:
Its vanishing ideal is the maximal ideal , so the corresponding coordinate ring is
Thus the coordinate ring can be very different from the initial quotient ring whose ideal was used to define the zero locus.
Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz for affine algebraic sets
Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, as formulated for affine space and the polynomial ring, holds correspondingly for every and the quotient ring .
Corollary: the Nullstellensatz on an affine algebraic set
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be a -algebra of finite type with zero locus
Let be an ideal in , and an element vanishing on . Then there is an with
in .
Proof
The vanishing condition inside , translated back into affine space, says that
where is now a representative polynomial in and is the inverse-image ideal in that ring. By Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz for affine space, there is an with
Modulo , this says precisely that in .
Corollary: principal open covers of an affine algebraic set
Let be an algebraically closed field and an affine algebraic set described by the ideal . Let
be such that
Then the classes of all the generate the unit ideal in .
Proof
Let be the ideal in generated by all the , . The assumption says that
is empty on . Since is also empty, . By Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, a power of , hence itself, belongs to .
Corollary: a polynomial with no zeros is a unit
Let be an algebraically closed field and an affine algebraic set described by the ideal . If has no zero on , then its class is a unit in the quotient ring
Proof
This is a special case of Corollary 11.12.
In Example 11.5, the function has no zero on the real zero locus , so its value is a unit at every point of that locus. However, it is not a unit in the coordinate ring
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-11.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-11.csv
Worksheet 11
Practice exercises
Exercise 11.1
Let be an algebraically closed field. Prove Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz directly for the polynomial ring in one variable.
Exercise 11.2
Let be an algebraically closed field and
Show that
holds if and only if there are a natural number and with
Also consider the special cases where , or where , is a constant polynomial.
Exercise 11.3
Show that, in the correspondence given by Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, points correspond to maximal ideals.
Exercise 11.4
Show that, in the correspondence given by Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, irreducible varieties correspond to prime ideals.
Exercise 11.5
Let be an algebraically closed field. Prove directly the following special case of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz: if
has no zero in , then is a nonzero constant polynomial.
Exercise 11.6 ★
Consider the two polynomials and and the corresponding algebraic curves over the fields and .
Does
hold in ?
Does the same inclusion hold in ?
Does belong to the radical of in ?
Does belong to the radical of in ?
Exercise 11.7 ★
Let polynomials
be given, regarded as functions
Let be another polynomial, and let
be functions that need not be polynomial. Suppose that the following equality of functions holds:
Show that belongs to the radical of .
Exercise 11.8
Let be a field and . Show that all functions of the form
where and has no zero on , form a commutative ring. Show that if is algebraically closed, this ring coincides with the polynomial ring.
Exercise 11.9
Let be a finite field. Show that there are only finitely many zero loci in , but infinitely many radical ideals in .
Exercise 11.10
Let be a commutative ring and let , , be a family of elements of . Suppose that the together generate the unit ideal. Show that there is a finite subfamily
that also generates the unit ideal.
Exercise 11.11
Let be an algebraically closed field and
radical ideals. Show that the zero loci and are affine-linearly equivalent if and only if there is an affine-linear change of variables taking one ideal to the other.
Aside: extension ideals
Let
be a ring homomorphism between commutative rings and . For an ideal , the ideal in generated by is called the extension ideal of under . It is denoted by . If is surjective, this is simply the image ideal.
Exercise 11.12
Let
be an ideal and . Show that if and only if
for this extension ideal.
Exercise 11.13
Sketch the graphs of the functions and on . Convince yourself that the product is the zero function.
Exercise 11.14
Determine the coordinate ring of an affine algebraic set consisting of points.
Exercise 11.15
Determine the coordinate ring of the affine algebraic set
Exercise 11.16
Consider the hyperbola over the field . Determine the inverse of in the corresponding coordinate ring.
Exercise 11.17
Let be a field and
affine algebraic sets with . Define a -algebra homomorphism between the two coordinate rings and , and describe its main properties. Give an example of two affine algebraic sets neither of which contains the other, but whose coordinate rings are isomorphic.
Exercise 11.18
Let be a field and
ideals with the same radical. Show that there is a natural bijection between the radical ideals of the quotient rings
Exercise 11.19
Let be a field with elements and an affine algebraic set. Show that the coordinate ring of need not equal
Edition note: The source typographically places outside the denominator of the quotient ring. The parentheses above make the intended mathematical reading explicit. With this reading, however, the source assertion is false: the displayed quotient always is the coordinate ring of . Indeed, the quotient by the Frobenius equations is the ring of all functions , a finite product of copies of ; imposing leaves precisely the factors indexed by . This is an editorial correction, not a public source solution.
Exercise 11.20
Let be a field of characteristic . Consider the intersection of a cylinder and a sphere,
Show that the coordinate ring of can be written as a quotient ring of a polynomial ring in two variables.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 11.21 (4 points)
Let and let be a nonempty subset open in the metric topology. If is the zero function, show that is the zero polynomial.
Exercise 11.22 (3 points)
Prove Corollary 11.3 directly from Theorem 10.10.
Exercise 11.23 (7 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field and the polynomial ring in variables over . We want to understand an alternative proof, based on Corollary 11.3, that
for every ideal in . Let . Consider the ring and show that the ideal
is the unit ideal. Deduce that belongs to the radical of .
Exercise 11.24 (3 points)
Let and consider the polynomial map
which defines a bijection between affine space and the graph of . For an affine algebraic set , consider the image . Show that is also affine algebraic and give an ideal describing it. Show that is irreducible if and only if is irreducible.
Exercise 11.25 (5 points)
Consider the two algebraic curves
over the field . Show that their intersection is empty, then find an extension field over which it is nonempty. Calculate all intersection points over and over every other extension field. Also describe the coordinate ring of the intersection.
Exercise 11.26 (4 points)
Let be a field, and finitely many points in the affine plane . Let be arbitrarily prescribed values. Show that there is a polynomial with
Edition note: The points must be pairwise distinct, as is implicit in the source’s reference to finitely many points. If repetitions are allowed, the prescribed values must agree whenever .
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 11
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only to Exercises 11.6 and 11.7. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 11.6
The only real point of is the origin , and this point lies on . Thus
The corresponding inclusion does not hold over the complex numbers. For example,
but since , this point does not lie on .
Suppose that belonged to the radical of in . After extending scalars, the same would immediately hold in . But the next part shows that this is not the case.
From part (2) and the easy direction of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, it follows that does not belong to the radical of in .
Solution to Exercise 11.7
We claim that
Once this claim is proved, Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz says that belongs to the radical of .
Let
and suppose that . This means that for every . Then
Thus , proving the claim.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 12: The -spectrum and its functoriality
“Born to see, appointed to behold.”
— Johann Wolfgang von Goethe
The -spectrum
Alexander Grothendieck (1928–2014); photograph: Konrad Jacobs, Oberwolfach Photo Collection/MFO; CC BY-SA 2.0 de.
How are affine algebraic sets and their coordinate rings related? Meaningful answers can be expected only for infinite ground fields, because in the finite case there are too few points. A satisfactory theory even requires us to restrict ourselves to algebraically closed fields, or else—and this is the viewpoint of scheme theory developed by Alexander Grothendieck—to consider not only -points, but also maximal ideals and prime ideals as points.
A first important question is the following. A -algebra of finite type has several representations, generally on an equal footing, as a quotient ring of a polynomial algebra; say,
These two representations give the zero loci
How are these two zero loci related?
Example: three representations of the affine line
Consider the polynomial ring in one variable
The first object corresponding to it is the affine line . But can also be obtained in quite different ways as a quotient ring of a polynomial algebra in several variables. For example, let
and consider the quotient ring . As a -algebra, this ring is isomorphic to , as shown by the map
The corresponding zero locus,
is simply the line in the affine plane described by the equation
Another way to represent the polynomial ring in one variable as a quotient ring is
where is an arbitrary polynomial in the single variable . The ring homomorphism
again shows that there is an isomorphism with the polynomial ring in one variable. The corresponding zero locus is simply the graph of .
Horizontal line; Astur1, public domain.
Graph of a linear function in Cartesian coordinates; MADe, CC BY-SA 3.0.
Graph of a polynomial of degree five; Derbeth, CC BY-SA 3.0.
The point of this example is that all three geometric objects are zero loci for different quotient-ring presentations of . From the viewpoint of algebraic geometry, they are three equally valid representations of the affine line, even though they “look” different. In algebraic geometry we must look at them in a way that makes them look the same. What we see are merely different embeddings of the “actual, true” geometric object intrinsically associated with a -algebra: the -spectrum.
Definition: the -spectrum
For a commutative -algebra of finite type, the set of all -algebra homomorphisms
is called the -spectrum of and is denoted by
We regard the elements of the -spectrum as points and usually denote them by , although by definition they are maps, namely -algebra homomorphisms from to . For a ring element , we then write rather than for the value of under the ring homomorphism denoted by . Indeed, it is not unusual to regard a point as an evaluation of functions defined in some neighbourhood of that point.
The -spectrum is again equipped with a Zariski topology. For an ideal —or even an arbitrary subset of —we declare the subset
to be closed. This does indeed define a topology; see Exercise 12.8. Its open complement is denoted by .
Lemma: points of affine space as homomorphisms
Let be a field and the polynomial ring in variables. The -algebra homomorphisms from to are naturally in bijection with the points of affine space
The point corresponds to the substitution homomorphism . In other words,
Proof
A -algebra homomorphism is always determined by a set of -algebra generators. Thus the values on the variables determine a -algebra homomorphism from to . Such a substitution homomorphism is defined by , and every choice of values is allowed here.
Example: the -spectrum of
The -spectrum of the -algebra consists of a single point: the identity
is the only -algebra homomorphism from to . In general there may be other field automorphisms of , but these are not -algebra homomorphisms.
The following theorem is crucial: it establishes a bijective relationship between the -spectrum of and the zero locus arising from a quotient-ring presentation of .
Theorem: the -spectrum and zero loci
Let be a field and a finitely generated commutative -algebra with -spectrum . Let
be a quotient-ring presentation of , with quotient homomorphism
and corresponding zero locus . The map
gives a bijection between and , and this bijection is a homeomorphism for the Zariski topology.
Proof
First, the map above is well-defined because the composite
defines a -algebra homomorphism from the polynomial ring to . By Lemma 12.3, this is the substitution homomorphism at some and can be identified with the corresponding point of affine space; explicitly,
Since factors through , the ideal maps to . Thus the image point
lies in . We therefore obtain a map
which remains to be proved bijective.
Let be two distinct points. They are distinct -algebra homomorphisms. Since a -algebra homomorphism is determined by its values on a set of -algebra generators, they must differ on at least one image of a variable. The corresponding coordinate values therefore also differ, so . Thus the map is injective.
For surjectivity, let . The corresponding -algebra homomorphism,
annihilates every . Hence this ring homomorphism factors through . The resulting homomorphism is the required preimage in .
For the topological assertion, take , a preimage , and a point with image point . Then
so zero loci on the two sides also correspond. The bijection is therefore a homeomorphism.
This theorem says that every -spectrum of a -algebra of finite type can be identified with a Zariski-closed subset of some . Such an identification is called a closed embedding.
Corollary: topological independence of the presentation
Let be a field and a finitely generated commutative -algebra with two quotient-ring presentations
and corresponding zero loci
With their induced Zariski topologies, these two zero loci are homeomorphic.
Proof
By Theorem 12.5, both zero loci are homeomorphic to , and hence also to each other.
If is the zero ring, its -spectrum is empty. If is not algebraically closed, the spectrum of other rings can also be empty. However, if is algebraically closed and , the spectrum is nonempty. Under this assumption there is again a Hilbert Nullstellensatz; see Exercise 12.10.
The -spectrum as a functor
Theorem: the spectrum map
Let be a field, let and be commutative -algebras of finite type, and let
be a -algebra homomorphism. It induces a map
This map is continuous for the Zariski topology.
Proof
The existence of the map is clear: to the -algebra homomorphism we assign the composite
The inverse image of the open set is
Thus inverse images of open sets are again open, and the map is continuous.
The map introduced in Theorem 12.7 is called the spectrum map associated with .
Proposition: some forms of spectrum maps
Let be a field and a -algebra homomorphism between -algebras of finite type, with associated spectrum map . The following statements hold.
For a -algebra homomorphism , the induced spectrum map is the map taking the unique point
to the point .
The substitution homomorphism defined by ,
induces the spectrum map
If is surjective, then the spectrum map
is a closed embedding with image .
The spectrum map associated with a surjective map
agrees with the map
defined in Theorem 12.5.
Let for , and let
be the associated substitution homomorphism. Under the identification in Lemma 12.3, the spectrum map
agrees with the direct polynomial map
Proof
- follows from .
For (2), under the composite
is sent to .
- rests on considerations similar to those in the proof of Theorem 12.5; these also prove (4). For (5), see Exercise 12.18.
Statement (2) says in particular that the elements of the ring can be regarded as functions from the -spectrum to . Thus we have introduced a geometric object that realises ring elements as functions.
Further properties of the -spectrum
Lemma: adjoining one variable
Let be a field and a finitely generated commutative -algebra. Then there is a natural bijection
Proof
A -algebra homomorphism induces a -algebra homomorphism , while maps to a particular element . Conversely, these two data uniquely determine a -algebra homomorphism .
Warning: the statement above gives only a natural bijection at the level of points. If the product set on the right is equipped with the product topology, this bijection need not be a homeomorphism with the Zariski topology on the left. In particular, for an infinite field ,
but the Zariski topology on the affine plane is not the product of the Zariski topology on the affine line with itself.
Edition note: The source states the failure of homeomorphism without qualification. The general statement is “need not”: for example, when the bijection is a homeomorphism. The affine-plane counterexample requires infinite; over a finite field all these finite -spectra are discrete.
Remark: products via tensor products
If
then the product set can also be represented as the -spectrum of a -algebra, namely
where denotes the tensor product. We shall not discuss this in detail. To give some intuition, however, take
Then
With this ad hoc definition, it is not yet clear that the result is independent of the chosen quotient-ring presentations.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-12.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-12.csv
Worksheet 12
Practice exercises
Exercise 12.1
Explain the concept of a point in Euclidean (coordinate-free) geometry and in Cartesian geometry. In which situations is it useful to introduce coordinates?
Exercise 12.2
What is a point in algebraic geometry? Which notions of a point have you encountered in the course on algebraic curves, and how are they related?
Exercise 12.3
Determine the -spectrum of .
Exercise 12.4
Determine the -spectrum of the -algebra .
Exercise 12.5
Determine the -spectrum of
Exercise 12.6 ★
Let be an algebraically closed field and a commutative -algebra of finite type. Show that the points of
correspond to the maximal ideals of .
Exercise 12.7
Let be a commutative -algebra of finite type. Show that, for every ideal , we have
inside .
Exercise 12.8
Show that the Zariski topology on the -spectrum of a commutative -algebra of finite type is indeed a topology.
Exercise 12.9
Let be a field and
an affine algebraic set with vanishing ideal and coordinate ring
Show that the -spectrum of is homeomorphic to .
All versions of Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, such as Corollary 11.11, carry over to the -spectrum of a -algebra of finite type over an algebraically closed field .
Exercise 12.10
Let be an algebraically closed field and a -algebra of finite type. Prove that there is a bijective correspondence between the closed subsets of the -spectrum
and the radical ideals of .
Exercise 12.11
Let be an algebraically closed field and a reduced -algebra of finite type. Prove the identity theorem in the following form: if satisfy
for all , then .
Exercise 12.12 ★
Let be a field, a finitely generated -algebra, an ideal, and
What is the relationship between the two statements
and between the two statements
Show that the answer depends on whether is algebraically closed.
Exercise 12.13
For a commutative -algebra of finite type, describe the spectrum map associated with the algebra structure homomorphism
Exercise 12.14
Let be commutative -algebras of finite type, and let
be -algebra homomorphisms. Show that the corresponding spectrum maps satisfy
Also show that the map associated with the identity is itself the identity.
Exercise 12.15
Give an example of two commutative -algebras of finite type and a continuous map between their -spectra that cannot arise from a -algebra homomorphism.
Exercise 12.16
Let be a field, a commutative -algebra of finite type, and . Let
be the spectrum map associated with the substitution homomorphism. Show that
Exercise 12.17
Let be a field and a commutative -algebra of finite type, with reduction
Show that there is a natural homeomorphism
Exercise 12.18
Let be a field and let
be polynomials. Let
be the corresponding substitution homomorphism. Show that, under the identification in Lemma 12.3, the spectrum map
agrees with the direct polynomial map
Exercise 12.19
Which “functors” in mathematics do you know?
In the following exercises, for an arbitrary topological space—for example a manifold, a subset of , or a real interval—we consider the ring of continuous real-valued functions on it. The spaces should be viewed as analogous to -spectra, and their function rings as analogous to coordinate rings.
Exercise 12.20
Let be a topological space and
Show that is a commutative ring.
Exercise 12.21
Consider the ring of continuous functions
from to . Is this ring an integral domain?
Exercise 12.22
Let be a subset. Show that, in the ring of continuous functions
the subset
is an ideal of .
Exercise 12.23
Consider the ideal associated with
in the sense of Exercise 12.22. Is it a principal ideal?
Exercise 12.24
Let be a topological space and
the ring of continuous functions on . For a subset , show that
is an ideal of . Define a ring homomorphism
Is this homomorphism always injective? Is it always surjective?
Exercise 12.25
Let and be topological spaces and
a continuous map. Show that it induces a ring homomorphism
Exercise 12.26
Let and let be the ring of continuous functions from to . Restriction of functions gives a ring homomorphism
- Show that is surjective if and only if is closed.
- For which sets is injective?
Exercises for submission
Exercise 12.27 (4 points: 2+2)
Let be an infinite field, a commutative -algebra of finite type, and . Let
be the spectrum map associated with the substitution homomorphism.
- Show that is constant if and only if is constant.
- Show that this statement need not hold for a finite field.
Hint: Also note the different meanings of “constant” in these two contexts.
Edition note: Part (1), as stated in the source, needs an additional hypothesis: infinitude of alone is insufficient. For example, in the nonconstant element induces the constant zero function, even when is infinite. A sufficient correction is to assume that is algebraically closed and is reduced, as in Exercise 12.11. More generally, it suffices that evaluation on -points separates elements of . This is an editorial clarification of the hypothesis, not a public source solution.
Exercise 12.28 (4 points)
Give an example of two -algebras and of finite type that are integral domains, and a -algebra homomorphism
which is not a ring isomorphism, but whose induced spectrum map
is a homeomorphism.
Exercise 12.29 (3 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field and a -algebra of finite type. Consider the finite extension
Show that
is surjective.
Exercise 12.30 (5 points)
Consider the ideal
and its zero locus
Show that belongs to the radical of . Use this to show that is isomorphic to a plane algebraic curve.
Hint: Use the fact that a radical is the intersection of all prime ideals containing it, or reduce to the case where is algebraically closed.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 12
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only to Exercises 12.6 and 12.12. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 12.6
A -point is a -algebra homomorphism
Since is a -algebra, this homomorphism is surjective. Its kernel is a maximal ideal of . Since is of finite type over an algebraically closed field, the theorem that maximal ideals in an algebra of finite type over an algebraically closed field are point ideals applies. Thus the residue field at every maximal ideal equals .
Edition note: The exercise names the algebra , whereas the source solution uses . The source solution’s notation is retained here.
Solution to Exercise 12.12
If is the unit ideal, then , because vanishes at no point. The converse holds if is algebraically closed. Indeed, from
—since both sets are empty—Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz immediately gives
For , the converse fails. The polynomial
is not a unit, but its zero locus is empty.
If is nilpotent, then every element of it is nilpotent and therefore vanishes under every ring homomorphism to a field, since fields are reduced. For an algebraically closed ground field, the converse again holds. If , then for each we have
By Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz, this implies
so is nilpotent. In a Noetherian ring, this also implies that the ideal itself is nilpotent.
Over a finite field, this converse fails. For , the polynomial
is not nilpotent, but vanishes at both points—that is, at all points—of .
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 13: The open sets , connectedness, and idempotent elements
The open sets
We shall show that the Zariski-open subsets
are themselves homeomorphic to the -spectrum of a -algebra of finite type. For this we need the notions of a multiplicative system and localisation.
Definition: multiplicative system
Let be a commutative ring. A subset is called a multiplicative system if it satisfies the following two properties:
- ;
- if , then .
Example: powers of an element
Let be a commutative ring and . The powers
form a multiplicative system.
Definition: localisation inside the field of fractions
Let be an integral domain and a multiplicative system with . The subring
is called the localisation of at .
For localisation at a single element , we simply write instead of . For the definition of localisation for arbitrary commutative rings, see Exercise 13.1.
Theorem: as the -spectrum of
Let be a field, a -algebra of finite type, and . The Zariski-open set
is naturally homeomorphic to .
Proof
Consider the canonical -algebra homomorphism
and its spectrum map
By Theorem 12.7 this map is continuous. Since becomes a unit in , for every we have
Thus the image of lies in .
Conversely, take . Thus is a -algebra homomorphism with . The element is a unit in . By the universal property of localisation (see Exercise 13.6), extends to a homomorphism . This extension is the required preimage, so is surjective as a map to .
To prove injectivity, let be two -algebra homomorphisms whose composites with agree. For and we have
and the same formula holds for . Since their values on agree, we obtain .
Finally, the Zariski-open sets of are covered by sets with . Since is a unit in , we may take . This set equals
where on the right is an open set in . Thus the bijection above is a homeomorphism.
Remark: a closed realisation of
Theorem 13.4 says in particular that the open set
is itself the -spectrum of a -algebra of finite type, namely , which is generated over by . Since
(see Exercise 13.4), it can be realised as a closed set in an affine space. If
then the surjective ring homomorphism
gives a closed embedding of into by Proposition 12.8(3). If is the composite inclusion
this closed embedding can also be viewed as
Here the product of varieties appears again.
Example: the punctured affine line as a hyperbola
Continuing Remark 13.5, consider the open set
This set is called the punctured affine line. On it, is invertible, so the rational function is defined. Together with the open inclusion , this function gives a closed inclusion
Its image is a hyperbola closed in the affine plane. Thus the punctured affine line and this hyperbola are homeomorphic; the corresponding rings,
are also isomorphic.
Graph of the hyperbola ; Ktims, CC BY-SA 3.0.
Connectedness and idempotent elements
We want to understand how connectedness of an affine algebraic set is reflected in its coordinate ring, and how its connected components can be characterised. The following example shows that a satisfactory theory cannot be expected over a field that is not algebraically closed.
Example: connectedness can change after a field extension
As in Example 11.5, consider the two algebraic curves
Their intersection is described by the ideal
For we have . Consequently,
is disconnected; and are both its irreducible components and its connected components. The coordinate ring of is
One might expect the function on that is constantly on and constantly on to occur in the coordinate ring. This is not so. The reason is that, after extending scalars to the complex numbers, is connected. Hence the complex coordinate ring has only trivial idempotents, and this property passes to the real coordinate ring.
Definition: idempotent element
An element of a commutative ring is called idempotent if
The elements and are idempotent.
Definition: product ring
Let be commutative rings. The product
with componentwise addition and multiplication, is called the product ring of the , .
A product ring has many idempotents, namely elements each of whose components is either or .
Definition: connected ring
A commutative ring is called connected if it has exactly two idempotent elements, namely .
A connected topological space (red) and a disconnected space (green); Dbc334, public domain.
Definition: connected topological space
A topological space is called connected if exactly two subsets of —namely and the whole space —are both open and closed.
The empty set and the whole space are always both open and closed. Such sets are also called boundaryless or clopen. The empty topological space is not considered connected, since it has only one subset that is both open and closed.
Lemma: the -spectrum of a product ring
Let be a field and -algebras of finite type. For there is a natural homeomorphism
The embeddings from right to left are induced by the projections , .
Proof
The projection is a -algebra homomorphism and, by Proposition 12.8(3), induces a continuous map—indeed, a closed embedding—
The same holds for . Together, the two maps give a continuous map from the disjoint union on the right to the left-hand side.
Take , that is, a -algebra homomorphism . Let
Since and , exactly one of these elements maps under to , and the other to . If, say, maps to , then maps to as well. Thus factors through one of the projections. This proves surjectivity.
For injectivity, take two distinct points in the disjoint union. If they lie in the same component, their images remain distinct because the map on that component is a closed embedding. If they lie in different components, their values on are and , respectively, so they are also distinct as points of the spectrum of the product.
This bijective map is a homeomorphism because the two closed embeddings combine to form a closed map.
Theorem: idempotent elements and clopen subsets
Let be an algebraically closed field and a reduced commutative -algebra of finite type. The map
gives a bijection between the idempotent elements of and the subsets of that are both open and closed.
Proof
First,
is both open and closed. This follows from
and
Thus the map is well-defined.
Let be idempotents with
An idempotent in a field can take only the values and . Thus both and take the value on and outside . They have the same value at every point. The identity theorem for reduced algebras over an algebraically closed field gives . This proves injectivity.
Now let be both open and closed. There is another ideal with
By Corollary 11.12, and together generate the unit ideal. Thus there are and with . Since
Exercise 12.11 says that is nilpotent. The ring is reduced, so . Consequently,
so is idempotent. Since , , and , we obtain
This proves surjectivity.
It follows that, over an algebraically closed field, a reduced -algebra of finite type is connected if and only if is connected.
The last statement also holds without the reducedness assumption, since idempotent elements correspond bijectively after passing to the reduction; see Exercises 13.27 and 13.30.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-13.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-13.csv
Worksheet 13
Practice exercises
Exercise 13.1
Let be a commutative ring and a multiplicative system. The localisation is defined step by step as follows. First, let be the set of formal fractions with denominator in , namely
Show that
defines an equivalence relation on . Denote its set of equivalence classes by . Define a ring structure on and a ring homomorphism .
Exercise 13.2
Let be an integral domain and a multiplicative system with .
Show that the localisation
is a subring of .
Show that not every subring of is a localisation.
Exercise 13.3 ★
Show that the field of rational numbers has uncountably many subrings.
Exercise 13.4
Let be a commutative ring and , with localisation . Prove the -algebra isomorphism
Exercise 13.5
Let be a commutative ring, , and the corresponding localisation. Show that is nilpotent if and only if is the zero ring.
In the following exercises on localisation, you may assume, if you wish, that the rings involved are integral domains.
Exercise 13.6 ★
Let be commutative rings, a multiplicative system, and
a ring homomorphism such that is a unit in for every . Show that there is a unique ring homomorphism
extending .
Exercise 13.7
Let be a commutative ring and a multiplicative system. Show that the prime ideals of correspond precisely to the prime ideals of disjoint from .
Exercise 13.8 ★
Let be a field, , a multiplicative system, and . Show that there is a unique -algebra isomorphism
where the localisation on the left is taken at the image of in .
Exercise 13.9 ★
Let be a commutative ring, an ideal, and a multiplicative system. Show that there is a natural ring isomorphism
where the localisation on the left is taken at the image of in .
Exercise 13.10
Let be an algebraically closed field, commutative -algebras of finite type, , and
a -algebra homomorphism. Show that the spectrum map factors through if and only if is a unit in .
Exercise 13.11 ★
Let be an algebraically closed field and a -algebra of finite type that is an integral domain. For , show that the following statements are equivalent:
- ;
- there is an -algebra homomorphism .
Also show that this equivalence fails for .
The following exercise uses the notion of a saturated multiplicative system. A multiplicative system in a commutative ring is called saturated if the following holds: whenever divides some , we also have .
Exercise 13.12
Let be commutative rings and a ring homomorphism. Show that the inverse image
of the unit group is a saturated multiplicative system in .
Exercise 13.13
Let be a commutative ring. Show that the set of all non-zero-divisors in forms a saturated multiplicative system.
Exercise 13.14 ★
Give an example of a -algebra of finite type that is an integral domain, and a multiplicative system , , such that is not a field, but every maximal ideal of becomes the unit ideal in .
Exercise 13.15 ★
Show that every integral domain is a connected ring.
Exercise 13.16
Let be a commutative ring and . If is both nilpotent and idempotent, show that .
Exercise 13.17 ★
For every , give a commutative ring and an element , , satisfying
Exercise 13.18
Let be a commutative ring and an idempotent element. Show that there is a natural ring isomorphism
This shows once again that is both open and closed.
Exercise 13.19
Let be commutative rings. Show that the subset of the product ring is a principal ideal.
Exercise 13.20 ★
Let be a prime number and . Show that the residue class ring has only the two trivial idempotents, and .
Edition note: To have two distinct idempotents one needs . The source allows ; at the quotient is the zero ring, in which is its only element.
Exercise 13.21 ★
Write the residue class ring
as a product of fields involving only and . Write the residue class of as a tuple in this product decomposition.
Exercise 13.22
Let be a field, distinct elements, and
Show that the residue class ring is isomorphic to the product ring .
Exercise 13.23
Let be an algebraically closed field. Show that, for every nonzero polynomial , its residue class ring has the structure
Also show that
Exercise 13.24 ★
Let be a field and
-algebras of finite type. Set
Show that the -spectrum of the product ring can be realised as a closed subset of .
Exercise 13.25
Let be a nonempty disconnected topological space. Show that there is a continuous function
where has the metric topology, that is idempotent in the ring of continuous functions on .
Exercise 13.26
Let be a topological space with a disjoint decomposition
into open subsets . Show that the natural map
is bijective.
Exercise 13.27 ★
Let be a commutative ring with reduction . Show that the map sending each idempotent of to its residue class in is injective.
Exercise 13.28 ★
Let be a commutative ring with an element such that , and let
Show that every idempotent element of has an idempotent preimage in .
Exercise 13.29
Let be a Noetherian commutative ring with reduction . Show that there is a sequence of commutative rings , , and surjective ring homomorphisms
such that the composite map
is the reduction map, and each is the quotient homomorphism for some with .
Edition note: The source writes the domain and codomain of the last quotient homomorphism as ; the notation above follows the context of the sequence and the element .
Exercise 13.30
Let be a commutative ring with reduction . Show that the map sending each idempotent of to its residue class in is surjective.
The following statement is a version of the Chinese remainder theorem.
Exercise 13.31 ★
Let be a commutative ring and let , , be ideals satisfying
for all . Show that
Exercises for submission
Exercise 13.32 (4 points)
Let be a principal ideal domain with field of fractions . Show that every intermediate ring
is a localisation.
Exercise 13.33 (5 points: 1+2+1+1)
Consider the curve given by
(see Example 6.3) and the open set .
Find a closed realisation of in .
Show that there is also a closed realisation in .
Is isomorphic to an open subset of the affine line?
Sketch the image curve under the map
Exercise 13.34 (4 points)
Consider the union of two parallel lines and the union of the coordinate axes. Describe a surjective map between and that is as natural as possible—decide in which direction—both geometrically and algebraically. Is there also a surjective polynomial map in the opposite direction?
Exercise 13.35 (3 points)
Determine all nilpotent elements and all idempotent elements of .
Exercise 13.36 (4 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field. Consider the intersection of the two algebraic curves
Identify the residue class ring
with a product ring, and describe the quotient map using this identification. Determine preimages in for all the idempotents of that product ring.
Exercise 13.37 (6 points)
Let be a field and a finite-dimensional reduced -algebra. Show that is a finite direct product of finite field extensions of .
Hint. You may use without proof that has only finitely many prime ideals.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 13
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only to Exercises 13.3, 13.6, 13.8, 13.9, 13.11, 13.14, 13.15, 13.17, 13.20, 13.21, 13.24, 13.27, 13.28, and 13.31. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 13.3
Let be a subset of the set of prime numbers. Since there are infinitely many prime numbers, there are uncountably many choices of . Associate with the multiplicative system consisting of all integers whose prime factorisations contain only primes from . The localisation
consists of all rational numbers that can be written with a denominator whose prime factorisation uses only primes from . Uniqueness of prime factorisation in shows that these subrings are distinct for distinct choices of .
Solution to Exercise 13.6
For the diagram of ring homomorphisms to commute, we must have
for , and hence
Thus there is at most one such ring homomorphism, and it must be given by the last formula.
We need to show that this formula is well-defined. Let with . This means that there is an such that . Then
Multiplying both sides by the unit gives
As an example of verifying the homomorphism properties, for addition we obtain
Solution to Exercise 13.8
All homomorphisms below are -algebra homomorphisms and are uniquely determined by the stated properties. The homomorphism first induces
Since the image of in becomes units in , the universal property of localisation gives a homomorphism
This map is surjective: every element on the right is represented by with and comes from .
For injectivity, suppose that maps to . Then , so for some and . Translating this equality back into gives
Thus in . Since , this gives in .
Edition note: The source’s cancellation in assumes . If , both localised rings are zero and the asserted isomorphism is immediate; the displayed cross-multiplication argument is used only in the other case.
Solution to Exercise 13.9
The ring homomorphism
sends to and therefore induces a homomorphism
The universal property of localisation then induces
This formula immediately shows surjectivity. If the image is zero, then , and hence . Thus there is a with . Hence in , and consequently in . The map is therefore also injective.
Edition note: The source writes in the kernel argument. The ideal-membership statement concerns the representative in , as made explicit above.
Solution to Exercise 13.11
If (2) holds, we can in particular write
Thus divides a power of , that is, . Conversely, if , then is a unit in , and the universal property of localisation gives an -algebra homomorphism .
From it follows immediately that vanishes on , so . If is algebraically closed, the reverse implication follows from Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz. Since is equivalent to , the two statements in the exercise are equivalent.
Edition note: The source’s fraction argument applies directly when . If , both conditions hold because and is the zero ring. If and , neither holds: by the Nullstellensatz, and there is no unital homomorphism from the zero ring to the nonzero ring .
For , take , , and . The polynomial has no real zero, so
and , but is not a unit in .
Edition note: In the last example, the source displays . Both zero loci in question are empty; the relation between the open sets remains as stated above.
Solution to Exercise 13.14
Take
and let be the multiplicative system consisting of all products of elements of the form , . The maximal ideals of have the form
Thus every maximal ideal contains an element of and becomes the unit ideal in . However, is not a field: precisely the prime elements are made into units, whereas other prime elements, such as , are not.
Solution to Exercise 13.15
An idempotent element satisfies
In a ring without zero divisors, this implies or .
Solution to Exercise 13.17
Consider the residue class ring
and write for the residue class of . The element is nonzero: in the polynomial ring, cannot be a multiple of when for degree reasons. In we have , so for every , in particular . Moreover, because the entire ideal is made zero when forming the quotient ring.
Solution to Exercise 13.20
Let be idempotent. Choosing an integer representative, the equation means that
The integers and are coprime, so they cannot both be divisible by . Since divides their product, the whole factor must divide either or . Thus
in .
Edition note: The source writes factorisations and with . These exponents may be chosen as divisibility exponents; they need not be the exact -adic valuations. The coprimality argument above expresses the same step directly. For , the conclusion still holds, but ; see the note to Exercise 13.20.
Solution to Exercise 13.21
We have
The polynomial is irreducible because it has no rational root. Thus this is the prime factorisation, and the monic factors above are pairwise nonassociate. The Chinese remainder theorem for principal ideal domains gives
The last isomorphism uses the substitutions , , and . The element maps under the three projections to , , and . Its tuple is therefore
Solution to Exercise 13.24
Without loss of generality, suppose . We can write
Denote this extended ideal by . The two -spectra have thus been realised as closed subsets of the same affine space. Use one additional variable to separate them, and consider
The -spectrum of is the disjoint union of the two given spectra. Indeed, the set
satisfies or . The part with is
whereas the part with is
Solution to Exercise 13.27
Let be idempotent and suppose their images in the reduction are equal. Then is nilpotent in . Thus there is an with
We may take to be odd. By the binomial theorem, symmetry of binomial coefficients, and idempotence, we obtain
Hence .
Edition note: The source omits the alternating signs in its binomial sums. The factors above correct that omission. Since is odd, the terms with indices and have opposite signs, which justifies the displayed pairing and cancellation.
Solution to Exercise 13.28
Take a preimage of . Since is idempotent, the element
lies in , so . Consider
This element also maps to . Moreover,
Thus is an idempotent preimage of .
Solution to Exercise 13.31
The general case follows from the case , so it suffices to consider two ideals and . The natural map
has kernel . For comaximal ideals this intersection equals the product . We therefore obtain an injective ring homomorphism
To prove surjectivity, take on the right. Choose and with . The element
is a preimage of . Modulo , it becomes
and similarly modulo it becomes .
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 14: Algebraic Functions on Varieties
Algebraic functions
What is a morphism between two affine algebraic sets and ? We first consider the case in which
is the affine line. Suppose that
is given as a closed subset of an affine space. Every polynomial
then gives a map
and hence, by restriction, a map on . We already considered this when defining the coordinate ring. Likewise, an element of a finitely generated -algebra gives a function
This is also the map of spectra that, by Proposition 12.8(2), corresponds to the substitution homomorphism
On the open set
the function is well defined by Theorem 13.4. We shall now explain what an algebraic function on an arbitrary Zariski-open set is. The following definition is arranged so that being “algebraic” is a local property.
Definition: algebraic functions on an open set
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a -algebra of finite type, and let
Let , let be a Zariski-open set with , and let
be a function. We call algebraic (also regular or polynomial) at if there are elements such that
and
We call algebraic on if it is algebraic at every point of .
Of course, every element defines an algebraic function on every open subset of the -spectrum. In general, however, it is rather difficult to give a concise description of all algebraic functions.
Remark: locality and fractional representations
In Definition 14.1, the condition is not essential. If there is a representation on with , choose such that
On
we may use the representation
If is a fractional representation at , the same representation works for every point of . Thus is algebraic on the whole open set . In particular, we need not work with infinitely many different representations: finitely many fractions for a cover
suffice.
For , an algebraic function is also continuous in the metric topology; when , it is holomorphic.
Example: a function glued from two fractions
Let
and let
be the Zariski-open set defined by and . The function on defined by
is algebraic. The two fractions clearly give algebraic functions on and respectively. To define a single function on , their values must agree on the intersection . Take
We have and , so
Lemma: algebraic functions form an algebra
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a -algebra of finite type, let , and let be Zariski-open. The algebraic functions on form a subring—in fact, a -subalgebra—of the ring of all functions , with operations performed in .
Proof
We must check that the constant zero and one functions, the negative of an algebraic function, and the sum and product of two algebraic functions are again algebraic. We restrict ourselves to the sum. Let be algebraic and let . There are such that
and
Set . Then
For we have
Thus the sum has a fractional representation on the Zariski-open neighbourhood of . The other cases are similar.
Definition: the ring of algebraic sections
In the situation above, the ring
is called the ring of algebraic functions on . It is also called the structure ring or ring of sections on . By Lemma 14.4 this set is indeed a ring. The symbol (pronounced “O”) denotes the so-called structure sheaf.
Lemma: restriction maps
Let be an algebraically closed field and a -algebra of finite type. Let be open subsets of . There is a natural -algebra homomorphism
Proof
A function immediately gives a function on by restriction. The local algebraic description of at each point also applies on the smaller subset .
The map in this lemma is called the restriction map.
Lemma: independence of a principal open ambient space
Let be an algebraically closed field and a -algebra of finite type. Let and let
be open. The definition of gives the same ring whether we take the ambient space to be or
Proof
Functions on clearly depend only on , not on an ambient space. It remains to show that the local algebraic condition also depends only on .
Take . A representation
immediately gives a fractional representation on by regarding as elements of .
Conversely, suppose that there is a representation over
where
For we have
In the last step we multiplied numerator and denominator by . The final numerator and denominator lie in , and . Thus is an open neighbourhood of giving a representation relative to .
Edition note: In the source’s last neighbourhood argument, take , which is always possible by multiplying the numerator and denominator of by . Then . If were retained, could extend outside the original domain.
Lemma: the relation between two rational representations
Let be an algebraically closed field and a -algebra of finite type. Let be an algebraic function on a Zariski-open set . Suppose that near it has two representations
with and . Then there is an such that
If is reduced, we even have
Proof
Consider the element
on . We show that it induces the zero function. Take . If or , then immediately. If neither is zero, then and
Hence and again . By Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz there is an such that in . If is reduced, .
The graph of a global function on two-dimensional affine space; Inductiveload, public domain. Source details are given in the Unit 14 media credits.
Theorem: global sections on an affine spectrum
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a reduced -algebra of finite type, and let . Then
Proof
Every directly gives an algebraic function on all of , so there is a -algebra homomorphism
If induces the zero function at every point, Theorem 11.1 and the reducedness of imply . Thus the map is injective.
Now let be an algebraic function. For every there are with and
The sets cover . By Corollary 11.12, the elements generate the unit ideal, so finitely many of them already generate the unit ideal. Denote them by
Then the cover all of . On each intersection we have
By Lemma 14.8 and reducedness,
in . Replace by and by . The representation remains unchanged, while the last relation simplifies to
Since the generate the unit ideal, there are with
Set
We claim that induces on all of . Take ; without loss of generality, suppose . Then
The homomorphism above is therefore also surjective.
Corollary: sections on a principal open set
Let in the situation of the preceding theorem. Then
Proof
This follows directly from Lemma 14.7 and Theorem 14.9.
Remark: Hilbert’s fourteenth problem
One variant of Hilbert’s fourteenth problem asks whether the ring of algebraic functions is finitely generated for every open set . This is true for open sets of the form , also when is regular or factorial, and in small dimensions. In general, however, it is false.
Edition note: “Small dimensions” is the source’s informal wording; it specifies no dimension bound or additional hypotheses. No precise low-dimensional theorem is being asserted by that phrase here.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-14.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-14.csv
Worksheet 14
Practice exercises
Exercise 14.1
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be the polynomial ring over . Show that every algebraic function on an open set
has the form
where have no common nonunit factor and .
Exercise 14.2 ★
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be a -algebra of finite type that is a unique factorisation domain. Show that every algebraic function on an open set
has the form , where have no common nonunit factor and .
Exercise 14.3
Complete the proof of Lemma 14.4.
Exercise 14.4
Let be an open subset of the -spectrum of a -algebra over an algebraically closed field , and let
be an algebraic function. Show that defines a continuous map to .
Exercise 14.5
Show that the ring is reduced.
Exercise 14.6
Let be an algebraically closed field. Consider the point
and set . Describe an algebraic function on that cannot be extended to an algebraic function on all of .
Exercise 14.7 ★
Consider Neil’s parabola
and the point . Find an algebraic function defined on but not on all of .
Hint. Find two different factorisations of .
Edition note: This exercise uses the standing assumption of this lecture that is algebraically closed. The source does not repeat it here; the notion of algebraic function used in Definition 14.1 is stated under that assumption.
Exercise 14.8
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a -algebra of finite type that is an integral domain, and let
Show that
where the intersection is taken inside the fraction field .
Edition note: For this fraction-field interpretation, assume and omit any zero generators . The source does not state these qualifications. Localisation at zero is the zero ring and cannot be viewed as a subring of ; for the ring of functions is the zero ring instead.
Exercise 14.9
Let be a commutative -algebra of finite type over an algebraically closed field, let be open, and let be a function. Suppose that
is an open cover and that every restriction is an algebraic function. Show that itself is algebraic.
Exercise 14.10
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be a -algebra of finite type that is an integral domain. Show that for open sets , the restriction map
is injective.
Edition note: The source needs the hypothesis (unless is also empty). Restriction from a nonempty to the empty set sends all functions to the sole element of the zero ring and is not injective.
Exercise 14.11
Consider
Describe an open set such that the ring homomorphism corresponding to ,
is not surjective.
The next exercise uses the concept of the limit of a map. Exercise 1.9 may be helpful.
Exercise 14.12
Consider the curve
the point , and the open complement .
- Show that is an algebraic function on that cannot be extended algebraically to all of .
- Show that the limit at of the map does not exist.
- Show that there are sequences and in , both converging to , whose image sequences under converge to different values.
The following concepts are important in many areas of mathematics and concisely capture essential properties of the structure sheaf on a -spectrum.
Supporting definition: presheaves
Let be a topological space. A presheaf on is an assignment associating:
to every open set , a set ;
to every inclusion of open sets , a map
such that
and, for ,
The maps are called restriction maps. The presheaf is a presheaf of groups if every is a group and every restriction map is a group homomorphism. It is a presheaf of commutative rings if every is a commutative ring and every restriction map is a ring homomorphism.
Exercise 14.13
Show that the assignment associating to every open set
the ring of algebraic functions , and to every inclusion the restriction map (see Lemma 14.6)
is a presheaf of -algebras.
Supporting definition: sheaves
A sheaf on a topological space is a presheaf satisfying the following two properties.
Local uniqueness. For every open cover and , if
then .
Gluing. For every open cover and sections that are compatible on each intersection, meaning
there is an with for all .
Exercise 14.14
Let be topological spaces. For every open set , set
Show that this assignment is a sheaf on .
Exercise 14.15
Let be a topological space. For every open set , set
Show that this assignment is a sheaf of commutative -algebras on .
Exercise 14.16
Let be a differentiable manifold. For every open set , consider the set of differentiable functions on . Let
be an open cover.
Show that if is open and , then .
Let . Show that if and only if for every .
Suppose that functions are given satisfying the compatibility condition
for all . Show that there is an with for all .
Exercise 14.17
Show that the assignment associating to every open set the ring of algebraic functions , and to every inclusion the restriction map (see Lemma 14.6)
is a sheaf of -algebras.
The following exercises concern ultrafilters and minimal prime ideals. We give the definitions.
A prime ideal in a commutative ring is called a minimal prime ideal if there is no prime ideal with .
Let be a commutative ring. A multiplicative system is called an ultrafilter if and is maximal among the multiplicative systems not containing .
Exercise 14.18
Let be a commutative ring and let be a multiplicative system with . Show that is an ultrafilter if and only if for every with there are and such that
Exercise 14.19
Let be a commutative ring and let be an ultrafilter. Show that the complement is a minimal prime ideal in .
Exercise 14.20
Let be a commutative ring and let be a multiplicative system with . Show that is contained in an ultrafilter.
Hint. Use Zorn’s lemma.
Exercise 14.21
Let be a reduced commutative ring. Show that every zero divisor is contained in a minimal prime ideal.
Exercise 14.22
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be a radical ideal. Set
Show that the irreducible components of correspond to the minimal prime ideals of its coordinate ring .
Exercise 14.23
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be a commutative -algebra of finite type. Show that the minimal prime ideals of correspond to the irreducible components of .
Exercises for submission
Exercise 14.24 (3 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field, let , and let
Show that
In other words, every algebraic function defined away from a single point of the affine plane extends to that point.
Exercise 14.25 (5 points: 1+2+2)
Consider Neil’s parabola
- Show that on .
- Show that on , the fraction defines an algebraic function that cannot be extended algebraically to all of .
- Show that the continuous function has a continuous extension to all of .
Exercise 14.26 (4 points)
Let be a -algebra of finite type that is an integral domain over an algebraically closed field , and let
be an element of the fraction field of . Show that
is an ideal in . Show also that
is the maximal domain of definition of the algebraic function .
Exercise 14.27 (4 points)
Let be a commutative ring and let generate the unit ideal. Suppose that every localisation , , is Noetherian. Show that is also Noetherian.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 14
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 14.2 and 14.7. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 14.2
Edition note: If , the fraction represents its unique function. The source’s cover-combining argument below concerns the nonempty case.
Let
with finite, and suppose that on each the function has a representation
meaning that
On the intersection we have
Thus
for every . Consequently the element
induces the zero function on all of . Since is an integral domain and is algebraically closed, the identity theorem gives
in . After discarding empty members of the cover, and are nonzero; since is an integral domain, it follows that
and hence
By unique prime factorisation, there are elements and a unit such that
Hence
The fractional representation holds on . In this way we can combine two members of the cover and reduce the index set . Since is finite, repetition eventually produces a single fraction valid on all of . By cancelling common factors, we may choose and with no common nonunit factor, and of course .
Solution to Exercise 14.7
The maximal ideal corresponding to is . In the coordinate ring
we have
We may therefore set, in the fraction field,
These representations define an algebraic function on
To show that this function is not defined on all of , consider the map
We have
The pullback of under this map is
This function has a pole at and cannot be extended to an algebraic function on the whole affine line. Hence cannot be extended algebraically to all of either.
Edition note: in the final cancellation step, the source displays . The factorisation on the preceding line gives without a minus sign. The pole at and the conclusion of the proof are unchanged.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 15: Affine and Quasi-affine Varieties, Local Rings, and Stalks
Affine and quasi-affine varieties
Definition: affine varieties
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be a -algebra of finite type. The -spectrum
with every Zariski-open set equipped with the ring of algebraic functions , is called an affine variety.
An open subset of an affine variety, again with every open set equipped with its structure ring, is called a quasi-affine variety. A quasi-affine variety is covered by finitely many open sets of the form , each of which is itself an affine variety. Some authors reserve the term variety for irreducible -spectra.
When is reduced, Theorem 14.9 ensures that no information is lost in
since the ring can be recovered as . For arbitrary , the pointwise algebraic functions instead recover the reduction ; nilpotents are invisible on -points. This is not possible from the topological space alone.
Edition note. The source states the recovery claim without reducedness. The qualification above records the hypothesis needed for the pointwise definition used here.
Local rings
For a given point in a -spectrum, we are interested in all algebraic functions defined at and admitting a rational representation on some neighbourhood of . These functions are defined on different neighbourhoods, and in general there is no smallest neighbourhood on which all algebraic functions defined at are simultaneously defined. We have a system of rings
that we want to understand geometrically and algebraically. It turns out that this system has a meaningful limit—called a direct limit or colimit—and that it agrees with the localisation at the maximal ideal corresponding to . We begin with the algebraic terminology.
Edition note. The source says unconditionally that there is no smallest neighbourhood. The qualification “in general” allows for isolated points, for which is a smallest neighbourhood of .
Definition: local rings
A commutative ring is called local if it has exactly one maximal ideal.
For a nonzero commutative ring, equivalently, the complement of the group of units of is closed under addition. The simplest local rings are fields. Every local ring with maximal ideal has a quotient that is a field, called its residue field. We shall soon see that every point of a -spectrum has an associated local ring describing the “local appearance” of the variety at that point algebraically.
Edition note. The source omits the nonzero-ring qualification in the additive characterisation. For the zero ring the nonunit set is empty and hence additively closed, although there is no maximal ideal.
Definition: localisation at a prime ideal
Let be a commutative ring and let be a prime ideal. The localisation at the multiplicative system
is called the localisation of at and is denoted by . Thus
The following theorem explains this terminology.
Theorem: localisation at a prime ideal is local
Let be a commutative ring and let be a prime ideal in . Then is a local ring with maximal ideal
Proof
The displayed set is indeed an ideal in
We show that the complement of consists only of units, so this ideal must be maximal. Let
but suppose . Then , so the reciprocal fraction also belongs to the localisation.
Fraction fields and function fields
If is an integral domain, its fraction field is the localisation at the zero prime ideal. We now show that for the associated irreducible affine variety , every algebraic function naturally belongs to the fraction field.
Lemma: algebraic functions as elements of the fraction field
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a -algebra of finite type that is an integral domain, and let
be an open subset. There is a uniquely determined injective -algebra homomorphism
In particular, every algebraic function defined on a nonempty open set is an element of the fraction field .
Proof
Take and suppose that the algebraic function is given on a neighbourhood of by
The fraction can immediately be regarded as an element of the fraction field. Let be another point with a representation
By Lemma 14.8, since is an integral domain,
in . Thus the element of the fraction field is well defined. The resulting map is clearly a ring homomorphism and makes the diagram
commute. These properties also determine the map uniquely: algebraic functions arising from elements of must map to those same elements in the fraction field, so the image of every fraction is determined.
For injectivity, if in the fraction field, then , and the corresponding function is zero on . For another representation of the same function, the relation above again gives ; the function is therefore zero on all of .
Uniqueness also immediately shows that for two open sets the diagram
commutes, with the restriction homomorphism on the left. From now on, in the integral-domain case we identify an algebraic function with its corresponding element of the fraction field.
Topological filters and their stalks
The result of the preceding section says that the fraction field can be obtained as an ordered union of all rings of sections as ranges over the nonempty open sets. A similar construction can be made for suitably structured systems of open sets in general. For this we need the concept of a filter.
Definition: topological filters
Let be a topological space. A system of open subsets of is called a topological filter if, for open sets , the following hold:
- ;
- if and , then ;
- if , then .
Schematic depiction of a neighbourhood filter; Andreas Pietzowski, CC BY-SA 4.0. Source details are given in the Unit 15 media credits.
Definition: neighbourhood filters
Let be a topological space and let . The system
is called the neighbourhood filter of .
This is clearly a topological filter. In particular, a point has a neighbourhood filter consisting of all its open neighbourhoods.
Suppose that two open neighbourhoods of and two algebraic functions
are given. Initially their sum —and likewise their product—makes no sense because their domains differ. In the integral-domain case we can regard both as elements of the fraction field and add them there. Alternatively, we can pass to the intersection , which is also an open neighbourhood of , and add the restrictions of the two functions there. The important property of a filter is that together with any two of its open sets it contains their intersection, with the inclusions
and the corresponding restriction maps
This observation is made precise by the concepts of a directed set and a directed system.
Definition: directed sets
A nonempty ordered set is called directedly ordered, or simply directed, if for every there is a such that
Edition note. The source does not require to be nonempty. The standard convention is used here; it is also needed below for a colimit of groups to carry a group structure.
We regard a topological filter as a set ordered by inclusion. Its intersection property makes it directed; the direction of the order is
Definition: ordered and directed systems
Let be an ordered index set. A family of sets
is called an ordered system of sets if:
for every ;
for there is a map ;
for we have
Edition note. The identity-map axiom is part of the usual definition and is added explicitly; the source states only the transition maps and their composition law.
If the index set is also directed, the family is called a directed system of sets.
If all the are groups (or rings) and all maps between them are group homomorphisms (or ring homomorphisms), we speak of an ordered or directed system of groups (or rings).
Definition: colimits
Let be a directed system of sets. The set
is called the colimit (also the direct limit or inductive limit) of the system. Here is the equivalence relation declaring two elements and equivalent if there is a with and
In particular, is equivalent to its image for every .
Edition note: in the last sentence the source writes , although the system defines only the sets . This edition supplies the required index, .
For a directed system of groups (or rings), the colimit of sets above can also be given a group (or ring) structure. Two elements of the colimit represented by and can be replaced by their images in some with , and the operation is then defined in ; see Exercise 15.23.
Our principal example is the directed system of rings
directed by a topological filter. Its colimit has a name of its own.
Definition: the stalk at a filter
Let be a quasi-affine variety and let be a topological filter in . The colimit
is called the stalk of at .
The stalk at the neighbourhood filter of a point is also called the stalk at and is denoted by .
Theorem: the stalk at a point is a localisation
Let be a reduced commutative algebra of finite type over an algebraically closed field . Let
be a point with corresponding maximal ideal . There is a natural isomorphism of -algebras
Proof
The stalk has a unique -algebra structure because the whole space belongs to the filter. If and , then is defined on the open neighbourhood of . There we have , so becomes a unit in the colimit. By the universal property of localisation, there is an -algebra homomorphism
We prove that this map is bijective. First take . This element is represented by an algebraic function
In particular, has a rational representation at : on we have
The last condition means , or equivalently . Thus and maps to . This proves surjectivity.
For injectivity, take with and suppose its image in the stalk is zero. This means that is the zero function on some open neighbourhood of . We may choose
and, by Corollary 14.10, write on that set, explicitly taking ,
By Lemma 14.8,
in . Since and become units in , we obtain in the localisation.
Lemma: sections as an intersection of local rings
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a -algebra of finite type that is an integral domain, and let
be a nonempty open set. Then
where the intersection is taken inside the fraction field .
Edition note. The source allows , but then the section ring is not represented by an intersection of subrings of . The nonempty hypothesis is therefore necessary for this formulation.
Proof
For every there are injective ring homomorphisms
Consequently there is an injective ring homomorphism
Conversely, let belong to the intersection on the right. For every there is a representation with
This says precisely that is an algebraic function on .
Definition: function fields
Let be an irreducible quasi-affine variety. The stalk at the filter of all nonempty open sets in is a field, called the function field of .
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-15.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-15.csv
Worksheet 15
Practice exercises
Exercise 15.1
Let be a commutative ring. Show that the following statements are equivalent.
- has exactly one maximal ideal.
- The set of nonunits is an ideal in .
Exercise 15.2
Let be a nonzero commutative ring. Show that is local if and only if, whenever is a unit, at least one of and is a unit.
Edition note. The source omits the nonzero-ring hypothesis. The zero ring satisfies the displayed unit-sum criterion but has no maximal ideal, so it is not local under the definition used in the lecture.
Exercise 15.3
Determine all subrings of the rational numbers that are local rings.
Exercise 15.4
Let be a commutative local ring. Show that is connected.
Exercise 15.5
Let be a maximal ideal in a commutative ring . Let be the localisation of at , and let
be the maximal ideal of . Show that
Exercise 15.6 ★
Let be a commutative ring and let be a prime ideal. The quotient ring
is an integral domain with fraction field , while is a local ring with maximal ideal . Show that there is a natural isomorphism
This field is also called the residue field at .
Exercise 15.7
For , show that the substitution homomorphism
agrees with the evaluation map to the residue field at the prime ideal , namely
Exercise 15.8
Let be a local ring with residue field . Show that and have the same characteristic if and only if contains a field.
Exercise 15.9 ★
Let be a local ring and let be an ideal in . Show that the map
is surjective.
Exercise 15.10
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
Show that all localisations of at maximal ideals are mutually isomorphic.
Exercise 15.11
Let be a field and consider the coordinate cross
For each point , determine whether the local ring at is an integral domain.
Exercise 15.12
Consider Neil’s parabola
over an algebraically closed field . Show that all localisations of at points are mutually isomorphic, but are not isomorphic to the localisation at the origin.
Exercise 15.13
Let be the localisation at the origin of the curve
and let be the localisation of the coordinate cross at the origin. Are these two local rings isomorphic?
Exercise 15.14
Let be a commutative ring and let be a prime ideal. Show that is a minimal prime ideal if and only if the reduction of the localisation is a field.
Exercise 15.15
Let be a commutative ring, let be a maximal ideal with localisation , and let be an ideal contained in the kernel of the localisation map. Show that is also a localisation of .
Exercise 15.16
Let be a field and let be a finitely generated -algebra. Let
be the localisation of at a maximal ideal . Show that the residue field of is a finite extension of .
Exercise 15.17
Let be a commutative ring, let , and let be an ideal. Show that
if and only if for every prime ideal we have
Remark. For this reason, ideal membership is called a local property.
Exercise 15.18
Let be a commutative ring. Prove that the following statements are equivalent.
- is reduced.
- For every prime ideal , the ring is reduced.
- For every maximal ideal , the ring is reduced.
Remark. For this reason, reducedness is called a local property. Also give an example of a commutative ring that is not an integral domain but whose localisations at prime ideals are all integral domains.
Exercise 15.19 ★
Let be a field and let be finitely generated -algebras that are integral domains. Let
be a -algebra homomorphism, and let be a maximal ideal in with
Suppose the induced map is an isomorphism
Show that there is an with such that
is an isomorphism.
Exercise 15.20
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a finitely generated commutative -algebra, and let be topological filters in with . Show that there is a ring homomorphism
Exercise 15.21
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a finitely generated commutative -algebra, and let
Without using Theorem 15.12, show that the stalk is a local ring.
Exercise 15.22 ★
Let be a field, let be a finitely generated -algebra that is an integral domain with fraction field , and let . Show that the set
is open in , where denotes the local ring at .
Exercise 15.23
Let be a directed index set and let be a directed system of abelian groups. Show that its colimit is an abelian group.
Exercise 15.24
Let be a directed index set and let be a directed system of sets. Let be another set. Suppose that for every a map
is given such that for every we have
where are the maps of the system. Prove the universal property of the colimit: there is exactly one map
such that
where are the natural maps.
Show also that if is a directed system of groups, is a group, and all the are group homomorphisms, then is a group homomorphism as well.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 15.25 (4 points)
Describe the set of all matrices of rank at most one over a field as the -spectrum of a suitable -algebra. Show that there is an isomorphism between a nonempty Zariski-open subset of and an open set in .
Exercise 15.26 (4 points)
Let be a field, let be a -algebra of finite type, and let be finitely many points in
Show that the neighbourhood filter of these points is generated by open sets of the form . In other words, for every open set containing , show that there is an with
Exercise 15.27 (5 points: 1+2+2)
Let be a field, let be a commutative -algebra of finite type, and let be a multiplicative system in . Define
Show that is a topological filter in .
Show that there is a ring homomorphism
Show that the homomorphism in part 2 is an isomorphism if is algebraically closed and is reduced.
Edition note. Although the lecture defines the pointwise structure rings over an algebraically closed field, the same local-fraction and colimit construction is used verbatim in parts 1 and 2 over an arbitrary field. The reconstruction assertion in part 3 retains its stated algebraically closed and reduced hypotheses.
Exercise 15.28 (4 points)
Let
be an affine variety, let be finitely many distinct points, let be their neighbourhood filter, and let be the associated stalk. Show that is a local ring if and only if .
Edition note. The source’s points are understood to form a finite set of distinct points; allowing repetitions would make the criterion false.
Exercise 15.29 (4 points)
Let be a commutative ring and let be a multiplicative system. Consider the following partial order on : set if divides a power of , identifying two elements when this relation holds in both directions. Show that the commutative rings
form a directed system and that
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 15
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 15.6, 15.9, 15.19, and 15.22. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 15.6
Consider the commutative diagram of ring homomorphisms
The maps and are to be constructed. Under the ring homomorphism
the prime ideal maps to zero, giving an induced homomorphism . The map sends every nonzero element
represented by , to a unit. By the universal property of localisation, therefore extends to the fraction field:
As a ring homomorphism between fields, is injective. Every element of the residue field on the right can be represented by a fraction in with . It is the image of
since . Thus is also surjective, and is an isomorphism.
Solution to Exercise 15.9
If , the quotient is the zero ring and the statement is clear. We therefore suppose that
where is the unique maximal ideal of .
Let represent a unit in , and choose such that
This means that
If were not a unit, then and hence . But this would give the contradiction
Thus itself is a unit. Every unit in therefore has a unit preimage in .
Solution to Exercise 15.19
We first show that the map
is surjective for a suitable . Choose a set of -algebra generators for . By surjectivity of the local map, there are elements
so that in , and with in . The last equality means that for some we have
in . Since is an integral domain and , it follows that
in .
Set
Since every and is prime, we have . All the can be written over the common denominator , so . Thus every generator belongs to the image of . The inverse denominator powers are also images of the inverse powers in . The map is therefore surjective.
Edition note: the source immediately deduces surjectivity from the equalities in without writing out the cancellation of above. That step is valid precisely because is assumed to be an integral domain; this edition makes the dependence explicit without changing the argument.
We now prove injectivity. Suppose maps to zero. Its image is then also zero in , and comes from an element of . Since the local map is an isomorphism, in . Since is an integral domain, this also implies in . The map is therefore injective and, together with surjectivity, an isomorphism.
Solution to Exercise 15.22
We show that every point with has an open neighbourhood on which the same property holds at every point. The set in the exercise is then a union of these open neighbourhoods and hence open.
The local ring at has the form
for a maximal ideal in . Membership means that
with . Hence , so is an open neighbourhood of . For every , the element is again an allowable denominator. Thus for every , as required.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 16: Irreducible Filters, Morphisms, and Fibres
Irreducible filters
A filter can be identified with what it retains. Elke Wetzig (Elya), CC BY-SA 3.0. Source details are given in the Unit 16 media credits.
In the preceding lecture we saw that a point in the -spectrum
determines its neighbourhood filter, and that the stalk at this filter is the localisation of at the corresponding maximal ideal
We also saw that if is an integral domain, the stalk at the filter of all nonempty open sets gives the fraction field of , which in turn is the localisation at the zero ideal. The concept of an irreducible filter generalises this relationship.
Definition: irreducible filters
A topological filter is called irreducible if
and the following condition holds: if are two open sets with
then or .
For Zariski filters, that is, topological filters in the Zariski topology, the following correspondence holds.
Theorem: prime ideals, irreducible closed sets, and irreducible filters
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a commutative -algebra of finite type, and let
The following objects correspond to one another:
- prime ideals in ;
- irreducible closed subsets of ;
- irreducible filters in .
An irreducible closed subset corresponds to the filter
The stalk of the structure sheaf at this filter is the localisation , where is the corresponding prime ideal.
Edition note: for the structure sheaf of algebraic functions used here, the stalk formula presupposes that is reduced. For a general , replace it in that formula by . Nilpotent elements vanish as functions. The prime ideal/filter correspondence itself is unchanged.
Proof
The correspondence between prime ideals and irreducible closed subsets is already known: a prime ideal corresponds to the irreducible closed subset ; see Lemma 4.3 and Proposition 11.7.
The stated construction for an irreducible closed set does indeed give an irreducible filter. Irreducibility follows immediately from the definition; only the intersection property of a filter needs checking. Let
so that and are nonempty. Since is irreducible,
is also nonempty. Thus .
Now let be an irreducible topological filter. We claim that the complement of
is a prime ideal. The set is immediately a saturated multiplicative system. It remains to show that its complement is closed under addition. Let with . Then . Since
the set also belongs to . Irreducibility of gives or , hence or . Thus the complement of is closed under addition and is a prime ideal.
Composing the three correspondences always returns the original object. To see this, it suffices to note that an irreducible Zariski filter is generated by open sets of the form ; see Exercise 16.1. The assertion about the stalk is a special case of Exercise 15.27.
The filter associated with an irreducible closed set is also called the generic filter of , and its stalk the generic stalk of . The correspondence in Theorem 16.2 gives, as a special case, the relationship between minimal prime ideals, irreducible components, and ultrafilters. At the other extreme, maximal ideals, points, and neighbourhood filters correspond.
Morphisms between varieties
Definition: morphisms
Let and be quasi-affine varieties, and let
be a continuous map. We call a morphism of quasi-affine varieties if, for every open set and every algebraic function
the composite function
belongs to .
Remark: pullback homomorphisms
By definition, a morphism induces, for every open set , a ring homomorphism
In particular, there is a global ring homomorphism
If are open sets in , we have a commutative diagram of continuous maps
whose vertical arrows are open inclusions. This gives a commutative diagram of ring homomorphisms
Edition note: the source calls open sets in . However, the preceding definition, the expressions , and both diagrams require . This edition displays the ambient space determined by that context.
We collect some elementary properties of morphisms.
Proposition: open inclusions and composition
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be quasi-affine varieties. Then:
- an open inclusion is a morphism;
- if and are morphisms, then is also a morphism.
The following properties are more important.
Theorem: algebra homomorphisms induce morphisms
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be commutative -algebras of finite type, with -spectra
Every -algebra homomorphism
induces a map of spectra
that is a morphism.
Proof
By Theorem 12.7, the map is already known to be continuous. Let be open, set
and take an algebraic function . We must show that is also algebraic. Take , set , and choose
By Theorem 12.7,
On this open set we have
Indeed, for ,
Thus the composite is locally a rational function with nonzero denominator, as required.
Remark: pullback on principal open sets
In the situation of Theorem 16.6, the ring homomorphism associated with is the natural map
Edition note: the identifications with these localisations use reduced and ; otherwise use their reductions, as in the stalk formula above.
Lemma: a global algebraic function is a morphism to the affine line
Let be a quasi-affine variety over an algebraically closed field , and let
be an algebraic function. Then defines a morphism
Proof
By Exercise 14.4, the map is continuous. Let , take an open set
and an algebraic function on ,
We need to show that is algebraic on . Take and a local representation
on a neighbourhood . Then
The denominator is nonzero because ; this is therefore the required rational representation.
Theorem: morphisms to the affine line are global sections
Let be a quasi-affine variety, where is a commutative -algebra of finite type over an algebraically closed field . There is a natural bijection
where is the variable in
In particular, a morphism from to the affine line is uniquely determined by the global ring homomorphism
Proof
The displayed map is well defined and surjective. Given a global algebraic function , we first have a map . The variable , which corresponds to the identity map on , pulls back along to the element itself. By Lemma 16.8, is a morphism.
Injectivity follows because both the morphism and the algebraic function are uniquely determined by their underlying continuous map.
Theorem: morphisms to an affine variety as algebra homomorphisms
Let be a quasi-affine variety, where is a commutative -algebra of finite type over an algebraically closed field . Let be another commutative -algebra of finite type. There is a natural bijection
Here denotes the global ring homomorphism associated with .
Proof
The map is well defined. Theorem 16.9 proves the assertion for . Since a morphism to affine space is determined by its components, and a -algebra homomorphism from by the substitutions for the , the assertion also holds for every polynomial ring .
Now write
Composing a morphism with the closed inclusion into affine space again gives a morphism. Thus there is a commutative diagram
The lower map is already known to be bijective, and both vertical maps are injective. We need only check that the lower map identifies the two upper subsets.
A morphism that factors through as a map is also a morphism to . It suffices to check the morphism property on principal open sets with . If represents , the map
is surjective. Thus every element of pulls back to an algebraic function. On the right of the diagram, an algebra homomorphism belongs to the upper subset exactly when is contained in its kernel. The assertion now follows from Exercise 16.8.
Not every function defined on the cone away from the line extends to affine space with that line removed. Pmidden, public domain. Source details are given in the Unit 16 media credits.
Example: a restriction map that is not surjective
Consider the standard cone as the closed subset
Let
The intersection , now regarded inside , is open in . The associated ring homomorphism
is not surjective. On the left there is simply the polynomial ring in three variables; compare Exercise 14.24. On the other hand, the equation
gives an algebraic function on ,
This function does not belong to the image of the map, because it does not extend to a function on the whole cone.
Edition note: this example requires . In characteristic the zero locus is the plane , and the displayed function is on , so it does extend. The source does not state the characteristic restriction.
The fibres of a map: is the codomain, the domain is the union of all fibres, and the map goes from top to bottom. 132人目’, CC BY-SA 3.0. Source details are given in the Unit 16 media credits.
Definition: fibres
Let
be a morphism between affine varieties. For a point , the preimage
is called the fibre over . As a closed subset of , it is itself an affine variety.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; media retain component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-16.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-16.csv
Worksheet 16
Practice exercises
Exercise 16.1 ★
Let
be the -spectrum of a finitely generated commutative -algebra. Show that an irreducible filter is generated by open sets of the form .
Exercise 16.2
Let be an affine variety and let be a closed subset. Show that the neighbourhood filter is generated by open sets of the form .
Exercise 16.3
Let be a topological space. Show that every ultrafilter is irreducible.
Exercise 16.4
Show that in the correspondence of Theorem 16.2, maximal ideals, points of the -spectrum, and neighbourhood filters of points correspond to one another.
Exercise 16.5
Show that in the correspondence of Theorem 16.2, minimal prime ideals, irreducible components of the -spectrum, and ultrafilters correspond to one another.
Exercise 16.6
Let be an algebraically closed field. Consider the affine plane together with the -axis
Show that the following set is a saturated multiplicative system:
Sketch the zero loci of some polynomials belonging to and some not belonging to .
Let be the associated topological filter. Compare with the neighbourhood filter of and the generic filter of .
Exercise 16.7
Let be a quasi-affine variety over an algebraically closed field . Show that the units in correspond to morphisms from to
Exercise 16.8
Let be a quasi-affine variety over an algebraically closed field and let
be a morphism. Show that factors through the closed subset
if and only if is contained in the kernel of the global ring homomorphism
Exercise 16.9
Let and be quasi-affine varieties over an algebraically closed field , and let
be their disjoint union. Show that for every quasi-affine variety , a morphism is the same as a pair of morphisms, one from to and one from to .
Exercise 16.10 ★
Give an example of two affine varieties and a bijective morphism
whose inverse map is not continuous.
Exercise 16.11 ★
Let
be the unit circle over a field , and let and be points on . Show that there is an automorphism
with .
Exercise 16.12 ★
In the real case, sketch the zero loci
and
Construct a bijective morphism
Show that if the characteristic of is not , the morphism is an isomorphism away from the origin.
Exercise 16.13 ★
Show that the map
is a morphism from the unit circle to itself. Show that the preimage of every point
consists of two points.
Edition note: the two-point assertion needs additional hypotheses, for example that is algebraically closed and . In characteristic the map is constant; over , the point has no preimage. The source does not state these restrictions.
Exercise 16.14
Let and be quasi-affine varieties over an algebraically closed field . For every open set , consider
Show that is a sheaf on .
Exercise 16.15 ★
Describe a -algebra homomorphism whose induced map of -spectra describes addition on .
Exercise 16.16
Let be an algebraically closed field. Show that addition, multiplication, negation, inversion, and division on can be realised as morphisms on their respective natural domains.
Exercise 16.17
Let be a commutative ring, let
be a finitely generated ideal, and let . The -algebra
is called the forcing algebra for . Show that has the following property: for every ring homomorphism to a commutative ring satisfying
there is an -algebra homomorphism
Show also that this homomorphism is not uniquely determined in general.
Edition note: the source’s non-uniqueness statement is understood in this general sense. Particular data can force uniqueness, for example and .
Exercise 16.18
Let be a commutative -algebra of finite type over an algebraically closed field. For , let
be the associated forcing algebra. Characterise the fibres of the morphism
Exercises for submission
Exercise 16.19 (4 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be -algebras of finite type that are integral domains, and let
be a -algebra homomorphism, with associated morphism
Show that the following statements are equivalent.
- is injective.
- The image of is dense in .
- induces a ring homomorphism .
Exercise 16.20 (4 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be -algebras of finite type that are integral domains, and suppose a -algebra homomorphism
between their fraction fields is given. Show that there is an open set
and a morphism
that induces .
Exercise 16.21 (5 points)
Give an example of two affine algebraic curves over and a bijective morphism
whose inverse map is not continuous in the metric topology.
Exercise 16.22 (6 points)
Give an example of two irreducible affine varieties and a bijective morphism
whose inverse map is not continuous in the Zariski topology and hence is not a morphism either.
Exercise 16.23 (3 points)
Let
be a quasi-affine variety and let be an algebraic function. Let
be local representations of on open sets covering . Show that its zero fibre is the closed subset
Edition note: on the left of the local representation, the source writes , although the function defined and being represented is . This edition displays the variable determined by the context of the exercise.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 16
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 16.1, 16.10, 16.11, 16.12, 16.13, and 16.15. No additional solutions have been created for this edition. Solution 16.13 is retained only as far as it is actually available in the source; that boundary is explained where it occurs.
Solution to Exercise 16.1
Let be an irreducible filter. For every , write
Since is irreducible, at least one belongs to . Since
the open sets of the form belonging to generate the filter.
Solution to Exercise 16.10
Consider the affine line and the punctured line
which is affine because it can be realised as a hyperbola. Consider the disjoint union
with one additional point. There is a natural morphism
that is the open inclusion on and sends to the origin. This map is bijective. However, is open on the left but not on the right. Thus the inverse map is not continuous.
Solution to Exercise 16.11
It suffices to give, for and , an automorphism of the circle taking to . The required automorphism from to is then obtained by composing maps of this kind and, where necessary, their inverses.
Consider the bijective linear map
given by the matrix
It sends to . A point maps to
For the image point we have
Thus the image point again lies on the circle, and induces an algebraic map . The linear map with matrix
gives the inverse morphism. We therefore obtain an automorphism.
Edition note: in the second term on the first line of the calculation, the source writes . Both the map just defined and the expansion on the following line require , which is displayed here.
Solution to Exercise 16.12
We have
the union of the three coordinate axes in three-dimensional affine space.
Sketch of the union of the three coordinate axes. Kalan, CC BY-SA 3.0. Source details are given in the Unit 16 media credits.
Edition note: the source displays on the right. That union is not the common zero locus of the three polynomials and does not consist only of the three axes. This edition displays the component decomposition matching the left-hand side and the source’s following sentence.
The linear map
given, with respect to the standard bases, by the matrix
is the identity on the -plane and sends the -axis to the main diagonal in that plane. Thus the image of the union of the axes lies entirely in
giving a morphism
This morphism is bijective because each of the lines involved is mapped bijectively to one of the lines.
Algebraically, there is a -algebra homomorphism
with
It induces a homomorphism of localisations
The intersection of , respectively , with each of the three lines consists only of the origin, using . Thus both localisations describe the complement of the origin.
In the variables
the ring on the right can be written as
In this ring,
so
Thus can be eliminated. Since
the ideal generators become
and
Edition note: the source prints a positive sign before the fraction for . The displayed substitution gives a negative sign. Changing the sign does not change the generated ideal, but the algebraic equality is displayed here with the correct sign.
Since and are units, the first two generators give
so the third generator is redundant. Moreover,
belongs to the ideal. Since is a unit, also belongs to the ideal; conversely, it generates the same ideal. Thus the map given by and is an isomorphism on the complement of the origin.
Solution to Exercise 16.13
There is a morphism
It therefore suffices to check that its image satisfies the circle equation. Indeed,
Source-solution boundary: the frozen public solution stops after proving that the image satisfies the circle equation. It does not prove the second assertion of the exercise, that every fibre consists of two points. This edition does not invent a continuation absent from the source.
Solution to Exercise 16.15
Consider the substitution homomorphism
The induced map of spectra is
This is exactly addition on .
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0; the image in Solution 16.12 remains CC BY-SA 3.0
Lecture 17: Monoid Rings and Groups of Differences
Having developed the theory sufficiently far, we now turn to a broad class of examples: monoid rings.
Monoid rings
Definition: monoid rings
Let be a commutative monoid written additively and let be a commutative ring. The monoid ring is constructed as follows. As an -module,
that is, is the free module with basis
Multiplication on basis elements is defined by
and extended distributively to all of . The identity determines the multiplicative identity
Remark: the form of elements and multiplication
Every element of a monoid ring has a unique expression
where is finite and . Addition is componentwise, while multiplication is explicitly given by
Only finitely many occur, and each inner sum is also finite. This is what distributive extension means in the definition above.
It is customary to write in place of , where is a suggestive symbol reminiscent of a variable. The rule
resembles the corresponding rule for polynomial rings. Indeed, polynomial rings are special cases of monoid rings, and this notation comes from that case. A full proof that the construction really gives a ring with associative and distributive multiplication also works as in the polynomial-ring case. Usually we simply write
with almost all . Elements of the form are called monomials. The map
is a monoid homomorphism, using the multiplicative monoid structure on the right.
A monoid ring is naturally an -algebra: an element , regarded in , is
Thus is also called the base ring of the monoid ring. Monoid rings are already interesting when the base ring is a field.
Example: polynomial rings
Let be a natural number and let
Thus is the direct product of copies of the natural numbers.
Every is an -tuple with , and can be written as
Writing
for the monomial corresponding to the th basis element, we obtain
Thus the monoid ring of over is precisely the polynomial ring in variables. In particular,
The monoid ring of the trivial monoid is the base ring itself.
Example: Laurent rings
Let be a natural number and let
Thus is the direct product of copies of the integers.
The monoid is the free abelian group of rank . Every is an -tuple with , which can be written as
As in Example 17.3, the corresponding monomial can be written uniquely as
Hence
This ring is isomorphic to the localisation of the polynomial ring at the product of all the variables:
It is called the Laurent ring in variables over .
The universal property of monoid rings
Theorem: the universal property
Let be a commutative ring, let be a commutative monoid, let be a commutative -algebra, and let
be a monoid homomorphism. Then there is exactly one -algebra homomorphism
making the following diagram commute:
Proof
An -module homomorphism
is determined by the images of the basis elements . The diagram commutes exactly when
This condition determines the map uniquely and immediately makes it an -module homomorphism. We need only check multiplication. First,
Moreover,
Thus the map respects multiplication on monomials. For
with finite support, we obtain
Consequently is a ring homomorphism.
Corollary: functoriality in the monoid
Let be a commutative ring, let be commutative monoids, and let
be a monoid homomorphism. It induces an -algebra homomorphism
Proof
Apply Theorem 17.5 to the -algebra and the composite monoid homomorphism
Remark: substitution from a polynomial algebra
A family in a monoid determines a monoid homomorphism
sending the th basis element to . When is finite, Corollary 17.6 gives an -algebra homomorphism
This is the substitution homomorphism given by
Definition: ring-valued points
For a commutative monoid and a commutative ring , a monoid homomorphism
is called an -valued point of .
Remark: monoid points and the -spectrum
By Theorem 17.5, an -valued point of is equivalent to an -algebra homomorphism from to . This terminology is especially common when the base ring is a field . In that case,
Thus the -spectrum already has a simple, purely multiplicative description at the monoid level. As we shall see, this means that the -spectra of monoid rings generally have much clearer descriptions than spectra of rings in general. Nevertheless, the monoid ring remains indispensable for defining the Zariski topology and the sheaf of algebraic functions on .
Remark: generators and binomial relations
A commutative monoid is often described by finitely many generators together with binomial relations of the form
A -valued point
is uniquely determined by . For every binomial relation holding in , these values must satisfy
Lemma: injectivity and surjectivity
Let be a nonzero commutative ring, let be commutative monoids, and let
be a monoid homomorphism. The map is injective (respectively, surjective) if and only if the associated -algebra homomorphism
is injective (respectively, surjective).
Proof
Suppose is injective and
Since all the are distinct, every . Conversely, if is not injective, take with . Then
so is not injective.
If is surjective, then for any element , choose a preimage of . The element is a preimage of it. Conversely, if is not in the image of , the nonzero monomial cannot be in the image of .
Corollary: generating sets
Let be a nonzero commutative ring, let be a commutative monoid, and let be a family of elements of . The family generates as a monoid if and only if generates as an -algebra.
Proof
The family generates exactly when the monoid homomorphism
is surjective. By Lemma 17.11, this is equivalent to surjectivity of
which says precisely that the generate as an -algebra.
Corollary: functoriality in the base ring
Let be a commutative ring, let be an -algebra, and let be a commutative monoid. There is a natural -algebra homomorphism
where coefficients from are viewed through the structure map .
Proof
Apply Theorem 17.5 to the -algebra and the natural monoid homomorphism .
The group of differences of a monoid
We want to know when a monoid ring is an integral domain (which is possible only when the base ring is an integral domain) and how its fraction field can then be described. In the fraction field, every nonzero element must be invertible, in particular the monomials . It is therefore natural to look for an additive group containing .
Edition note: after consistently using for monomials, the source prints in the last sentence. This edition retains the notation established in this lecture.
Definition: the group of differences
Let be a commutative monoid. The set of formal differences
is equipped with addition
and the identification
whenever there is a such that
The resulting object is called the group of differences of .
Exercise 17.13 asks the reader to show that it really is a group. The construction is modelled on the construction of fraction fields, with multiplicative notation replaced by additive notation. The construction of the group of differences is actually more elementary. For example,
There is a natural monoid homomorphism
We usually write simply for . This map need not be injective, because the extra element may occur in the identification above, and this cannot be avoided. We now characterise the monoids for which that extra element is unnecessary.
Definition: the cancellation law
A commutative monoid is said to satisfy the cancellation law (or to be a cancellative monoid) if
always implies .
For such a monoid, the map is injective; see Exercise 17.16.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; official PDF rights are recorded in authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-17.json · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-17.json
Worksheet 17
Practice exercises
Exercise 17.1
Calculate
in the monoid ring .
Exercise 17.2
Calculate
in the monoid ring .
Exercise 17.3 ★
Calculate
in the monoid ring
over the field .
Exercise 17.4
Show that multiplication in the monoid ring of a commutative monoid satisfies the associative and distributive laws.
Exercise 17.5
Let be a field. Find a commutative monoid such that there is an isomorphism
Exercise 17.6
Let be a commutative ring. Prove the -algebra isomorphism
using the universal properties of monoid rings and localisation.
Exercise 17.7
Show that the coordinate ring of the standard cone
over can be realised as a monoid ring.
Exercise 17.8
Let be a commutative ring and let
For a family of monomials
show that the -subalgebra of generated by these monomials is the monoid ring , where is the submonoid of generated by .
Exercise 17.9
Let be a commutative monoid and let satisfy
For a field , show that is an idempotent element of .
Exercise 17.10
Let be a finite abelian group. Show that the monoid ring is not connected, although there is no element in satisfying
Edition note: the source entity title and the context of commutative monoid rings specify that is abelian, but the sentence displayed in the source mentions only a finite group. This edition displays the commutativity hypothesis stated in the exercise entity.
Exercise 17.11
Give an example of a submonoid
that is not finitely generated.
Invertible elements of a monoid are also called its units. They form the group of units of the monoid.
Exercise 17.12 ★
Let be a commutative monoid, let be a field, and let . Show that is a unit in if and only if is a unit in .
Exercise 17.13
Show that the group of differences of a commutative monoid is indeed a group.
Exercise 17.14
Let be a commutative monoid. Show that its group of differences
is an abelian group and has the following universal property: for every monoid homomorphism
to a group , there is exactly one group homomorphism
extending .
Exercise 17.15
Let be commutative monoids. Show that
is a submonoid of containing .
Exercise 17.16
Let be a commutative monoid with group of differences . Show that the following statements are equivalent.
- satisfies the cancellation law.
- The canonical map is injective.
- can be realised as a submonoid of a group.
Exercise 17.17
Let be a commutative monoid and let be a commutative ring. Characterise the subsets for which
is an ideal in .
Edition note: the source prints without the coefficient module . Since is intended as an -submodule of , this edition displays .
Exercise 17.18
Consider the monoid homomorphism
Describe the associated maps between the monoid rings (over a field ) and between the associated -spectra.
Exercise 17.19
Consider the commutative monoids
Show that a monoid homomorphism from to is uniquely determined by a matrix with entries in , with columns and rows. What does the associated map of spectra look like?
Exercise 17.20
Let be a square matrix with entries in , with associated monoid map and map of spectra
where is an infinite field. Show that
if and only if the image of contains a nonempty open subset of .
Edition note: this is the intended meaning of the source’s phrase “maps surjectively onto an open set”. The stated assumption that is infinite is insufficient: for and , the image of contains no nonempty Zariski-open subset of the line. The assertion holds if is algebraically closed.
The next exercise uses the following definition. A filter in a commutative monoid is a submonoid that is also closed under taking divisors: if and , then .
Exercise 17.21
Let be a commutative monoid. Show that has a smallest filter and that this filter forms a group.
Exercise 17.22
Let be a commutative monoid and let . Consider the set
where
if and only if there is a such that
in .
Show that is an equivalence relation.
Define a monoid structure on .
Let be a commutative ring and let be the monomial corresponding to . Show that
Exercise 17.23
Let be finitely generated commutative monoids, with
and
For a monoid homomorphism , show that the associated map of spectra can be defined in two different ways that agree in substance.
Exercise 17.24
Consider the commutative monoid with three generators and the single relation
Determine the -spectrum of for various fields .
Exercise 17.25
Let be a finite commutative monoid. Show that its -spectrum is also finite.
Exercise 17.26
In
calculate the product
Exercise 17.27
Let be a field. Show that every element
can be written as a polynomial in for some . In other words, there is a such that
Which polynomial can be chosen for
Exercise 17.28
Show that in , the element has no factorisation into irreducible elements.
Exercise 17.29
Show that in , the element is not irreducible.
Exercise 17.30
Show that there are no irreducible elements in .
Exercise 17.31 ★
Determine all divisors of in the ring
where is a field.
Exercise 17.32 ★
Determine the units in the ring
where is a field.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 17.33 (6 points)
Let be finitely generated commutative cancellative monoids. Show that, for a field , the ring homomorphism
is finite if and only if for every there is a with .
Exercise 17.34 (4 points)
Let
be the additive group of rational numbers. Determine
What happens if is replaced by ?
Exercise 17.35 (4 points)
Let
be a homomorphism of commutative monoids. Show that the set of all points in sent by the map of spectra to the point
(the point corresponding to the constant map ) itself has the structure of the -spectrum of a suitable monoid.
Exercise 17.36 (4 points)
Consider monoids of the form
Describe in general and specifically for
Find the idempotent elements in
Exercise 17.37 (4 points)
Let be a commutative monoid. Define bijections between the following objects.
Filters in .
.
.
The set
where is a field.
Exercise 17.38 (3 points)
Let be commutative monoids and let be a field. What is the relationship between
and
Exercise 17.39 (4 points)
Let be a field and let be a group. Consider the group ring , and let be a -module. Show that:
is nothing other than a -vector space together with a group homomorphism
a -module homomorphism
is a -linear map also satisfying
for every .
The map is called a representation of . Such representations are often easier to handle than itself and frequently give useful insights into .
Edition note: the right-hand side of the source equation prints without the argument . This edition displays , the correctly typed endomorphism expressing the intertwining condition.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 17
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 17.3, 17.12, 17.31, and 17.32. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 17.3
In , coefficients are calculated modulo and exponents of modulo . Thus
Solution to Exercise 17.12
If is a unit in , there is an with
Then
so is a unit in the monoid ring.
Conversely, suppose is a unit in the monoid ring. There is an element
with finite support , all displayed coefficients nonzero, and
The coefficient of on the left is , so there is at least one such that
Thus has an inverse in .
Edition note: the source passes directly to the assertion that all exponents equal zero. The argument above first uses the coefficient of to obtain one such , which already proves that is a unit. Translation by is then bijective, so the source’s stronger assertion also follows. This ordering avoids assuming cancellation prematurely.
Solution to Exercise 17.31
The divisors of are exactly the elements of the form
Every such element is indeed a divisor, since
Conversely, let
be a divisor of . There is then a
with all displayed coefficients nonzero and . The lowest- and highest-exponent terms in the product are
both are nonzero. For , we must have
Since the exponents are strictly ordered, this is possible only if . Thus with , as claimed.
Edition note: in the final extreme term, the source prints , although the support of has terms and the next line itself uses . This edition displays the terminal index .
Solution to Exercise 17.32
The units are exactly the elements of the form
Such an element is a unit because
Conversely, let
be a unit. There is a
with all displayed coefficients nonzero and . The lowest- and highest-exponent terms in the product are
and both are nonzero. For the product to equal , we must have
The strict ordering of the exponents forces . Thus .
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 18: Monomial Curves and Numerical Monoids
Monomial curves
We now specialise the theory of monoid rings to the one-dimensional case, obtaining the rings that describe monomial curves.
Definition: monomial curve
A monomial curve is the image of the affine line under a map of the form
where for every .
We shall shortly see that the image of such a monomial map is Zariski closed. Thus a monomial curve really is an algebraic curve. A monomial curve is parametrised and hence rational, although it is not generally a plane curve. Sometimes the map itself is also called a monomial curve.
Edition note: the source’s closed-image assertion holds for relatively prime exponents over any field, and for arbitrary exponents over an algebraically closed field. Without such a hypothesis it can fail: over has a non-Zariski-closed image.
We often restrict attention to exponents whose greatest common divisor is . This is no essential restriction. If is the greatest common divisor of all the , we can write
with relatively prime, and factor the map as
The first map is simply exponentiation, while the second is a monomial curve map with relatively prime exponents.
Edition note: although the domain of the second map is the affine line with a single coordinate , the source prints the image coordinates as . This edition displays powers of the defined scalar input, namely .
Remark: the underlying monoid map
The monomial map
is precisely the map of -spectra associated with the monoid homomorphism
that sends the th basis vector to ; compare Remark 17.9.
Edition note: the source prints the coordinates as , although the input is a single scalar . This edition displays coordinates of the correct type.
This monoid homomorphism factors as
where is the submonoid of generated by . Such a submonoid is called a numerical monoid. The first map is surjective. At the ring level we obtain
while geometrically we obtain the spectrum maps
Thus the image of the affine line lies in the -spectrum of the monoid ring . Theorem 18.10 will show that
is always surjective and, when the exponents are relatively prime, also injective.
Edition note: “always surjective” requires, for example, algebraic closure of . For a general field, Theorem 18.10 proves bijectivity under the relatively prime hypothesis. If and , this spectrum map is and is not surjective.
Example: Neil’s parabola
Neil’s parabola with a cuspidal singularity at the origin. Georg-Johann, CC BY-SA 3.0. Source details and the discrepancy between rights labels are recorded in the Unit 18 media credits.
Neil’s parabola is the image of the monomial map
The corresponding equation is
so that
A monomial curve is determined solely by its tuple of exponents , or equivalently by the numerical monoid they generate. Thus very little combinatorial information is required. Nevertheless, these curves provide a rich collection of examples in the theory of algebraic curves. The same phenomenon holds more generally for monoid rings and the algebraic varieties they define.
Invariants of numerical monoids
Lemma: all sufficiently large numbers belong to the monoid
Let be a numerical monoid generated by relatively prime natural numbers . Every has a representation
with
If is sufficiently large, we can also arrange that , so that all coefficients in the representation are nonnegative.
Proof
Since are relatively prime, there is initially a representation
with integer coefficients. We put it into the required form step by step. By division with remainder, write
Substitute this into the representation of and combine the term with . Treat the new second coefficient in the same way, using the third generator. Continuing this process puts the first coefficients into the required form.
In this form, the sum of the first terms is bounded by a constant depending only on the generators. If exceeds this bound, the last term, and therefore its coefficient , must be nonnegative.
Thus, beyond some threshold, every natural number belongs to the monoid generated by the relatively prime exponents. The least such threshold has its own name.
Definition: conductor
Let be a numerical monoid generated by relatively prime elements. The least number satisfying
is called the conductor of .
The following invariants can also be computed discretely at the level of the numerical monoid. Later we shall define them for arbitrary algebraic curves; in that generality, they are usually harder to compute.
Definition: embedding dimension
Let be a numerical monoid with relatively prime generators. The smallest number of elements in a generating system for is called its embedding dimension.
Definition: multiplicity
Let be a numerical monoid with relatively prime generators. The least positive element
is called the multiplicity of and is denoted by .
Definition: degree of singularity
Let be a numerical monoid with relatively prime generators. The number of gaps, that is, the number of elements of
is called the degree of singularity of and is denoted by .
Example: the monoid generated by 5, 8, and 11
Consider the numerical monoid generated by . Thus consists of all sums
Its elements include
Since are five consecutive numbers in and , all subsequent numbers also belong to . Hence its conductor is , its multiplicity is , its degree of singularity is , and its embedding dimension is .
Parametrisation and canonical generators
Theorem: the monomial parametrisation is a bijection
Let be a submonoid generated by relatively prime natural numbers . The monomial map
is a bijection.
Proof
By Remark 17.9, this can be viewed as the natural map
induced by the inclusion .
To prove injectivity, suppose that and
for every . If , then immediately . We may therefore assume , and likewise . By Lemma 18.4, all natural numbers from some onwards belong to . In particular,
It follows that
For surjectivity, take a monoid homomorphism
We must extend it to all of . Write
These values satisfy
If one is , then all the are , and the map sending every positive number to (and to ) gives an extension. Thus we may assume that all the are units.
Since the are relatively prime, there are integers such that
Set
We claim that the homomorphism determined by , namely , extends . It suffices to check this on the . For ,
because each factor in the penultimate line equals by the relations . The same argument applies to every .
Remark: proof using the group of differences
The surjectivity in the preceding theorem can also be seen using the universal property of the group of differences. The group of differences of a numerical monoid with relatively prime generators is . The case in which a generator maps to zero is handled as in the proof. If all images are nonzero, we obtain a monoid homomorphism
The universal property of the group of differences gives a unique extension
which supplies the required preimage.
Edition note: at this step the source refers to the universal property of monoid rings. The construction actually used extends from to its group of differences , so this edition states the universal property of the group of differences.
The next two statements show that a numerical monoid has a canonical generating system. This gives the embedding dimension an interpretation that can later be transferred to arbitrary Noetherian local rings. The monoid ring itself is of course not local, but its localisation at the singularity of a numerical monoid is local.
Lemma: the canonical minimal generating system
Let be a numerical monoid with relatively prime generators. Set
and
Then
is a generating system for , and every other generating system contains this set.
Proof
An element
cannot be written as a sum of two other positive elements of . It therefore belongs to every generating system.
Conversely, this set already generates . Otherwise, choose the least element that it does not generate. Since does not belong to , we have
Both summands are smaller than , so each can be written as a sum of elements of the canonical set. This immediately gives a contradiction.
Edition note: the source prints . From , the definition of the sumset gives only ; this is the membership needed for the minimal-descent argument.
Corollary: embedding dimension from the canonical generators
In the situation of the preceding lemma, the embedding dimension of equals the number of elements of
Proof
This follows directly from Lemma 18.12.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; the figure retains component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-18.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-18.csv
Worksheet 18
Practice exercises
Exercise 18.1
A counterfeiter produces 3-euro and 7-euro notes.
- Show that there are only finitely many amounts that he cannot pay exactly. What is the largest amount he cannot pay?
- What is the smallest amount he can pay in two different ways?
- Describe the set of whole-euro amounts he can pay with his notes.
Exercise 18.2
A counterfeiter produces 4-euro, 9-euro, and 11-euro notes.
- Show that there are only finitely many amounts that he cannot pay exactly. What is the largest amount he cannot pay?
- What is the smallest amount he can pay in two different ways?
- Describe explicitly the set of whole-euro amounts he can pay with his notes.
Exercise 18.3 ★
A counterfeiter produces 7-euro, 11-euro, 13-euro, and 37-euro notes. How many whole-euro amounts can he not pay with his notes, and what is the largest amount he cannot pay? Determine the multiplicity and embedding dimension of the associated numerical monoid.
Exercise 18.4 ★
For the numerical monoid
generated by , , and , determine its embedding dimension, multiplicity, conductor, and degree of singularity.
Exercise 18.5
For the numerical monoid generated by , , and , determine its embedding dimension, multiplicity, conductor, and degree of singularity.
Exercise 18.6
Let be a numerical monoid generated by relatively prime natural numbers. Show that its embedding dimension is at most its multiplicity.
Exercise 18.7
Let be a numerical monoid generated by relatively prime numbers, whose embedding dimension equals its multiplicity. Show that the largest generator in a minimal generating system is greater than or equal to the conductor.
Exercise 18.8
Give an example of a numerical monoid with multiplicity and embedding dimension whose conductor is prime and does not belong to the minimal generating system.
Exercise 18.9
Let be a numerical monoid generated by relatively prime elements. Suppose that its multiplicity equals its conductor. Determine a minimal generating system and the embedding dimension of .
Exercise 18.10 ★
Consider Neil’s parabola
and the point . Show that the maximal ideal associated with , namely the ideal in the coordinate ring
cannot be described as the radical of an ideal generated by a single element .
The preceding exercise shows that every curve meeting Neil’s parabola at also meets it at at least one other point. This also generalises Exercise 1.13.
Exercise 18.11 ★
Consider the submonoid of the natural numbers generated by and , namely
and the quotient ring
Also consider the sets of -valued points of and , namely the sets of monoid homomorphisms and , and the restriction map
- Determine the units and nilpotent elements of .
- Determine the number of elements of .
- Show that every for which is a unit in has an extension to .
- Determine all whose restriction to is the zero function.
- Determine all that have no extension to .
- Determine the number of elements of .
Exercise 18.12
Let be a numerical monoid. Determine all filters in .
Exercise 18.13
Let be a numerical monoid and a field. Show that there is an such that
Edition note: this equality inside requires that the generators of have greatest common divisor , a hypothesis omitted here in the source. For , every such localisation remains inside and cannot contain .
Exercise 18.14
Let be a numerical monoid, a field, and the associated monoid ring. Show that
if and only if .
Edition note: assume here that the generators of have greatest common divisor . With the broader definition of numerical monoid used at the start of the lecture, the source’s assertion is false: , although .
Exercise 18.15 ★
Give an example of an injective monoid homomorphism
between commutative monoids for which the associated spectrum map is not surjective.
Exercise 18.16
Let be a commutative monoid and a field.
Show that the diagonal map
is a monoid homomorphism.
Describe the associated -algebra homomorphism
Describe the associated spectrum map
In particular, show that this makes itself a commutative monoid.
Exercise 18.17
Specialise Exercise 18.16 to the monoids
Exercise 18.18
Let be a commutative monoid, a field, and
a fixed point.
Show that there is a continuous map
Describe the associated -algebra homomorphism .
Characterise the points for which this map is bijective.
Exercise 18.19
Let be commutative monoids, a monoid homomorphism, and a field. Show that the spectrum map
is also a monoid homomorphism.
Exercise 18.20
Let be natural numbers. Consider the continuously differentiable curve
Compute the line integral along this path for the vector field
Exercises to submit
Exercise 18.21 (6 points)
Let be a numerical monoid generated by two relatively prime elements . Determine its embedding dimension, multiplicity, conductor, and degree of singularity.
Exercise 18.22 (3 points)
For the numerical monoid generated by , , , and , determine its embedding dimension, multiplicity, conductor, and degree of singularity.
Exercise 18.23 (4 points)
Classify all numerical monoids with relatively prime generators satisfying
For each monoid, give its embedding dimension, multiplicity, and degree of singularity.
Exercise 18.24 (8 points: 1+3+1+2+1)
Consider the submonoid of the natural numbers generated by and , namely
and the quotient ring . Also consider the sets of -valued points of and , namely and , and the restriction map
- Determine the units and nilpotent elements of , and the number of elements of .
- Show that every for which is a unit in has an extension to .
- Determine all whose restriction to is the zero function.
- Determine all that have no extension to .
- Determine the number of elements of .
Exercise 18.25 (3 points)
Let be a numerical monoid and a field. Define
and
Show that the are “ideals” in , that determines a maximal ideal in , and that the ideal associated with equals .
Exercise 18.26 (4 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field and numerical monoids with . Show that the associated spectrum map is surjective.
Source hint: Use Theorem 18.10.
Exercise 18.27 (3 points)
Let be numerical monoids. For which numerical invariants among multiplicity, conductor, degree of singularity, and embedding dimension does the inclusion
imply the inequality
Give a proof or a counterexample.
Exercise 18.28 (3 points)
Let be a numerical monoid not isomorphic to , and let be a field. Show that the monoid ring has irreducible elements that are not prime. Give elements of with two essentially different factorisations into irreducible elements.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 18
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 18.3, 18.4, 18.10, 18.11, and 18.15. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 18.3
We compute the sums that can be formed from the four numbers. We do this by adding multiples of to sums formed from the larger numbers. The multiples of are
Starting from gives
Starting from gives
Starting from gives
and starting from gives
We also add
The last equality also shows that the generator is redundant. We now have a gap-free sequence from to , of length , so every larger number also belongs to the monoid. The number does not belong to it. Hence the conductor is , and is the largest amount that cannot be paid.
The multiplicity is the least positive number, namely , and the embedding dimension is because is redundant. The gaps are
Thus the degree of singularity is ; this is exactly the number of amounts that cannot be paid.
Solution to Exercise 18.4
The monoid contains all multiples of , namely
It also contains all sums of and a multiple of ,
all sums of and a multiple of ,
and all sums of and a multiple of ,
Thus all numbers from onwards are covered, since every residue class modulo has a representative in the monoid. Since the generator is also available, all numbers from onwards belong to the monoid. Hence the conductor is .
The multiplicity is the least positive number in the monoid, namely . The embedding dimension is , since the generator cannot be omitted. The gaps are
so the degree of singularity is .
Solution to Exercise 18.10
Consider the injective ring homomorphism
The extension of the ideal is
The radical of this ideal is , since is the only common root of the two polynomials. This also follows from the Nullstellensatz; in this case the corresponding ideals are in fact equal.
Suppose that for some . After extending to , we must have
for some and . The coefficient of in this polynomial is . However, every element in the image of has the form
and therefore has no linear term. This is a contradiction.
Edition note: the source writes directly. Equality of radicals gives only a nonzero scalar multiple . This edition retains the argument with the necessary factor ; the linear coefficient remains nonzero.
Solution to Exercise 18.11
The elements
are units, since they are all relatively prime to . The elements are nilpotent, since their squares are in .
For a monoid homomorphism
we must have . The homomorphism is uniquely determined by , and any element of can be chosen as this value. Thus
Suppose that is a unit. The only possible choice is
since we must have
We check that this really defines a homomorphism from to . On all other numbers, is already fixed by . We must check for every . The cases in which one summand is , or both summands are at least , follow immediately because is a homomorphism. For ,
For ,
If is a unit, its entire image consists of units, so the restriction to is not the zero function. If
then , and hence for every . Thus exactly these three choices give the required zero restriction.
By part 3, only homomorphisms with nilpotent can fail to have an extension. In that case is also nilpotent. If were a unit, then
would be a unit, and hence would also be a unit, a contradiction.
Conversely, choose arbitrary nilpotent elements as and . We must then have for every , since every such number can be written as with . Every such choice does indeed give a monoid homomorphism . It has an extension to only when
The other eight pairs of nilpotent values have no extension.
The six homomorphisms with a unit, the eight nonextendible homomorphisms from part 5, and the one homomorphism that is zero on give
elements of .
Solution to Exercise 18.15
Consider the inclusion
For any field , the map
that sends to and every positive number to is a monoid homomorphism, and hence a point of . This homomorphism cannot be extended to a monoid homomorphism on all of , since is invertible in and must therefore map to a unit. Thus the spectrum map induced by the inclusion above is not surjective.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 19: Quotient Ring Presentations and Integrality
Quotient ring presentations for monomial curves
Let
be a numerical monoid generated by natural numbers with . The associated surjection
gives a surjection
and a closed embedding
Which equations describe the curve ?
Theorem: binomial equations defining the curve
Let be a submonoid generated by with , and let
be the associated surjective map, with quotient homomorphism
Then the kernel ideal is described by
Proof
The displayed elements belong to the kernel ideal, as follows directly from
Edition note: in this line the source switches from the variable specified in the homomorphism to lowercase . This edition consistently uses the single variable ; no mathematical content is changed.
Conversely, let
be a polynomial with . Write
Then
Edition note: the source writes the summation bound
\sum_{k=0} without an upper bound. Since
is a polynomial and this line groups terms by nonnegative weight
,
this edition writes
;
only the notation is completed.
Since this polynomial is zero, all its coefficients vanish. Hence, for every , the polynomial
also lies in the kernel. We may therefore assume that contains only monomials with the same value
Take a monomial appearing in with . At least one other monomial, say , must also appear, since a single monomial does not map to zero. Write
The monomial no longer appears in the summand on the right, and no new monomial is introduced. In , factor out the variables occurring on both sides as far as possible. This gives
with and disjoint and
Thus the first summand in the above expression for belongs to the ideal generated by the stated binomials. We can continue with the second summand, which contains one fewer monomial. This process terminates and proves the claim.
The equations in the preceding theorem are called binomial equations. The simplest binomial equations have the form
For a plane monomial curve, this is also the only equation.
Corollary: the equation of a plane monomial curve
Let be the plane monomial curve given by
with and relatively prime. Then
Proof
This follows immediately from Theorem 19.1.
For monomial space curves, the defining equations can still be determined relatively easily, since one can always isolate a single variable.
Example: the twisted cubic
The twisted cubic. Claudio Rocchini, CC BY 3.0. The lecture source has an inline CC BY-SA 3.0 label, whereas the frozen Commons metadata offers the CC BY 3.0 option used for this component.
Let
be the twisted cubic, that is, the image of the monomial map
This curve is isomorphic to the affine line and is therefore smooth. By Theorem 19.1, its defining ideal is
The last two ideal generators are redundant, since they can be expressed in terms of the first two. Thus
The images of under the three different projections are
The curves and are isomorphic to the affine line, being graphs of maps, whereas is the singular Neil’s parabola.
Example: the monomial curve with exponents 3, 4, and 5
Let be the monomial curve given by
For each of the three variables, Theorem 19.1 requires us to determine which powers, after substituting the powers of , can also be expressed as monomials in the other two variables.
First, the equations involving only two variables are
As in the plane case, there can be only one basic relation for each pair of variables.
In a relation involving all three variables, one variable occurs alone on one side. Start with . Neither nor can be expressed using the other variables, but
No other combination independent of this relation is possible. In general, a double representation
gives a relation between powers of and powers of , after cancelling the smaller powers. Since all relations involving only two variables have already been listed, each power of gives at most one new relation.
We have already finished with relations in which stands alone. Indeed, if
then . If or , the relation is already listed. Thus assume . Using , we can reduce the exponents in the equation: subtract from the exponent of and from each exponent of and .
For we immediately obtain
which again reduces all other equations. For we obtain
and
There are no smaller monomials in and that can be expressed as a power of . Hence every other relation can be reduced to an earlier one using one of these relations.
Altogether, the curve has the presentation
Edition note: in this final list the source invokes
the unbraced fraction macro \mathdisplaybruch immediately
before the relation
.
This edition displays the relation stated and proved immediately
beforehand,
.
Integrality
Definition: equation of integral dependence
Let and be commutative rings and
a ring extension. For , an equation of the form
with for is called an equation of integral dependence for .
Definition: integral element
Let be an extension of commutative rings. An element is called integral over if it satisfies an equation of integral dependence with coefficients in .
Definition: integral closure
Let be an extension of commutative rings. The set of all elements integral over is called the integral closure of in .
Definition: integral extension
Let be an extension of commutative rings. The ring is called integral over , and an integral ring extension, if every is integral over .
The ring is integral over if and only if the integral closure of in equals .
Lemma: characterisation of integral elements
Let be an extension of commutative rings. For an element , the following statements are equivalent.
- The element is integral over .
- There is an -subalgebra of containing that is finitely generated as an -module.
- There is a finitely generated -submodule of containing a non-zero-divisor of and satisfying .
Proof
(1) (2). Consider the -subalgebra of generated by the powers of ,
This subalgebra consists of all polynomial expressions in with coefficients in . An equation of integral dependence
gives
Thus can be expressed as a polynomial expression of smaller degree. Multiplying this last equation by allows every power of with exponent at least to be replaced by a polynomial expression of smaller degree. Eventually all such powers can be expressed with degree at most . Hence
and form a finite generating system for the -module .
(2) (3). Suppose
where is an -subalgebra finitely generated as an -module. Then , and contains the non-zero-divisor .
(3) (1). Let be a finitely generated -submodule satisfying , and choose generators for . For every , the element is an -linear combination of the , so
In matrix form,
Thus
The entries of the matrix lie in . If is the adjugate (classical adjoint) matrix of , then
where . By the adjugate identity,
so
Thus for every , and hence
for every . By hypothesis, contains a non-zero-divisor of , so . But this determinant is a monic polynomial expression in of degree . Thus satisfies an equation of integral dependence.
Corollary: integral closure is a subalgebra
Let be an extension of commutative rings. The integral closure of in is an -subalgebra of .
Proof
The equations of integral dependence , for , show that every element of is integral over . Let be integral over . By the characterisation of integrality, there are -subalgebras
with and , each finitely generated as an -module. Let be an -generating system for and an -generating system for . We may assume .
Consider the finitely generated -module
This module plainly contains , , and . The -module is also an -algebra. Indeed, for two arbitrary elements,
and and , so this linear combination belongs to .
Hence the sum and product of two integral elements are again integral. Thus the integral closure is a subring of containing , that is, an -subalgebra.
Definition: integrally closed
Let be an extension of commutative rings. The ring is called integrally closed in if the integral closure of in equals .
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; the figure retains CC BY 3.0 component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-19.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-19.csv
Worksheet 19
Practice exercises
Exercise 19.1
Determine ideal generators for the monomial curve given by
Exercise 19.2
Determine ideal generators for the monomial curve given by
Exercise 19.3
Let
be an integral ring extension of integral domains, and let be a multiplicative system. Show that the localised extension
is also integral.
Exercise 19.4 ★
Let and be integral domains and
an integral ring extension. Let be an element that is a unit in . Show that is already a unit in .
Exercise 19.5
Let be an integral ring extension and . Show that if , regarded as an element of , is a unit, then is a unit in .
Exercise 19.6
Give an example of an integral ring extension
having a non-zero-divisor that becomes a zero divisor in .
Exercise 19.7
Let
and
Explain why the ring extension
is integral, and find equations of integral dependence for and . Lowercase letters denote the residue classes of the variables.
Exercise 19.8
Let be a ring extension between finite commutative rings and . Show that this ring extension is integral.
Exercise 19.9
Let be a commutative ring and
a finitely generated -algebra that is integral over . Show that is a finitely generated -module.
Exercise 19.10
Let
be an integral homomorphism of commutative rings, and let be another ring homomorphism. Show that the base-changed homomorphism
is also integral.
Exercise 19.11
For every field of characteristic , show that the ring homomorphism
is integral.
Exercise 19.12 ★
Let be a field and suppose a ring extension finite as a -module is given in the form
with , where the extension ring is an integral domain. Choose such that the degree of is at most for all
Show that satisfies an equation of integral dependence of degree over , and that the extension algebra
has the same field of fractions as .
Exercise 19.13
- Let be an integral domain. Show that is integrally closed in the polynomial ring .
- Give an example of a commutative ring that is not integrally closed in its polynomial ring.
Exercises to submit
Exercise 19.14 (4 points)
Let be the numerical submonoid generated by . Determine a quotient ring presentation of the associated monoid ring.
Exercise 19.15 (3 points)
Let be commutative rings and
ring homomorphisms such that is integral over and is integral over . Show that is also integral over .
Source hint: Compare Exercise 10.26.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 19
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 19.4 and 19.12. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 19.4
Let be the inverse of , so that . Since is integral over , there is an equation of integral dependence for , say
Multiplying this equation by gives
or, since ,
Factoring out gives
and hence
The expression in parentheses belongs to . Thus also has an inverse in .
Solution to Exercise 19.12
Multiply the given equation of integral dependence by . In the field of fractions of the quotient ring defining , we obtain
Here
and
The condition on ensures that
is a polynomial in . Thus the resulting equation is a monic equation of integral dependence of degree for over .
Since is an integral domain, the original defining polynomial is irreducible. After the invertible change of variable over , the resulting monic polynomial is irreducible in , where is a formal variable subsequently mapped to .
Edition note: the source calls this equation irreducible “in ”. In that quotient algebra the relation is zero; the appropriate polynomial ring in which to state irreducibility is . This edition clarifies the ambient polynomial ring and formal variable; the claim is not needed for either of the two requested conclusions.
We have
The field of fractions of the left-hand side contains as the inverse of , and then contains
Its field of fractions therefore contains . The reverse inclusion is clear from the inclusion above, so the two fields of fractions are equal.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 20: Normal Rings and Normalisation
Normal rings and normalisation
Definition: normal integral domain
An integral domain is called normal if it is integrally closed in its field of fractions.
Unique factorisation domains provide important examples of normal rings.
Theorem: unique factorisation domains are normal
Let be a unique factorisation domain. Then is normal.
Proof
Let
be the field of fractions of , and let satisfy an equation of integral dependence
Write
in lowest terms, so that and have no common prime divisor. We must show that is a unit in , since then
Multiplying the equation of integral dependence above by gives, in ,
If is not a unit, it has a prime divisor . This element divides all the terms
and hence also divides the first term . Thus divides , contradicting the assumption that and have no common prime divisor.
Lemma: localisations of normal integral domains are normal
Let be a normal integral domain and a multiplicative system. Then the localisation is also normal.
Proof
See Exercise 20.6.
Definition: normalisation of an integral domain
Let be an integral domain with field of fractions . The integral closure of in is called the normalisation of .
By Corollary 19.10, the normalisation is a subring of the field of fractions. It is a nontrivial fact that if is of finite type over a field, then its normalisation is also of finite type.
Normalisation of monoid rings
We shall discuss when monoid rings are normal and how their normalisations can be described. First we need conditions ensuring that a monoid ring over an integral domain is again an integral domain.
Definition: torsion-free monoid
A commutative monoid is called torsion-free if, for and a positive integer , the equality
always implies
Theorem: torsion-free monoid rings are integral domains
Let be an integral domain and a torsion-free commutative monoid satisfying the cancellation law. Then the monoid ring is an integral domain.
Proof
First,
where is the group of differences of . Hence
is a subring, so it suffices to prove the statement for . Since is torsion-free, Exercise 20.10 shows that is also torsion-free. Thus we may assume that itself is a torsion-free commutative group.
Suppose
All but finitely many coefficients in these two sums are zero. Hence the entire calculation takes place in a finitely generated subgroup of the torsion-free group . By the structure theorem for finitely generated torsion-free commutative groups,
Thus we may even assume that . In this case is a localisation of a polynomial ring over an integral domain, and is therefore an integral domain.
Without the cancellation law, a monoid ring over an integral domain can have zero divisors.
Example: zero divisors without cancellation
Let be a monoid containing two distinct elements and with
Without cancellation, this equation does not imply . In the monoid ring over any integral domain we have
but
Definition: normalisation of a monoid
Let be a torsion-free commutative monoid satisfying the cancellation law, with group of differences . The submonoid
is called the normalisation of .
Theorem: normalisation of a monoid ring
Let be a torsion-free commutative monoid satisfying the cancellation law, with group of differences and normalisation
Let be a normal integral domain. Then the normalisation of the monoid ring is the monoid ring
In particular, the monoid ring of a normal monoid over a normal ring is itself normal.
Proof
First,
Take with
and with
Then
is an element of the field of fractions, while
Thus satisfies a pure equation of integral dependence over and belongs to the normalisation of . Hence
Edition note: in the last two formulas the source changes the base ring from to , although the theorem and the entire argument specify . This edition consistently retains . The source also prints in the defining condition; by the definition of , the required relation, displayed here, is .
For the reverse inclusion, we can replace by and thus restrict attention to the case in which is normal. First one proves that, for a torsion-free commutative group , the group ring is normal. This follows from the fact that a polynomial ring over a normal domain is again normal. It remains to show that is integrally closed in .
An element
Edition note — brackets in the group ring. The frozen source writes in this line. In keeping with the specified ambient ring, this edition uses ; the argument is unchanged.
and its equation of integral dependence lie in the monoid ring of a finitely generated subgroup
We may therefore assume
At this point some convex geometry enters, which we shall not develop. In any case, a normal submonoid
can be expressed as the intersection of with a polyhedral cone in or . By Gordan’s lemma, this cone is in turn a finite intersection of half-spaces .
Edition note: the finite polyhedral-cone argument in this paragraph requires to be finitely generated, a hypothesis not stated in the source theorem. For the stated generality, take an integral element and let be the finitely generated submonoid containing the supports of , , and of the coefficients of an integral equation for . The affine case gives , while normality of gives . Thus the theorem’s conclusion is unchanged, but the displayed finite intersection is justified only after this finite reduction.
A half-space is specified by a linear map
through
Thus is a finite intersection
with
Consequently,
is normal by Exercise 20.7, since each
is normal.
Example: the Whitney umbrella
The Whitney umbrella. Claudio Rocchini, CC BY 2.5. The source’s inline licence label differs from the options available in the Commons metadata; the frozen rights details are recorded in the Unit 20 media credits.
Consider the algebraic surface given by the equation
We shall view it as the surface associated with a monoid ring. Set
Since
its group of differences is . Moreover,
so is the normalisation of . The three generators give a surjective monoid homomorphism
Geometrically, the monomial map
corresponds to the map
Under this monoid homomorphism,
This gives the equation
which can of course also be read directly from the parametrisation.
Edition note: the source prints that both elements map to . With the displayed generators, both map to . This edition transparently corrects these coordinates; the relation is unchanged.
The defining equation can also be written as
Thus, starting from , we adjoin the square of .
Example: the standard monomial cone
Consider the submonoid
Its associated monoid ring satisfies
We claim that the monoid is normal, that is, equal to its normalisation. The two generators and each determine a line in , and the monoid consists of all lattice points inside the cone determined by these lines. The lattice points in this cone are given by the two conditions
A point in this set with plainly belongs to . Now let be a point of the set with . By the second linear condition, we can write
and this point belongs to because .
The two lines also immediately describe as
with
and
The second identification comes from the -basis . This explicit description shows that the associated monoid ring is normal.
Monomial curves and normalisation
Later we shall see that an algebraic curve is normal if and only if it is nonsingular. For monomial curves, the normalisation is easy to describe.
Theorem: normalisation of a monomial curve
Let
be a submonoid generated by relatively prime numbers , and let
be the associated extension of monoid rings. Then is the normalisation of .
In other words, the monomial map
is a normalisation.
Proof
We have
Since the exponents are relatively prime, they generate . Multiplicatively, this means that there is a monomial in these powers, allowing negative exponents, that equals . Thus is a quotient of elements of , and the two fields of fractions are equal.
On the other hand, satisfies an equation of integral dependence over , for example
Here is the polynomial variable, whereas is a coefficient in . Since is normal—indeed, it is a unique factorisation domain because it is a principal ideal domain—it is the normalisation of .
Edition note: the source uses both for the polynomial variable and for the element being tested, adding the qualification “read correctly”. This edition distinguishes them by naming the polynomial variable ; the mathematical content is unchanged.
Monomial curves thus provide many examples in which normalisation is a bijection at the level of -spectra. The map is also a homeomorphism for the Zariski topology, which is very simple in the curve case. Nevertheless, it would be wrong to regard the two curves as identical. If for every , normalisation is not a bijection at the ring level. In algebraic geometry, we must not look only at the set-theoretic or topological shape of the zero locus; we must not forget the underlying rings and equations. The difference is also visible in the embedded situation, where Neil’s parabola has a cusp.
Normalisation gives a new interpretation of the degree of singularity of a monomial curve.
Lemma: degree of singularity as a dimension of the normalisation quotient
Let be a numerical monoid defined by relatively prime generators. Let
be its associated monoid ring and
its normalisation. Then
Proof
The normalisation has the -basis
whereas the monoid ring has the -basis
Thus the quotient vector space
has the -basis
The dimension of the quotient vector space is the number of elements in a basis, namely the number of gaps in . This is precisely the degree of singularity of .
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; the figure retains CC BY 2.5 component rights in authority/RIGHTS-unit-20.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-20.csv
Worksheet 20
Practice exercises
Prove each of the following four exercises in two ways: directly and using the normality of .
Exercise 20.1 ★
Show that is irrational.
Exercise 20.2
Let be a prime number. Using unique prime factorisation of natural numbers, show that the real number is irrational.
Exercise 20.3 ★
Use unique prime factorisation in to prove that is irrational.
Exercise 20.4 ★
Let
be the canonical prime factorisation of the natural number . Let be a positive natural number, and suppose that not all exponents are multiples of . Show that the real number
is irrational.
Exercise 20.5 ★
Let be a normal integral domain and with . Show that the localisation is also normal.
Exercise 20.6
Let be a normal integral domain and a multiplicative system. Show that the localisation is also normal.
Exercise 20.7
Let be a field and a family of normal subrings. Show that the intersection
is also normal.
Exercise 20.8
Let be an integral domain. Show that is normal if and only if it equals its normalisation.
Exercise 20.9
Let be an integral domain. Suppose that its normalisation equals its field of fractions . Show that itself is already a field.
Exercise 20.10
Let be a torsion-free monoid. Show that its group of differences is also torsion-free.
Exercise 20.11
Let be a commutative group. Show that torsion-freeness of is equivalent to the following property: if and
for some positive natural number , then . Also show that this equivalence need not hold for a monoid.
Exercise 20.12 ★
Consider the zero locus
Is irreducible?
Can the coordinate ring be obtained as a monoid ring?
Can the coordinate ring be obtained as the monoid ring of a submonoid
Exercise 20.13 ★
Let and let
be a submonoid. Show that is a unit if and only if it is a unit when regarded as an element of .
Exercise 20.14 ★
Let . Show that the -spectrum of the commutative monoid
consists of irreducible components, all isomorphic to the affine line .
Exercise 20.15
Let be an integral domain with normalisation . Show that
is an ideal of .
Exercise 20.16
Let be a numerical monoid generated by relatively prime natural numbers. Show that the conductor ideal of the associated monoid ring satisfies
where denotes the conductor of the monoid.
Exercise 20.17 ★
Let be a numerical monoid. Show that its degree of singularity equals each of the following three numbers.
The maximum length of a chain of monoids
The maximum length of a chain of -algebras
The maximum length of a chain—a flag—of -vector subspaces
Exercise 20.18
Consider Example 20.11. What are the values of the three generators under the monoid homomorphisms to mentioned there, which describe the monoid? Determine the cokernel of the group homomorphism
This cokernel is called the divisor class group of the monoid ring.
Edition note on the source: The cited example states the inequalities and , but does not label or explicitly define . Following the order of these inequalities, the intended functionals can be inferred as and . These formulas are an explicitly disclosed editorial inference, not an unstated assertion attributed to the source.
Exercises to submit
Exercise 20.19 (3 points)
Let be a normal integral domain and
an integral ring extension. Let . Show that the principal ideal generated by satisfies
Exercise 20.20 (6 points)
Let be a normal integral domain. Show that the polynomial ring is also normal.
Exercise 20.21 (5 points)
Let be a normal integral domain and . Suppose that has no square root in . Show that the polynomial is a prime element of .
Source hint: Use the field of fractions .
Source warning: In this setting, being prime need not be equivalent to being irreducible.
Exercise 20.22 (4 points)
Let be an integral domain. Show that the following three properties are equivalent.
- is normal.
- For every prime ideal , the localisation is normal.
- For every maximal ideal , the localisation is normal.
Normality is therefore called a local property.
Exercise 20.23 (2 points)
Let
be a monoid, and consider the set
Show that is a normal submonoid of .
This monoid is called the dual monoid of .
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 20
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 20.1, 20.3, 20.4, 20.5, 20.12, 20.13, 20.14, and 20.17. The solutions to Exercises 20.1 and 20.4 are wrapper pages transcluding separate proof bodies; this edition includes those frozen proof bodies in full. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 20.1
We assume that there is a rational number whose square is and derive a contradiction. Thus suppose that
and
Every rational number can be written as a fraction with integer numerator and denominator. We may therefore write
We may also assume that the fraction is in lowest terms, so that and have no nontrivial common divisor. This choice merely simplifies the representation and is not the assumption we intend to refute. In fact, we only need at least one of and to be odd: if both are even, we can divide both by and continue as necessary.
The equation means
Multiplying by gives an equation in (indeed, in ),
Thus is even, being a multiple of . Consequently itself is even, since the square of an odd number is odd. We can therefore write
for some . Substituting into the equation above gives
Dividing by , we obtain
For the same reason, , and hence , is also even. This contradicts our choice that and are not both even.
Solution to Exercise 20.3
Suppose that there is a representation
with . If and have a common divisor at least , we can cancel it. Thus we may assume that and are relatively prime. Cubing the original equation gives
or
This number has a unique prime factorisation. Since occurs in it, ; as is prime, also . Hence the exponent of in the prime factorisation on the right is at least . On the other hand, because and are relatively prime, is not divisible by , so the exponent of on the left is exactly . This is a contradiction.
Solution to Exercise 20.4
The number
cannot have a th root in , since in a th power all prime-factor exponents are multiples of , whereas by hypothesis this does not hold for all the .
Since is a unique factorisation domain, it is normal. Therefore there cannot be an
with
Thus the real number is irrational.
Solution to Exercise 20.5
Let
be an element of the field of fractions satisfying an equation of integral dependence over . Thus there is an equation
Each can be written as a fraction whose denominator is a power of . We can choose one fixed power as a common denominator. Increasing if necessary, we may also assume that is a multiple of .
Multiplying the equation by gives
All coefficients in this equation lie in . It is therefore an equation of integral dependence for over . Since is normal, we obtain , and hence
for some . Thus the localisation is also normal.
Solution to Exercise 20.12
We have
so the curve is reducible.
Consider the monoid with two generators and the single relation
Then
Take
and
We have . All other relations are multiples of this one. Indeed, if
then comparing the first coordinates gives , while comparing the second coordinates requires to be even.
Solution to Exercise 20.13
Let
If is a unit in , it is certainly also a unit in , since its inverse in belongs to that larger monoid.
Conversely, suppose that is a unit in . We must first have . For
its inverse in is
But
Since and is closed under addition, this inverse also belongs to . Hence is a unit in .
Solution to Exercise 20.14
We have
where runs through all complex roots of unity. Furthermore,
with the isomorphism given by
Consequently,
is a product ring of polynomial rings . Therefore its -spectrum is the disjoint union of copies of
Each of these affine lines is irreducible.
Edition note: in the three products, the source uses the dummy index in , whereas the factors and explanatory prose use . This edition transparently makes the indexing consistent as .
Solution to Exercise 20.17
The degree of singularity is the number of gaps of in . This equals
In a chain of monoids
at least one element must be added at each step. Hence . Conversely, define successively by adjoining to the largest element not yet in . The result is still a monoid and has exactly one more element than . This procedure produces a chain of length , as required.
This chain of length gives a chain of -algebras
All these inclusions are strict: if , then
The next part gives the general reason that no longer chain exists.
The algebra chain in part 2 is, in particular, a chain of vector subspaces over . Since
there can be no longer chain of vector subspaces: these chains correspond to chains in the quotient vector space , and in a vector space of dimension , the maximum length of a chain of strict inclusions is .
Edition note: in step 2 the source writes . Since the consist of exponents, the correctly typed relation is , which then gives . This edition states that implication explicitly.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 21: Discrete Valuation Rings and Nakayama’s Lemma
Discrete valuation rings
We now continue the local study of algebraic curves. In what follows, we shall obtain various characterisations of when a point on a curve is nonsingular—or smooth. Associated with a point on a curve is the local ring at , obtained by localising the affine coordinate ring of the curve at the maximal ideal corresponding to . If
this local ring can be described in two ways:
where is the maximal ideal now regarded in the quotient ring. This ring captures the essential algebraic properties of the point. The first important concept is that of a discrete valuation ring.
Definition: discrete valuation ring
A discrete valuation ring is a principal ideal domain having exactly one prime element up to associates.
A generator of the maximal ideal of a discrete valuation ring is also called a local uniformiser.
Lemma: first properties of discrete valuation rings
A discrete valuation ring is a local Noetherian principal ideal domain with exactly two prime ideals, namely
where is its maximal ideal.
Proof
A discrete valuation ring is not a field. In a principal ideal domain that is not a field, every maximal ideal is generated by a prime element, and prime generators of distinct maximal ideals cannot be associates. Since a discrete valuation ring has only one prime element up to associates, it has only one maximal ideal.
Likewise, every nonzero prime ideal in a principal ideal domain is generated by a prime element. Hence its only nonzero prime ideal is ; together with the zero ideal, this gives exactly two prime ideals.
Example: localisation of at
Let be a field, the polynomial ring, and
the localisation at the maximal ideal
Then is a discrete valuation ring. Its two prime ideals are
The ring is a principal ideal domain because is a principal ideal domain. Since there is only one maximal ideal, there is only one prime element up to associates, namely .
Example: localisation of at
Let be a prime number and
the localisation at the maximal ideal
Then is a discrete valuation ring. Its two prime ideals are
The ring is a principal ideal domain because is a principal ideal domain. Since there is only one maximal ideal, there is only one prime element up to associates, namely .
Definition: order in a discrete valuation ring
Let be a discrete valuation ring with prime element . For every nonzero element , there are an and a unit such that
The number is called the order of , written
Thus the order is simply the exponent of the unique prime element, up to associates, in the prime factorisation of .
Lemma: properties of the order
Let be a discrete valuation ring with maximal ideal
The order map
has the following properties. For ,
we have
if , then
if and only if
if and only if
Proof. See Exercise 21.2.
Edition note — source correction. The source defines only on but prints the inequality for sums without excluding . This edition adds the condition , so that every occurrence of lies within its domain.
We shall now prove an important characterisation of discrete valuation rings. In particular, it shows that a normal Noetherian local integral domain with exactly two prime ideals is already a discrete valuation ring. First we need a lemma.
Lemma 21.7: nilpotence of the maximal ideal
Let be a Noetherian local commutative ring. Suppose that its maximal ideal is its only prime ideal. Then there is an such that
Proof
First we claim that every element of is either a unit or nilpotent. Take a nonunit . Since is local,
Suppose that is not nilpotent.
Edition bridge 21.A — the prime ideal lemma. If an element of a commutative ring is not nilpotent, there is a prime ideal that does not contain . Indeed, the multiplicative set does not contain zero. By Zorn’s lemma, choose an ideal maximal among ideals disjoint from . If but , then both and meet . Multiplying one element from each intersection gives an element of , a contradiction. Thus is prime and, since , we have . The source cites this fact using the numbering of another course; this edition supplies its statement and proof to make the argument self-contained.
This prime ideal differs from , since but . This contradicts the assumption that is the only prime ideal. Thus every element of the maximal ideal is nilpotent.
Since is Noetherian, the ideal has a finite generating system
If , take . Hence we may now assume .
Choose such that
and set . Every element of is a linear combination of products of the form
Upon expansion, each term is a monomial
For at least one index ,
Since , every such monomial is zero. Hence .
Theorem: characterisation of discrete valuation rings
Let be a Noetherian local integral domain having exactly two prime ideals
The following statements are equivalent.
- is a discrete valuation ring.
- is a principal ideal domain.
- is a unique factorisation domain.
- is normal.
- The maximal ideal is principal.
Proof
The implication follows directly from Definition 21.1.
The implication follows from Theorem 9.3 in Commutative Algebra.
The implication follows from Theorem 20.2.
To prove , take
Edition bridge 21.B — application to . Set . The ring remains Noetherian and local, with maximal ideal . Prime ideals of correspond to prime ideals of containing . Since the only prime ideals of are and , and , the only prime ideal containing is . Thus is the only prime ideal of . Lemma 21.7 gives for some , which, pulled back to , means exactly that .
Choose minimal such that
Choose
and consider
Here . Its inverse,
does not belong to , since otherwise . Because is normal, is not integral over either. By the module criterion for integrality in Lemma 19.9, applied in particular to the maximal ideal , we have
On the other hand, by the choice of ,
Thus is an ideal of not contained in the maximal ideal. Hence
This equality gives . Moreover, for every , we have , so
Therefore
and the maximal ideal is principal.
Now prove . Suppose
The element is prime and is the only prime element up to associates. Take a nonzero nonunit . Then
so . The element is either a unit or again belongs to . In the latter case,
We claim that this process terminates, giving
for some and unit . Otherwise, for arbitrarily large , we could write
Applying Lemma 21.7 to as in Bridge 21.B, there is an such that
If , then for some we obtain
and, since is an integral domain, cancelling gives the contradiction
Thus every nonzero nonunit is a product of a power of and a unit. In particular, is a unique factorisation domain. Since is Noetherian, every ideal can be written as
The zero ideal is already principal. If , remove zero generators and write each remaining generator as
with a unit. If
then
Thus is a principal ideal domain with exactly one prime element up to associates; by definition, it is a discrete valuation ring.
Nakayama’s lemma
Within the class of Noetherian local integral domains having exactly two prime ideals —and hence not fields—the preceding theorem shows that is a discrete valuation ring if and only if the maximal ideal is generated by one element. It is therefore natural to ask, more generally, how many generators are needed for the maximal ideal of the local ring at a point on an algebraic curve. This leads to the embedding dimension, which we have already encountered for monomial curves. It is also the dimension of the vector space over
To explain this connection, we need some preparation, in particular Nakayama’s lemma.
Edition note — correction to the source’s scope. The source’s transition sentence states the equivalence between “discrete valuation ring” and “principal maximal ideal” without repeating the hypotheses. This edition explicitly retains the scope of the theorem: Noetherian local integral domains with exactly two prime ideals.
The following construction is used in Nakayama’s lemma. Let be an -module, a submodule, and an ideal. The notation denotes the -submodule of generated by all elements
This is also a submodule of . If itself is an ideal—that is, an -submodule of —the construction agrees with the product of ideals. The quotient module is naturally not only an -module but also an -module. If is maximal, this quotient module is even a vector space over the residue field .
Nakayama’s lemma
Let be a local ring and a finitely generated -module. If
then
Proof
Let be a generating system for . Since , for each there is a representation
Thus, for every ,
Since , the coefficient is a unit in the local ring . We can solve for , so is redundant in the generating system. Removing generators one by one eventually leaves no generators. Hence is the zero module.
Edition bridge 21.C — minimal generators corollary. Let be a local ring, its residue field, and a finitely generated -module. Elements generate if and only if their classes generate the -vector space . The forward implication is immediate. Conversely, set . The hypothesis on the classes gives , so . Nakayama’s lemma gives , hence . Consequently the minimal number of generators of is . If is finitely generated, in particular in the Noetherian setting above, then , the embedding dimension. This corollary supplies the tool needed to assess the number of ideal generators in Exercises 21.25–21.26, without providing solutions to those exercises.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; Unit 21 contains no substantive reader media
Worksheet 21
Practice exercises
Exercise 21.1
Let
be a numerical monoid generated by relatively prime generators, and let be its monoid ring over a field . Write and let
be the localisation at the maximal ideal
Show that is a discrete valuation ring only in the case .
Source correction note: In the last expression for , the source indexes the generators by all , which would include and give the entire ring. The index is corrected to to describe the intended ideal of positive monomials.
Exercise 21.2
Let be a discrete valuation ring with maximal ideal . Show that the order function
has the following properties.
For all ,
For all with ,
For every , we have if and only if .
For every , we have if and only if .
Source correction note: The condition is added in part 2 because the stated domain of does not contain .
Exercise 21.3 ★
Let be a discrete valuation ring with field of fractions . Show that there is no proper intermediate ring between and .
Exercise 21.4
Let be a discrete valuation ring with field of fractions . Characterise the finitely generated -submodules of . Into what form can a generating system be put?
Exercise 21.5
Let be a discrete valuation ring. For every , define
so that this definition agrees with the order of elements of and defines a group homomorphism
What is the kernel of this homomorphism?
Exercise 21.6
Let be a field with , and let
be the unit circle over . Let be a point.
Show that the local ring of at is a discrete valuation ring.
Deduce that the coordinate ring
is normal.
For this part, assume in addition that is not a square in . Show that
is not a unique factorisation domain.
Determine the orders of and in the local ring at .
Source correction note: The source places no restriction on the characteristic and claims that the ring in part 3 is always nonfactorial. In characteristic , the curve equation is a square and the coordinate ring is nonreduced. If , the ring is factorial exactly when is a square in ; the statement above adds the minimal hypotheses making all four parts true. The source’s permission to assume algebraically closed is also removed because it conflicts with part 3.
Exercise 21.7
Let be a discrete valuation ring with maximal ideal , and let be its residue field. Show that for every there is an -module isomorphism
Exercise 21.8 ★
Let be a field and
a surjective group homomorphism satisfying
for all with . Show that
is a discrete valuation ring.
Source correction note: The condition is added because is defined only on .
Exercise 21.9
Let with and . Show that the following three “orders” of at coincide.
The order of vanishing of at , namely the least order of a derivative satisfying
The exponent of the linear factor in the factorisation of into irreducible polynomials.
The order of in the localisation of at the maximal ideal .
The preceding exercise can be extended to other base fields using formal differentiation. Let be a field and the polynomial ring over . For a polynomial
the polynomial
is called the formal derivative of .
Exercise 21.10
Determine the formal derivative of
Exercise 21.11
Let be a field and the polynomial ring over . Prove the following rules for formal differentiation .
The derivative of a constant polynomial is .
Differentiation is -linear.
The product rule holds:
Exercise 21.12
Let be a field, , and let already be a root of . Show that is a multiple root of if and only if
where denotes the formal derivative of .
Source correction note: The hypothesis is added. Without it, can also hold when is not a root of at all.
Exercise 21.13
Let be a field of positive characteristic . Determine the set of all polynomials whose formal derivative satisfies .
Exercise 21.14
Show that over a field of characteristic , the following identity holds for :
Exercise 21.15
Let be a field of characteristic , with , and . Show that the following three “orders” of at coincide.
The order of vanishing of at , namely the least order of a formal derivative satisfying
The exponent of the linear factor in the factorisation of .
The order of in the localisation of at the maximal ideal .
Use the following definition for the next exercises. Let be a commutative ring, an ideal, and a submodule of an -module . By we mean the submodule generated by all products
Exercise 21.16
Let be ideals in a commutative ring. Show that the ideal product agrees with the product formed from the ideal and the -submodule according to the definition above.
Exercise 21.17
Let be ideals in a commutative ring and a submodule of an -module . Show that
Exercise 21.18
Let be ideals in a commutative ring and a submodule of an -module . Show that
Exercise 21.19
Let be an ideal in a commutative ring and submodules of an -module . Show that
Exercise 21.20
Let be a Noetherian local ring and . Show that
implies
Source correction note: The quantification is added explicitly; the source uses without introducing it.
Exercise 21.21
Let be a local integral domain that is not a field, and let be its field of fractions. Show that
Exercises to submit
Exercise 21.22 (4 points)
Let be a field and the field of rational functions over . Find a discrete valuation ring
satisfying
Exercise 21.23 (4 points)
Let be a field. A power series in one variable over is a formal expression of the form
Thus there may be infinitely many nonzero coefficients . Define a ring structure on the set of all power series extending the ring structure on the polynomial ring in one variable. Show that this ring is a discrete valuation ring.
Exercise 21.24 (4 points)
Let be an integral domain with the following property: for any two elements , either divides or divides . Suppose that is Noetherian but not a field. Show that is a discrete valuation ring.
Exercise 21.25 (3 points)
Show that every ideal in
can be generated by at most two elements.
Exercise 21.26 (3 points)
Give an example of a plane monomial curve and an ideal in the associated local ring at its singularity that cannot be generated by two elements.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 21
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 21.3 and 21.8. Both are complete source bodies without wrapper transclusions. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 21.3
Let the maximal ideal of be
The field of fractions of is
and every nonzero element of this field has the form
Suppose
Since the first inclusion is strict, there is an element
with . Since is a unit in , we also have . Moreover, , so
Thus . Together with , this gives
Hence there is no proper intermediate ring between and its field of fractions.
Solution to Exercise 21.8
First we show that is a subring of the field . By definition, . Since is a group homomorphism,
so . For , closure under multiplication is immediate if either element is zero. If and are nonzero, then
so . For addition, if either or is zero, or if , closure is again immediate. In the remaining case, are all nonzero and the hypothesis gives
Thus . Moreover,
so and . Hence is also closed under negation and is a commutative ring.
Next we show that is local. Set
This set contains . For , the cases involving zero or satisfying are immediate. Otherwise,
so . For and , the cases or are also immediate. If both are nonzero, then
so . Thus is an ideal.
The complement consists exactly of the elements with
For such an element,
so . Thus every element of is a unit. Consequently is the unique maximal ideal and is local.
It remains to show that is a discrete valuation ring. Since is surjective, there is a with
In particular, . We show that is prime. For nonzero elements , the element is a multiple of exactly when
since this condition is equivalent to . Now suppose that for . If , one factor is zero and is certainly a multiple of . If , then
Since and are nonnegative integers, either or . By the divisibility criterion above, divides either or . Thus is prime.
By the same argument, every nonzero element with
is associated to . Indeed, , so is a unit in . Thus is a principal ideal domain whose ideals are exactly and
Hence is a discrete valuation ring.
Edition note: the source defines only on but states the inequality for without the condition . Since is undefined, this edition uses the inequality only when and handles zero sums separately; it does not extend to .
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are retained as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 22: Embedding Dimension and Smooth and Singular Points
Embedding dimension
Definition: embedding dimension
Let be a Noetherian local commutative ring with maximal ideal . The minimum number of generators of the ideal is called the embedding dimension of , written
A Noetherian local integral domain of dimension one—that is, whose only prime ideals are the zero ideal and the maximal ideal—is a discrete valuation ring if and only if its embedding dimension is , by Theorem 21.8. The embedding dimension is always at least as large as the dimension of a local ring. Rings for which equality holds play a special role and are called regular rings. We have already encountered embedding dimension for monomial curves and must show that the definition given there (Definition 18.6) agrees with this new one.
We first prove another characterisation, which follows from Nakayama’s lemma.
Lemma: module generators and generators modulo
Let be a local ring and a finitely generated -module. Then the minimum number of generators
equals the dimension of the -vector space
Proof
We prove the slightly more general statement that elements
generate as an -module if and only if their residue classes in generate it over . One direction is immediate. Thus let be elements whose classes modulo form a generating set. Let
be the -submodule generated by the . The hypothesis means that
Consider the quotient module . In it we have
Nakayama’s lemma gives
and hence
Corollary: embedding dimension as the dimension of the cotangent space
Let be a Noetherian local ring. Its embedding dimension equals
Proof
This follows immediately from Nakayama’s lemma applied to the ideal and the finitely generated -module .
The -module
which occurs above and is a vector space over , is also called the cotangent space of the local ring.
Lemma: the cotangent space before and after localisation
Let be a Noetherian commutative ring and a maximal ideal. Let
be the localisation at , with maximal ideal
Then
In particular, the embedding dimension of the localisation equals
Proof
By Exercise 15.5,
so the residue fields agree; denote this common residue field by . The natural -module homomorphism
induces a homomorphism of -vector spaces
This map is surjective, since -module generators of map to -module generators of , whose classes modulo generate the -vector space.
To prove injectivity, take
that maps to on the right. This means that
in the localisation . There are therefore elements
and elements
such that
Translated back into , this means that there is an element
with
for some . Since does not belong to the maximal ideal , there are and such that
Multiplying the preceding equation by , we obtain
or, equivalently,
The right-hand side plainly belongs to . Thus represents zero in , proving injectivity.
Lemma: equality of numerical and algebraic embedding dimension
Let be a field and a numerical monoid generated by coprime natural numbers. Let
be the corresponding monoid ring, with maximal ideal
and let be its localisation. Then the numerical embedding dimension of —or of —equals the embedding dimension of the local ring .
Proof
We have
and
The quotient space is therefore
Its -dimension equals the number of elements of . By Corollary 18.13, is the minimal monoid generating set of . Thus this -dimension equals the numerical embedding dimension.
On the other hand, by Lemma 22.4, the -dimension of equals the embedding dimension of the corresponding local ring .
Smooth and singular points
A tangent line to a curve. Work by Jacj on English Wikipedia;
later versions uploaded by Oleg Alexandrov. Public domain; local file:
authority/assets/Tangent_to_a_curve.svg.
Edition note — media credit. The source credit names AxelBoldt and CC BY-SA 3.0. The frozen Commons metadata for this file states public domain and records the Jacj/Oleg Alexandrov history; that Commons metadata governs the component credit in this edition.
Let be a field and
a polynomial without repeated factors. Since we are interested only in the corresponding curve, over an algebraically closed field this is no restriction, by Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz. For every point
we may pass to the variables and . This shifts the point to the origin. Thus, when studying a polynomial’s behaviour at a point, we may always restrict attention to the origin.
Now let
Write in terms of its homogeneous components as
where is homogeneous of degree . What can we read off from the individual homogeneous components? First, we immediately have
Substituting the coordinates of , namely , into makes all the higher-degree components vanish, leaving only the constant component . Since our main interest is the behaviour of a curve at one of its points, we shall often restrict attention to the situation
Which is the first nonzero homogeneous component ? What role does this index play, and what role do its linear factors play?
Suppose first that
This linear form, which may be zero, can also be characterised by partial derivatives:
Here and below, polynomials are differentiated formally. Thus
If this does not hold, it is natural to regard the line defined by
as the tangent to the curve at . An initial indication is that in the linear case
the line should coincide with its tangent.
Definition: smooth and singular points
Let be a field and a nonzero polynomial. Let
be a point on the corresponding affine plane curve. The point is called a smooth point of if
Otherwise it is called singular.
The curve is called smooth if it is smooth at every one of its points.
Edition bridge 22.A — scope of the terminology. This lecture works with plane curves presented by a polynomial without repeated factors, as stipulated above. In this definition, “smooth” means the formal derivative criterion just stated for that presentation. The edition does not extend this to an unconditional identification with scheme-theoretic smoothness over arbitrary fields, particularly imperfect fields.
Definition: multiplicity and tangent lines
Let be an algebraically closed field and a nonzero polynomial. Let
be a point on the corresponding affine plane curve, and suppose that is the origin after an affine change of coordinates by translation. Let
be the homogeneous decomposition of , with
The number is called the multiplicity of the curve at . Let
be its decomposition into linear factors. Each line
is called a tangent line to at . The multiplicity of in is also called the multiplicity of that tangent line.
Edition note — source correction. The source calls moving a general point to the origin a “linear transformation of variables”. Translation is an affine change of coordinates, not a linear transformation unless . The edition uses the correct term without changing the homogeneous decomposition in the new coordinates.
The point is smooth if and only if its multiplicity is . In that case there is exactly one tangent line through the point, and its slope can be computed from the partial derivatives.
Lines intersecting at
.
Cronholm144, public domain; local file:
authority/assets/250px-3_equations_-5.JPG.
Example: several lines through the origin
Suppose that distinct lines
in the affine plane are given, all passing through the origin. Let
be their equations, which are determined only up to a scalar. Their union is described by the product
In particular,
is homogeneous of degree . Here each linear factor defines a tangent line through the origin. The multiplicity is .
Example: the folium of Descartes
René Descartes (1596–1650). Portrait after Frans Hals; uploaded
to Commons by Dedden; public domain; local file:
authority/assets/250px-Frans_Hals_-_Portret_van_René_Descartes.jpg.
The folium of Descartes
,
with axes, grid, and asymptote. Georg-Johann, CC BY-SA 3.0;
local file:
authority/assets/Kartesisches-Blatt.svg.
Edition note — characteristic. The assumption applies throughout this example. The source states it below when discussing the other points, but it is already needed for the multiplicity-two assertion at the origin: in characteristic , and , contrary to the standing squarefree premise.
The folium of Descartes is described by the equation
The number is not essential here and can be replaced by any other nonzero number. The homogeneous components of the curve equation are
and
Thus the origin on the folium of Descartes has multiplicity two and is singular. Both the -axis and the -axis are tangent lines, each with multiplicity one. At every other point the curve is smooth, provided the base field does not have characteristic . From
we obtain
and hence also
and similarly for . Thus
or and are both cube roots of unity: either both are , or they are the other two cube roots of unity, in either order. However, at these other common zeros of the partial derivatives, takes the value . These are therefore not points of the curve.
Remark: the tangent-line equation at a smooth point
At a smooth point
of a plane algebraic curve, the multiplicity is
If , the linear term of the curve equation is
and
since the higher-degree homogeneous components of contribute nothing to the partial derivatives at the origin. Thus this linear equation is the tangent-line equation.
For an arbitrary smooth point
the tangent-line equation can likewise be read off directly from the partial derivatives of at . The tangent line is given by
Remark: the tangent map and the direction of the tangent line
Let have corresponding plane algebraic curve , and let
be a smooth point of the curve. The map
and the point determine a linear tangent map, also called the total differential, between the corresponding tangent spaces:
Since is smooth, this linear map is not the zero map. The direction of the tangent line to at is the kernel of this tangent map. When identifying the tangent plane at with the surrounding affine plane, we must identify with the origin: the tangent line must pass through that point, whereas the kernel specifies only a linear direction.
On an algebraic curve, intersection points of irreducible
components are never smooth. The lecture source credits Michael Larsen;
the Commons metadata records uploader Maksim and the licence CC BY-SA 3.0;
local file: authority/assets/250px-Intersect3.png.
The following statement shows that an intersection point of two irreducible components can never be smooth.
Lemma: a smooth point lies on only one component
Let
be a plane algebraic curve and
its decomposition into distinct prime factors. Let be a smooth point of the curve. Then lies on only one component
of the curve.
Proof. See Exercise 22.9.
Corollary: a smooth connected curve is irreducible
Let
be a smooth plane algebraic curve, connected in the Zariski topology, over an algebraically closed field . Then is irreducible.
Proof
By Lemma 22.12, the irreducible components of the curve are disjoint. They are then also its connected components. Thus there is only one irreducible component, so the curve is irreducible.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are preserved as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for translated course text; reader media retain component-specific rights: Tangent_to_a_curve.svg, 3 equations -5.JPG, and the René Descartes portrait are public domain; Kartesisches-Blatt.svg and Intersect3.png are CC BY-SA 3.0; see authority/RIGHTS-unit-22.csv · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-22.csv
Worksheet 22
Practice exercises
Exercise 22.1
Let be the local ring at the intersection of the three coordinate axes in three-dimensional space. Determine its embedding dimension.
Exercise 22.2
Give an example of a curve
with points whose embedding dimensions are respectively .
Exercise 22.3
Let , , and let
be the graph of , regarded as a plane algebraic curve. Let
be a point on this graph.
- Show that the multiplicity of at is .
- Show that the tangent to at agrees with the usual tangent to the graph at .
Exercise 22.4
Let be a field and let
and
be polynomials giving rise to polynomial maps
Let and be the Jacobian matrices defined by formal partial differentiation. Prove the formal chain rule
Exercise 22.5 ★
- Show that formal partial differentiation with respect to one variable in the polynomial ring commutes with dehomogenisation with respect to another variable.
- Show that this does not hold when both operations concern the same variable.
Exercise 22.6 ★
Let
be a homogeneous polynomial of degree in the standard grading. Show that
Exercise 22.7
Consider the curve given by
with the point
Find a coordinate transformation taking to and the tangent at to the -axis.
Exercise 22.8
Let be a field and a nonconstant polynomial all of whose prime factors have multiplicity one. Let
be the corresponding plane curve. Assume in addition that remains squarefree after extending scalars to an algebraic closure of . Show that has only finitely many singular points.
Edition note — correction to the source hypotheses: Requiring the prime factors of to have multiplicity one only in is insufficient when is imperfect. For example, in characteristic , a reduced polynomial in may become a th power after extending scalars, so that both partial derivatives vanish and its geometric singular locus has positive dimension. This edition states the precise condition needed in the argument: is geometrically reduced. This is automatic, for example, if is perfect and is squarefree.
Exercise 22.9 ★
Prove Lemma 22.12.
Figure: A tangent to a circle at a point is perpendicular to the radius ending at that point. Work by Christophe Dang Ngoc Chan (Cdang), derivative SVG version by Hagman; CC BY-SA 3.0.
Exercise 22.10 ★
Show that the unit circle over a field of characteristic is smooth, and determine the tangent-line equation at each of its points.
Exercise 22.11
Let be a field.
- Show that the graph of a polynomial is a smooth algebraic curve.
- Let be polynomials with no common zero. Show that the graph of the rational function is also a smooth algebraic curve.
Exercise 22.12 ★
Determine the singular points of the plane algebraic curve
Exercise 22.13
For the trajectory computed in Example 8.5, determine the coordinates of the points where the curve is singular.
Exercise 22.14 ★
Determine the prime factorisation of the polynomial
and determine the singularities of the corresponding affine curve, together with their multiplicities and tangent lines.
Exercise 22.15 ★
Determine the multiplicity and tangent lines at the origin of the plane algebraic curve
Exercise 22.16 ★
For the zero locus given by the polynomial
use partial derivatives to determine a singular point. Perform a coordinate transformation taking this point to the origin. Determine the multiplicity and tangent lines at that point.
Edition note — correction to the source’s scope: The exercise does not specify the base field, while the source solution divides by and and then factors using . To follow that solution, assume and (for example, or ). Over other fields, the point found can still be checked directly, but the factorisation and tangent multiplicities must be interpreted over the relevant base field; in characteristic , the tangent cone has one double tangent line.
Figure: The cardioid with polar equation for . Work by D.328; CC BY-SA 3.0.
Exercise 22.17
Determine the singularities, including their multiplicities and tangent lines, of the cardioid given by
Exercise 22.18 ★
Consider the two real curves
at and
at the origin. Are these curves locally diffeomorphic to one another at the specified points?
Exercises for submission
Exercise 22.19 (3 points)
Let be a field of characteristic . Characterise the polynomials satisfying each of the following three conditions:
- the first partial derivative is ;
- the second partial derivative is ;
- both partial derivatives are .
Exercise 22.20 (4 points)
For the curve
determine its singular points over and over . In each case give the multiplicities and tangent lines.
Exercise 22.21 (3 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field and polynomials satisfying
at a specified point . Let . Show that every tangent to at and every tangent to at is also a tangent to at .
Exercise 22.22 (6 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field. Consider the curve
Determine the tangent lines at the origin.
Show that
is a point on the curve, and compute the tangent line or lines to at using derivatives.
Transform the variables so that is the origin in the new variables, and determine the tangent line or lines at from the transformed curve equation.
Exercise 22.23 (4 points)
For the algebraic curve
determine its singularities together with their multiplicities and tangent lines.
Source hint: Compare Example 8.5.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are preserved as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 22
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only to Exercises 22.5, 22.6, 22.9, 22.10, 22.12, 22.14, 22.15, 22.16, and 22.18. No additional solutions have been created for this edition. The solution to Exercise 22.9 transcludes a proof page; the text below translates the actual proof body from the frozen recursive transclusion closure.
Solution to Exercise 22.5
Since both processes are linear, it suffices to consider a monomial
differentiating with respect to and dehomogenising with respect to . Its partial derivative is
and dehomogenisation gives
If we dehomogenise first, we obtain
whose partial derivative likewise gives
Consider . Differentiating with respect to gives , which is unchanged by dehomogenisation. If we first dehomogenise with respect to , we obtain , whose derivative is .
Solution to Exercise 22.6
Since partial differentiation and multiplication by a variable are linear, it suffices to prove the statement for a monomial. Thus let
Then
This is the required statement, since the sum of the exponents is the degree of the monomial.
Solution to Exercise 22.9
Since is a smooth point of the curve, we may assume without loss of generality that
By the product rule,
Now suppose that
for , that is,
Every product in the sum above would then have a zero factor, so
contrary to the smoothness of .
Solution to Exercise 22.10
The defining polynomial is
and its partial derivatives are and . Since the characteristic is assumed not to be and the origin is not on the circle, the curve is smooth. By the remark on the tangent-line equation at a smooth point in Lecture 22, at a point on the circle the tangent-line equation is
After dividing by , this can be written as
Edition note — source correction. The source prints only the left-hand expressions while calling them “tangent-line equations”. This edition restores the equality to zero that makes them actual equations.
Solution to Exercise 22.12
Let be the defining polynomial. Its partial derivatives are
Set both polynomials equal to zero. The second equation gives , hence
In the first equation we can factor out the nonzero factor , so we must have . Thus
For , the curve equation becomes
At , the left-hand side has value
so
is a point on the curve. By contrast, at we obtain
so this is not a point on the curve. The curve’s only singularity is therefore
Solution to Exercise 22.14
Clearly,
is a factorisation of the polynomial into prime factors. To determine the singular points, we examine the partial derivatives:
These both vanish precisely when . Since this point also satisfies the curve equation, it is the singular point of the curve. The defining polynomial is already homogeneous of degree , so the multiplicity is . The tangent lines are therefore given by
Solution to Exercise 22.15
The multiplicity is the degree of the lowest-degree homogeneous component, namely . To determine the tangent lines, we must factor into linear factors. We have
Furthermore,
The tangent lines are thus
(the -axis), and
Solution to Exercise 22.16
The following source computation uses the edition’s hypotheses in Exercise 22.16, namely and .
Let
Then
The first equation gives the following condition for a singular point:
where the latter form requires . We therefore first consider the case . The first partial derivative is then zero regardless of , while the second gives the condition
The curve equation gives
which is satisfied by . Therefore
is a singular point of the curve.
In the new variables and , the point becomes the origin. Substituting and transforms the curve equation into
Thus the lowest-degree homogeneous component is
The multiplicity is therefore two, and the two tangent lines through the singular point are described by
Solution to Exercise 22.18
The partial derivative of the first polynomial with respect to is
whose value at the specified point is
The partial derivative of the second polynomial with respect to is
whose value at the specified point is
Both curves are therefore smooth at these points. By the implicit function theorem, each is locally diffeomorphic to an open real interval, so they are locally diffeomorphic to one another.
Edition provenance. Translation and reader production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Sources, authors, and component licences are preserved as stated in the metadata and the edition’s rights files.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 23: Cotangent Spaces and Hilbert–Samuel Multiplicity
Interpretation as a cotangent space
We give another indication that calling the cotangent space is well justified. From analysis, we know that for a point on a manifold and a differentiable function , the differential
is linear (see Lemma 9.10 (Differential Geometry (Osnabrück 2023)), part (3)). Thus is an element of the cotangent space . The overall assignment
is a derivation: it satisfies the Leibniz rule
We now introduce the general algebraic concept.
Definition: algebraic derivation
Let be a commutative ring, a commutative -algebra, and an -module. An -linear map
is called an -derivation with values in if
for all .
Theorem: the canonical derivation into the cotangent space
Let be a field, a -algebra of finite type, and
a point with corresponding maximal ideal . Then the map
is a -derivation.
Proof
There is a canonical isomorphism between the base field and the residue field. The map is well defined because
so . Its -linearity is immediate. For the product rule, all the following equalities are understood in :
In the third step we add an element of , whose class in the quotient is zero. This proves the Leibniz rule.
Edition note – clarification of the source notation: The source writes the chain above without a residue-class bar on each term. These are equalities modulo , not polynomial equalities in .
Smooth points and normal points
We shall show that a point on a plane algebraic curve is smooth precisely when the corresponding local ring is a discrete valuation ring. Smoothness at a point was initially defined extrinsically, with reference to the ambient plane, whereas being a discrete valuation ring depends only on the curve’s coordinate ring. The following lemma handles one direction. For the other, we must first develop an intrinsic multiplicity for a local ring.
Lemma: smooth points give discrete valuation rings
Let be a field, a nonzero polynomial without repeated factors, and
a smooth point of the curve. If is the local ring of the curve at , then is a discrete valuation ring.
Proof
First, is a Noetherian local ring and, by Lemma 22.12, an integral domain. Its only prime ideals are therefore the zero ideal and the maximal ideal . We shall show that this maximal ideal is principal.
We may assume that is the origin and write
where each is homogeneous of degree . Since is smooth, this form has a nonzero linear term. A linear change of variables allows us to arrange that . Collect all the pure powers of , that is, the monomials not involving , and factor out of the remaining terms. The equation can then be written as
The element is a unit in , and hence also in the local ring of the curve at the origin,
In we have
Thus the maximal ideal of is generated by alone. By Theorem 21.8, is a discrete valuation ring.
Hilbert–Samuel multiplicity
Lemma: quotients by powers of the maximal ideal are finite-dimensional
Let be a Noetherian local ring with maximal ideal and residue field
Then the quotient modules are finite-dimensional over . If contains a field mapping isomorphically onto the residue field, the quotient rings are also finite-dimensional over .
Proof
We write
This is the situation of Lemma 22.2. Since is a finitely generated ideal, the quotient module is finite-dimensional over the residue field.
For the quotient rings, consider the short exact sequence of -modules
Under the additional hypothesis, this is also a short exact sequence of -vector spaces, so their dimensions add. The space on the left is finite-dimensional by the part just proved. Induction on now gives the desired result, with initial case .
For a plane algebraic curve
and a point , the local ring is
Its residue field is itself. Thus all the hypotheses of Lemma 23.4 hold, and all the following dimensions are over the base field.
Theorem: multiplicity via the Hilbert–Samuel function
Let
be a point on an affine plane curve. Let
be its local ring, with maximal ideal . Then the multiplicity of satisfies
for all sufficiently large .
Proof
Consider the short exact sequence of -vector spaces
By Lemma 23.4, all dimensions are finite. The assertion that the dimension of is eventually constant and equal to the multiplicity is equivalent to the assertion that the difference
is eventually constant and equal to the multiplicity. By induction, this is equivalent to the existence of a constant such that
for sufficiently large .
After a translation, we may assume that is the origin. Set
Then
so it suffices to prove the statement for the quotient on the left. By hypothesis, has the form
and in particular . If with , then . There is therefore a short exact sequence
Injectivity on the left follows from a direct degree argument; see Exercise 23.4. We know that
Hence, for ,
This is the required linear form.
Remark: multiplicity as an intrinsic invariant
Theorem 23.5 says in particular that the multiplicity of a point on a plane curve is an invariant of the local ring of the curve at that point. It therefore depends only on intrinsic properties of the curve, not on its realisation in an ambient plane.
Every Noetherian local ring has a Hilbert–Samuel multiplicity, defined in terms of the dimensions over of the quotient modules . In the one-dimensional case it is
since this function eventually becomes constant—a nontrivial fact. If contains a field isomorphic to its residue field, as is the case for the local rings of curves considered here, the same number is also given by
Theorem: smoothness, multiplicity, discrete valuation, and normality
Let be a field and a nonconstant polynomial without repeated factors, with corresponding algebraic curve
Let , with maximal ideal
and local ring
The following statements are equivalent.
- is a smooth point of the curve.
- The multiplicity of is one.
- is a discrete valuation ring.
- is a normal integral domain.
Proof
The equivalence (1) (2) follows from Definition 22.7 of multiplicity. The equivalence (3) (4) was proved in Theorem 21.8, and the implication (1) (3) in Lemma 23.3. It remains to prove (3) (2); by Theorem 23.5 we may work with Hilbert–Samuel multiplicity.
It suffices to show that, for the local ring of a plane curve that is a discrete valuation ring, all the quotient modules
are one-dimensional over the residue field . Since , this follows immediately from Nakayama’s lemma.
Monomial curves and multiplicity
Let be a numerical monoid generated by coprime natural numbers
The least generator is also called the numerical multiplicity of . We shall show that this does indeed give the correct ring-theoretic multiplicity. Set
and, for ,
Both are monoid ideals of . Thus the monomial spaces
are ideals in the monoid ring. In particular,
is a maximal ideal, and its powers are
Lemma: bounds for monoid difference sets
Let be a numerical monoid of numerical multiplicity . Choose such that . Then, for each ,
Proof
The lower bound follows from the fact that the smallest number in is . Thus lie outside it. All numbers at least belong to , so at least of these numbers belong to but not to .
For the upper bound, we claim that every number at least belongs to . Let
Write
Since , the right-hand side is a sum of elements of : summands equal to and one equal to . Thus , proving the upper bound.
Edition note – correction to the source’s bound: The source describes only as “a number” and says in the final step that the summands belong to . The hypothesis , which can always be achieved by increasing the threshold, ensures that all summands really lie in , as required by the definition of . The source also leaves the range of implicit. Here : the displayed definition by sums of positive elements does not give the zeroth ideal power when .
Corollary: numerical multiplicity equals Hilbert–Samuel multiplicity
Let be a numerical monoid generated by coprime numbers, with numerical multiplicity . Let
be the maximal ideal of the monoid ring corresponding to the origin. Then
In other words, numerical multiplicity equals Hilbert–Samuel multiplicity.
Proof
Since , the quotient ring
has the monomials with as a basis over . Its dimension therefore equals . By the bounds in Lemma 23.8,
The same convergence holds for these dimensions.
Edition note – clarification of the source notation: The source notation means the quotient by the monomial ideal ; the parentheses do not denote scalar multiplication of a set by .
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Worksheet 23
Practice exercises
Exercise 23.1
Let be a field, the polynomial ring over , and
formal partial differentiation with respect to , that is, the map
Show that this map is a -derivation.
Exercise 23.2
Consider the maximal ideal
in the polynomial ring over a field , together with its powers . Show that the monomials
form a -basis of the quotient ring
Exercise 23.3
Consider the union of the coordinate axes
and the local ring at the origin, with maximal ideal . Describe explicitly a -basis of the quotient rings and determine their dimensions.
Exercise 23.4 ★
Let
be the homogeneous decomposition of a polynomial, with and , and let . Show that, for every , the multiplication map
induces a well-defined injective homomorphism of -modules
Edition note – clarification of the source hypothesis: Here is the lowest nonzero homogeneous component. The source leaves implicit, but it is required for injectivity and is used in the source argument and the corrected solution below.
Exercise 23.5 ★
Let and
Determine for .
Determine .
Let be a field and set
Determine .
Exercise 23.6
For the numerical monoid generated by and , compute the quantities appearing in the bounds of Lemma 23.8 for .
Krull dimension
Some of the following exercises use the Krull dimension of a commutative ring. Since our main interest is in curves, which correspond to one-dimensional rings, we shall not develop a systematic dimension theory.
Definition: prime ideal chains and Krull dimension
Let be a commutative ring. A chain of prime ideals
is called a prime ideal chain of length . Thus we count the inclusions, not the prime ideals in the chain. The dimension, or Krull dimension, of is the supremum of all lengths of prime ideal chains, denoted by
Exercise 23.7
Let be a principal ideal domain that is not a field. Show that its Krull dimension is one.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 23.8 (4 points)
For the monoid generated by , compute the quantities appearing in the bounds of Lemma 23.8 for .
Exercise 23.9 (3 points)
Let be an ideal in a commutative ring, and suppose that the only prime ideal containing is a maximal ideal . Show that
Deduce that, for a maximal ideal in a Noetherian commutative ring, there is an isomorphism
for every .
Exercise 23.10 (5 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field and the polynomial ring in two variables. Show that has Krull dimension two.
Exercise 23.11 (5 points)
Let be a Noetherian commutative ring. Show that the following statements are equivalent.
has Krull dimension .
is an Artinian ring.
has finitely many prime ideals, all of which are maximal.
There is such that
for every maximal ideal .
The reduction is a finite product of fields.
Edition note – correction to the source statement: In item (4), the source writes in for every maximal ideal. This is not equivalent to the other four items: for example, in both maximal ideals are idempotent rather than nilpotent, although is zero-dimensional and Artinian. The edition replaces this with the uniform local formulation above, which correctly characterises zero-dimensional Noetherian rings. The “product” in item (5) is also explicitly stated to be finite, as forced by the Noetherian/Artinian condition.
Exercise 23.12 (3 points)
Let be a commutative ring of finite Krull dimension . Show that the Krull dimension of the polynomial ring is at least .
Source remark: Over a Noetherian base ring, passing to the polynomial ring increases the dimension by exactly one; this stronger result is harder to prove.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 23
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only to Exercises 23.4 and 23.5. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 23.4
Write . Since the lowest homogeneous term of has degree , we have . To prove well-definedness, let . Then
Thus the -module map
vanishes on . By the universal property of quotient modules, it induces an -module homomorphism
To prove injectivity, suppose that the class of maps to zero, so that . Assume . If is the degree of the lowest nonzero homogeneous term of , then
The lowest homogeneous term of is . Since is an integral domain and , we have
Hence , a contradiction. Thus and its class is zero. The induced homomorphism is injective.
Edition note – correction to the source solution: The source says that has a monomial of degree “less than ”; the required bound is less than . The argument using the lowest homogeneous term above also rules out cancellation. Since multiplication by is generally not a ring homomorphism, the factorisation uses the universal property of quotient modules.
Solution to Exercise 23.5
We claim that
Membership means that there are with
Since for every , we obtain . Conversely, if , then
The right-hand side is a sum of elements of , so .
We obtain
Therefore
The ideal is the monomial ideal . Localisation does not change this finite-dimensional quotient, and there are isomorphisms of -vector spaces
Hence
Edition note – correction to the source solution: In the first part, the source writes after introducing ; the correct notation is . In the third part, the source notation identifies the quotient with , as though the complement defined a monoid ring. The edition states the correct objects: the quotient by the monomial ideal and the vector space with monomial basis indexed by its complement.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Lecture 24: Tangent Lines and Formal Power Series Rings
Tangent lines from parametrisations
Theorem 24.1: the derivative vector of a parametrisation
Let be an infinite field and
a map given by polynomials in one variable,
whose image is contained in the curve
Take and
Then the derivative vector
lies in the kernel of the linear tangent map
defined by the Jacobian matrix
If , the derivatives and do not both vanish, and is a smooth point of , then
determines the direction of the tangent line to at .
Proof
Write . Since
the composite is the constant map to the origin. Since is infinite, each component polynomial representing is the zero polynomial. The formal chain rule for polynomials therefore gives
Thus the image of , spanned by the derivative vector above, is contained in the kernel of .
In the plane case stated in the final part of the theorem, choose a reduced defining polynomial for . The same chain-rule argument with in place of the tuple puts the derivative vector in . This kernel is one-dimensional because is smooth. The image of is also one-dimensional because the derivative vector is nonzero. The inclusion is therefore an equality, so that vector determines the tangent direction.
Edition note — defining equations. The source treats the kernel of the original Jacobian as necessarily one-dimensional in the plane case. This requires equations generating the reduced curve’s ideal near ; arbitrary equations with the same zero locus need not do so. For example, defines the line set-theoretically but has zero differential on that line. The argument above uses a reduced equation for the final assertion; the initial chain-rule inclusion for all is unchanged.
Example 24.2: why the field must be infinite
Let be a finite field with
elements, where is prime and . The map
sends every -rational point to the single image point , since for every . However, the formal derivative vector of this polynomial parametrisation is
Thus a map on -rational points can be constant in positive characteristic even though the formal derivative of its defining polynomials is nonzero. The origin is a smooth point on every line
with .
Its tangent direction is the kernel of the linear form , but this form annihilates only when . The assumption that is infinite in Theorem 24.1 therefore cannot be omitted.
Edition note. Constancy here refers explicitly to the function on -rational points. The morphism defined by the pair of polynomials is not constant. This distinction prevents “constant” from being mistaken for a statement about the polynomials or the morphism itself.
Example 24.3: a tangent line from a parametrisation
In this example we work over a field of characteristic zero. Returning to Example 6.3, consider the curve
with parametrisation
For
the partial derivatives are
The Jacobian matrix of the parametrisation, viewed as a row vector, is
With , the formal polynomial chain-rule computation indeed gives
For , for example, the image point is
The derivative vector is , while the partial derivatives at give the gradient , which is perpendicular to the tangent direction vector. The tangent line can be written as
or as
Edition note. The source does not specify a characteristic restriction for this numerical example. This edition restricts it to characteristic zero because the coefficients , , and , as well as the particular value , can change or vanish upon reduction in small positive characteristic. In positive characteristic, smoothness and the tangent direction must be checked again over the field in question.
Tangent lines to space curves
Although our discussion is mainly restricted to plane curves, derivatives can also be used to define smooth and singular points on curves in higher-dimensional spaces, and indeed on arbitrary varieties. As an illustration, suppose that a space curve is given by two polynomials with no common component,
Not every space curve can be described in this way. For , assume also that generates the ideal of the reduced curve locally at . Consider again the map given by the Jacobian matrix
The point is smooth on the curve precisely when this matrix has rank two. Its kernel is then one-dimensional and defines the tangent line.
Edition note — reduced-curve hypothesis. The source assumes only that and have no common component. For the intrinsic smoothness of the reduced curve, this alone is insufficient: , have no common component and their zero locus is the smooth -axis, but their Jacobian has rank one there. The added local ideal-generation hypothesis makes the stated rank criterion applicable to the reduced curve.
Example 24.4: the intersection of two cylinders
Assume . Returning to Example 4.6, consider the intersection of the two cylinders
Their partial derivative vectors are
A singular point occurs when the map defined by this Jacobian matrix has rank at most one, that is, when the two partial derivative vectors are linearly dependent and the point actually lies on the corresponding variety. Linear dependence requires
On the curve with both parameters equal to , the curve equations exclude the cases and . Thus the remaining candidates satisfy
and at these values the vectors are indeed linearly dependent for every . When , only
give points on the curve. These are therefore exactly the two singular points of . They are also the two intersection points of the two circles that form the irreducible components of , as in Example 4.6.
For the version with unequal radii, write for the nonzero squared radii and use
If the given quantities are the radii and themselves, then . The dependence condition must now be solved together with the two curve equations. In the case , these equations become
Thus this case forces . The case forces , while forces . All three are impossible when and . The intersection curve is therefore smooth when the squared radii are nonzero and distinct. For real cylinders with positive radii, nonvanishing is automatic.
Edition note. The frozen live semantic text uses ; the historical official PDF incorrectly prints . This edition follows the live semantic text. The source also calls “radii” but then uses the equations ; here these parameters are clarified as squared radii. Their nonvanishing is also made explicit, since if or , the Jacobian rank can drop even when . The assumption is made visible because all the displayed derivatives vanish in characteristic .
Power series rings
Definition 24.5: formal power series
Let be a commutative ring and a set of variables. A formal power series is an expression of the form
where
for every multi-index
Two power series are added coefficientwise and multiplied in the same way as polynomials. In one variable,
where
Definition 24.6: the power series ring
Let be a commutative ring. The notation
denotes the power series ring in variables, also called the ring of formal power series in variables.
We shall mainly use the one-variable power series ring over a field . Under suitable hypotheses, power series rings allow us to find “formal parametrisations” of branches of algebraic curves at a point; this will be treated in the next lecture. First we need to understand some basic properties of power series rings.
Edition note — scope of existence. The source states this for arbitrary algebraic curves at every point over a general field. Some hypothesis, or a suitable scalar extension, is necessary. For example, over the curve admits no nonconstant formal parametrisation through the origin by series in . Writing the two series as and , if were the first degree occurring in either one, the coefficient of would be , forcing . The next lecture proves existence for a tangent of multiplicity one and also records an obstruction in a multiple-tangent example.
Theorem 24.7: the unit criterion
Let be a field. A formal power series
is a unit if and only if its constant term satisfies .
Proof
The condition is necessary because formal evaluation at ,
is a ring homomorphism. A unit must therefore map to a nonzero element of .
Conversely, assume . We shall construct
such that
For the constant coefficient we require
which has the unique solution . Inductively, suppose that has been constructed for so that all coefficients of with are zero. The condition for the th coefficient is
All values except have already been determined. Since , this equation has exactly one solution for . This induction constructs an inverse for .
Edition note. The live semantic text ends its explanation of the constant-term homomorphism with an unfilled exercise placeholder. This edition does not retain that dangling reference; evaluation at is stated and used directly.
Corollary 24.8: a discrete valuation ring
If is a field, then the one-variable power series ring
is a discrete valuation ring.
Proof
First, is a local ring with maximal ideal
Indeed, if a power series is not a unit, Theorem 24.7 says that its constant term is zero. Consequently,
for the power series obtained by shifting the indices.
The absence of zero divisors follows by considering initial terms. If and are nonzero power series, write
and
where and . Since all earlier coefficients vanish, the coefficient of degree in their product is
It remains to show that is Noetherian; in fact, it is a principal ideal domain. For a nonzero ideal , let be the smallest index of a nonzero coefficient among all series in . Choose with initial term of degree . Then , where is a unit by Theorem 24.7, so . The minimality of also gives , hence
Thus is a local principal ideal domain with maximal ideal , and is therefore a discrete valuation ring.
Edition note. Both the live semantic text and the historical PDF write the second term of as . The correct coefficient family is , as displayed above.
Power series can not only be added and multiplied. Under certain additional conditions, one power series can also be substituted into another. This operation corresponds to composition of maps.
Definition 24.9: substitution of power series
Let be a field and
Let
be another power series with constant term . The series
is called the composite power series. Its coefficients are determined by
and, for ,
where the inner sum runs over all ordered -tuples
Since , only indices occur, so every sum determining a coefficient is finite. These formulas agree with ordinary polynomial substitution when and are polynomials. Substituting power series into power series produces substitution homomorphisms between power series rings.
Lemma 24.10: substitution is a homomorphism
Let be a field and a power series with constant term zero. Substitution of defines a -algebra homomorphism
Proof
The map is well defined. To show that it is a ring homomorphism, we need only compare the relevant coefficients. Each depends on only finitely many coefficients of the series involved. The required identities therefore follow from the polynomial case. The map also preserves scalars in , so it is a -algebra homomorphism.
Lemma 24.11: a formal change of parameter
Let be a field and
with and . Then the substitution homomorphism determined by
is a -algebra automorphism of .
Proof
We first construct a power series
with
We must have and . For , suppose inductively that the coefficients of through have been constructed to give the required coefficients. By Definition 24.9, the condition on is
Since , this equation determines uniquely.
Now consider the composite
The composite map is substitution , which is the identity. Therefore the second map, determined by , is surjective. By Corollary 24.8, is a discrete valuation ring, and its ideals are known. If the kernel of the second map were nonzero, it would contain some , but its image is . Only the zero ideal can therefore be the kernel. The map is also injective, hence bijective and a -algebra automorphism.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. The official 2012 PDF file-description surface also records the legacy CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany route. Unit 24 contains no substantive media; no blanket relicensing claim is made. · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-24.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-24.csv
Worksheet 24
Warm-up exercises
Exercise 24.1
Give an example of a smooth curve
with a parametrisation whose differential vanishes at at least one point.
Exercise 24.2
Consider the union of the coordinate axes
and the local ring at the origin, with maximal ideal . Describe explicitly a -basis of the quotient rings and determine their dimensions.
Exercise 24.3
Let be a field and the formal power series ring. Determine the power series inverse of .
Exercise 24.4 ★
Let be a field and
the maximal ideal corresponding to the origin, with localisation
Define a -algebra homomorphism
satisfying , where denotes the formal power series ring.
Exercise 24.5
Compute the first five coefficients, up to and including , of the composite power series in the sense of Definition 24.9.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 24.6 (5 points)
Give an example of an irreducible real polynomial
whose two partial derivatives agree and are nonconstant. Show that this is impossible over .
Exercise 24.7 (3 points)
Consider the curve
with the parametrisation discussed in Example 24.3. Determine the singular points of the curve, together with their multiplicities and tangent lines. Also compute the image points and tangent lines for the parameter values
For the geometric conclusions about tangent lines and the parameter values above, take the base field to be ; in particular, it has characteristic zero.
Edition note - correction to the source equation: The source displays , but the referenced parametrisation is
Direct substitution gives
The edition therefore uses , in agreement with the parametrisation and the source’s object category.
Exercise 24.8 (3 points)
Describe a formal power series over that converges in no neighbourhood of the origin.
Exercise 24.9 (3 points)
Let be a field. Compare the two rings
In particular, determine whether one is contained in the other and, if so, in which direction the inclusion holds.
Exercise 24.10 (6 points)
Let be a Noetherian commutative ring. Show that
is Noetherian.
Hint. Take inspiration from the proof of Hilbert’s basis theorem.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 24
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides a public solution only to Exercise 24.4. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 24.4
We start with the -algebra homomorphism
Every polynomial has constant term
By the unit criterion for the formal power series ring, is a unit in . Since every element of the denominator set maps to a unit, the universal property of localisation gives a unique -algebra homomorphism
Explicitly, it is given by
Edition note – correction to the source solution: After stating , the source displays only the symbol without a left-hand side. The edition restores the required statement ; German spelling errors with no mathematical effect are also naturally corrected in translation.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for the frozen semantic source; official 2012 PDF witnesses retain their recorded CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany notice
Lecture 25: Power Series Solutions for Algebraic Curves
Power series solutions for algebraic curves
Let be a polynomial describing a plane algebraic curve , and assume that
This is no restriction, since it can always be achieved by a translation. How can we describe the curve near the origin using power series? In other words, when is there a ring homomorphism determined by nonconstant power series and with constant term zero,
such that
Equivalently, we seek a ring homomorphism
Thus the problem is to find power series solutions of the equation
that describe more precisely the behaviour of the curve around the point solution .
The basic approach is a power series ansatz, as also used in the theory of differential equations. We start with
where the coefficients and are initially unknown. Direct substitution into , followed by expansion of the products, produces an expression that is in principle infinite. For each power , however, the expression for its coefficient is determined by only finitely many data: the finitely many coefficients of , and only the coefficients of and through degree , are needed.
Edition note — coefficient range. The source says only coefficients below degree are relevant. A degree- coefficient can be required: for , the coefficient of in is . The finite-dependence claim is retained with the corrected bound “through degree ”.
Since we require
the coefficients of , , and must make the coefficient of every vanish.
We then seek conditions for the existence of solutions, their form, and their uniqueness. The condition
is an initial condition expressing that the power series solution passes through the origin.
A condition on the linear terms of the power series, namely and , emerges immediately. This further justifies interpreting the linear factors of the lowest-degree homogeneous component in the homogeneous decomposition of as tangent-line equations.
Lemma 25.1: the linear term lies on a tangent line
Let be an algebraically closed field and
a polynomial with homogeneous decomposition
Let
be the factorisation of into linear factors. These linear factors define the tangent lines to the curve
at . Let
be elements of giving a solution of the curve equation through the origin, that is,
Then, for some ,
In other words, the pair of linear terms of the two power series is constrained by one of the tangent lines.
Proof
Substitute
into . A homogeneous component is a sum of terms with . We can immediately factor out and obtain an expression of the form
Thus and enter the coefficient of directly through ; in general that coefficient also receives more complicated contributions from with . For , there are no lower homogeneous components. The decisive equation for and is therefore
or, equivalently,
Since is a product of linear factors, the row vector must annihilate one of them. This is the assertion.
Note that Lemma 25.1 does not exclude the possibility
Indeed, realising a curve by power series along a prescribed tangent line is possible only under additional conditions; see Theorem 25.2 and the examples below.
The computational effort needed to determine a power series solution can be greatly reduced by restricting to “graph solutions”, where one power series is simply a linear polynomial prescribed by a tangent line and the other is a power series to be determined. This is often no essential restriction, as follows from Lemma 24.11. That lemma lets us easily reparametrise
when their linear terms do not both vanish. Assume
Choose a power series that is the compositional inverse of . Then
Following the original map by a power series ring automorphism gives the composite
which has the particularly simple form
That is, we seek to realise the curve as the graph of a formal function in one variable.
Edition note - correction to the source’s composition order. The source writes and . However, the displayed arrow substitutes after the first map, so its resulting images are and . The edition uses the composition order corresponding to that arrow.
Theorem 25.2: a tangent of multiplicity one gives a graph solution
Let be a field and
a nonzero polynomial with
Let
be the homogeneous decomposition of , and let be a simple linear factor of , that is, a linear polynomial defining a tangent line of multiplicity . Then there are power series
such that
Moreover, one of the two power series can be chosen to be a linear polynomial.
Edition note - clarification of the initial condition. The source writes “”. The edition states the intended equality unambiguously as .
Proof
By a linear change of variables, we may assume that
We shall construct a power series solution with
and
Since and , this solution satisfies the linear condition specified by the tangent line.
Write
We have
since otherwise could not be a linear factor of . Moreover,
since if this coefficient were zero, would be a linear factor with multiplicity at least .
We now show that these initial data determine a unique power series
Substituting and into gives one condition for each , since the resulting coefficient of must be zero. The th coefficient is a sum of expressions of the form
These expressions may occur repeatedly, with a multinomial coefficient. Since , the term does not yet occur when
It first occurs in the coefficient with
and its only occurrence there is
The other terms in that coefficient involve only the and with . Since , this determines uniquely. The coefficients can therefore be constructed inductively, each value being uniquely determined by the corresponding coefficient equation.
Example 25.3: the graph of a rational function
Consider the affine plane curve of degree three given by
Its partial derivatives are
The second partial derivative vanishes only when , but on that line has value . Thus the curve is smooth. At the origin the partial derivatives have values . The tangent line is therefore the -axis, in agreement with the fact that the linear term of the curve equation is .
We compute the power series
that describes the curve as a graph at the origin, with . The initial conditions are
The subsequent coefficients must satisfy
or
For , the second coefficient of the equation immediately gives
For , the third coefficient gives
hence . The subsequent coefficients give the relation
Thus the later coefficients alternate between and , giving a simple recurrence, and
Rewriting the curve equation as
shows that this is the graph of a rational function with a pole at . The power series above describes that rational function’s graph as the graph of a formal-analytic function.
Example 25.4: the folium of Descartes as a formal graph
Consider the folium of Descartes
at the origin, with tangent line . We seek the power series describing as a graph the branch of the curve corresponding to this tangent line. Set
and
assuming that the characteristic of is not . The coefficients are determined by
This substitution and expansion first gives a condition at . The term , or , needs to be considered only once, when . The term contributes only from onwards, since is a multiple of . The term must be considered from onwards.
For we obtain
hence
The coefficient first occurs in the condition for the fourth coefficient, where it stands alone, so
For the same reason,
For , the sixth coefficient is decisive, and now the term must also be included. The condition is
so
For , note that the term
next contributes at the ninth coefficient, with contribution . Thus and stand alone and must be zero. For we obtain
hence
The beginning of the power series describing this branch of the curve as a graph is therefore
Example 25.5: Neil’s parabola without a nonzero linear term
Consider Neil’s parabola given by
The origin is singular and has only one tangent line, namely
However, this tangent has multiplicity two, so Theorem 25.2 does not apply. In fact, there is no power series solution at the origin with a nonzero linear term.
To see this, suppose that
and
satisfy the curve equation. After substitution, the second coefficient gives
so . The third coefficient then gives
so as well.
Nevertheless, there are power series solutions for Neil’s parabola through the origin. We may take the monomial solution
This even gives a bijection between the affine line and Neil’s parabola, but its linear term is indeed zero.
Remark 25.6: comparison with the implicit function theorem
Let
and . If
that is, if is a regular point of the function , or equivalently a smooth point of
then the implicit function theorem guarantees that, in a metric neighbourhood of , the curve can be expressed as the graph of a differentiable function.
Edition note - correction to the source wording. The source writes “ or ”. The edition supplies the subject in the second alternative, writing or .
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. The official 2012 PDF file-description surface also records the legacy CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany route. Unit 25 contains no substantive media; no blanket relicensing claim is made. · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-25.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-25.csv
Worksheet 25
Warm-up exercises
Exercise 25.1 ★
For the plane algebraic curve
determine a nonconstant power series solution
at the origin through degree six.
Exercise 25.2 ★
For the plane algebraic curve
determine a nonconstant power series solution
at the origin through fifth order.
The following exercises concern the completion of a local ring.
Exercise 25.3
Let be a local ring with maximal ideal . Consider the diagram
The maps are the canonical projections
induced by the ideal inclusions . A sequence of elements
is called compatible if
for every . Define a ring structure on the set of all such compatible sequences. This ring is called the completion of . Also show that there is a canonical ring homomorphism from to its completion.
Exercise 25.4
Let be a one-dimensional Noetherian local commutative ring. Show that the canonical map from to its completion is injective.
Remark. This injectivity holds for every Noetherian local ring, but the proof is more difficult.
Exercise 25.5
Let be a commutative ring and an ideal. Show that, for each , the family
defines a neighbourhood basis at . These families define the -adic topology on . Show also that this topology is Hausdorff if and only if
Remark. The completion of a local ring with respect to its maximal ideal is precisely its topological completion for this topology.
Exercises for submission
Exercise 25.6 (4 points)
Consider the cardioid
at . Determine a formal parametrisation of the curve at this point, through the fifth term, in terms of a tangent parameter.
Edition note - base field. The source does not specify the base field. For the geometric interpretation of the cardioid and tangent parameter in this exercise, the edition uses as the base field; in particular, it has characteristic zero.
Exercise 25.7 (4 points)
Let be a field with . Consider the unit circle
at . Determine power series
with initial conditions
and satisfying
Edition note - characteristic. The source places no restriction on the characteristic of . The condition is added because, in characteristic , the coefficient of in the required equation would force , so series with these initial conditions could not exist.
Exercise 25.8 (4 points)
Consider Neil’s parabola
at . Find a parametrisation of the curve at this point by power series through the fifth term, such that one of the series is a linear polynomial.
Exercise 25.9 (3 points)
Let be a field. A formal Laurent series with finite principal part is an infinite sum of the form
Show that the ring of these formal series, with suitable ring operations, is isomorphic to the field of fractions of the power series ring .
Exercise 25.10 (4 points)
Let be a field and the polynomial ring in one variable. Let be the localisation of at the maximal ideal
Show that the completion of is isomorphic to the power series ring .
Exercise 25.11 (4 points)
Let be a field and
the power series ring. Show that has no square root in . Show also that, when , the element has a square root in , and determine the first five coefficients of one such square root.
Exercise 25.12 (5 points)
Let
be an irreducible polynomial and
the integral coordinate ring of the plane curve
Let
be the normalisation of , and let
be the ring homomorphism corresponding to a nonconstant formal power series solution of the curve. Show that there is a unique ring homomorphism
making the diagram
commute.
Exercise for upload
Exercise 25.13 (4 points)
Using suitable software, plot one of the example curves from the lecture, together with the various polynomial approximations computed there.
Edition note - discrepancy in source points. The official worksheet displays 4 points for this exercise, whereas the transcluded semantic exercise page records 3 points. The edition retains the displayed value of 4 and records the exercise page’s value of 3 without silently reconciling them.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 25
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only to Exercises 25.1 and 25.2. The frozen authority query records the other eleven candidate solution pages as absent. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 25.1
We make the ansatz
and determine the coefficients from the condition
Since the power series must approximate the curve at the origin, we must have
For , the coefficient condition is
since the first three summands in the equation contribute nothing. For , we obtain
This deals with the second summand . For , we obtain
For , we obtain
and for ,
At , the first summand must be included for the first time. We obtain
Solution to Exercise 25.2
We make the ansatz
(and ), and determine the coefficients successively by comparing coefficients of powers of . Since the solution must pass through the origin, we require .
The initial terms of the power series are therefore
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for the frozen semantic source; official 2012 PDF witnesses retain their recorded CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany notice
Lecture 26: Intersection Multiplicity
Intersection multiplicity
Let two plane algebraic curves
be given, with no common component. By Theorem 4.8, the intersection consists of only finitely many points. We want to describe quantitatively how the two curves intersect at a point
For this purpose, it is useful to consider a slightly more general situation. We write
and allow prime factors to occur repeatedly in both and . In other words, from now on we distinguish from , although they are the same geometric object.
Lemma 26.1: finite dimension of the quotient
Let be a field and let
be two polynomials with no common prime divisor. Let
and let
be the corresponding localisation. Then the quotient ring
is finite-dimensional as a vector space over .
Proof
Let be the maximal ideal of . Since and have no common divisor, there is no other prime ideal between and in . Consequently, every nonunit in is nilpotent. Thus, for some ,
Hence there is a surjection
By Lemma 23.3 in the source numbering, the ring on the left is finite-dimensional over . The ring on the right is therefore also finite-dimensional over .
This lemma makes the following definition meaningful.
Definition 26.2: intersection multiplicity
Let be a field and let
be two nonconstant polynomials with no common component, and let
The dimension
is called the intersection multiplicity of the curves and at . It is denoted by
Example 26.3: intersection of a curve with a line
Let
and a line
in the affine plane be given, where is not a component of . Let
The quotient ring
can be computed by solving the linear equation for one of the variables. If , substitute
into to obtain the one-variable polynomial
Thus
If , then , so we solve for and obtain the analogous statement in , localised at . Equivalently, we may first form the one-variable quotient ring and then localise at the corresponding point.
Now suppose that is algebraically closed. In the case , we have a factorisation
Since is a zero, we must have for some . On localising at , all the other linear factors become units. The remaining factor gives a ring isomorphic to
which has dimension over .
Editorial note - elimination cases and localisation. The source immediately replaces by without stating the condition , and then writes . This edition separates the cases and and specifies the correct one-variable localisation ideal, namely or . The source also suppresses the nonzero leading coefficient in the factorisation of ; the scalar is displayed here and, being a unit, does not affect the quotient or its dimension.
Lemma 26.4: intersection with a line
Let be an algebraically closed field, let
be the homogeneous decomposition of a polynomial, and let
be a line through the origin which is not a component of . Then
In other words, the intersection multiplicity of a curve with a line is at least the multiplicity of the curve at the intersection point. If is not a tangent to the curve, equality holds.
Proof
Set
Without loss of generality, suppose , so that can be written as for some . If , then , and the same argument applies after interchanging and .
First suppose that is not a tangent to at , and hence is not a component of . Then
Since , the polynomial generating the ideal can be written as with a unit. The quotient ring therefore has dimension over .
In the general case there is a least index , with , such that
Such an index must exist, since otherwise would be a component of . By the same argument, the dimension of the quotient ring is .
Editorial note - choice of coordinates in the proof. The source assumes without explaining the other case. This edition states that the choice is without loss of generality, since for the variables and can be interchanged.
Lemma 26.5: basic properties
Let be an algebraically closed field, let
be two polynomials with no common component, and let . Then the following hold:
- if and only if .
- .
- Intersection multiplicity is unchanged by an affine change of variables.
- If and , then
- For every ,
Proof. This is immediate.
The fourth assertion can also be phrased as follows: intersection multiplicity depends only on those components of and that pass through .
One transverse and one nontransverse intersection. Image created
by Michael Larsen and uploaded to Commons by Maksim; CC BY-SA 3.0;
local file: authority/assets/250px-Intersect3.png.
Definition 26.6: transverse intersection
Let
The curves and are said to intersect transversely at if is a smooth point of both curves and their tangent lines at are distinct.
Lemma 26.7: characterisation of transverse intersection
Let be a field and let
be two polynomials with no common component. Let
be an intersection point. Then and intersect transversely at if and only if
Proof
Let
be the local ring of the plane at . First suppose that the intersection is transverse. Both curves are smooth at , and by Lemma 23.2 in the source numbering,
is a discrete valuation ring. Since the tangent lines are distinct, after a change of coordinates we may assume that the tangent to is and the tangent to is . In , the element is a local uniformiser. Since
the element is also a local uniformiser in . Hence
and the intersection multiplicity is one.
Conversely, suppose that
Since is a -rational point, this quotient is the residue field . Its maximal ideal therefore vanishes, or equivalently,
in . Passing to the quotient modulo , the linear terms of and generate the two-dimensional cotangent space . Both linear terms are therefore nonzero and linearly independent. Thus both curves are smooth at , and the kernels of the two linear forms, namely their tangent lines, are distinct. The intersection is therefore transverse.
Editorial note - correction to the converse proof. The source deduces smoothness of both curves by citing Lemma 26.4. However, that lemma concerns only the intersection of a curve with a line, and so does not justify the asserted conclusion for two arbitrary polynomials. Moreover, Lemma 26.4 is stated over an algebraically closed field, whereas Lemma 26.7 is stated over an arbitrary field. This edition replaces that step with a direct argument in , valid for the -rational point in the statement.
Theorem 26.8: additivity formula
Let
be two polynomials with no common prime divisor, with factorisations
Then, for every ,
Away from intersection points, the multiplicities on both sides are understood to be zero, as in Lemma 26.5.
Editorial note - quantification of the point. The source displays in the formula without introducing or quantifying it. This edition states that the identity holds for every , with the zero convention outside the intersection.
Proof
By induction, it suffices to prove the special case . Set
Since
there is a surjective map
On the other hand, multiplication by induces an -module homomorphism
We claim that there is a short exact sequence
Surjectivity of the right-hand map is clear, as is the fact that the composition of the two maps is zero. Suppose a class maps to zero on the right. In we can write
Thus represents the same class in , and that class comes from the left.
Now suppose a class maps to zero under multiplication by . In this means
or
Since and have no common prime divisor, neither do and . Hence divides , giving
Thus in , and the left-hand map is injective.
Additivity of dimension in short exact sequences now gives
Induction over all factors of and proves the formula.
Theorem 26.9: product decomposition of a zero-dimensional Noetherian ring
Let be a commutative Noetherian ring with only finitely many prime ideals
all of which are maximal. Then there is a canonical isomorphism
Proof
These maximal ideals are also the minimal prime ideals. Their intersection,
therefore consists entirely of nilpotent elements. Since is Noetherian, there is an such that
For each , consider the localisation
We claim that this localisation is isomorphic to
Since
we obtain
and hence
Take . For every , there is an element
For every , we have
Since , this element becomes a unit after localisation. Thus maps to zero, and we obtain a ring homomorphism
The right-hand side is also a localisation of the quotient ring on the left. Distinct maximal ideals are pairwise comaximal, and this remains true of their powers. Hence is contained only in . Thus is itself a zero-dimensional local ring, so the map above is an isomorphism. The same argument applies for every .
The original map can therefore be written as
Since the ideals are pairwise comaximal, the Chinese Remainder Theorem says that this map is an isomorphism.
Corollary 26.10: the global quotient as a product of local rings
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be two polynomials with no common prime divisor. Let
be all the points of , with corresponding maximal ideals in . Then there is a canonical isomorphism
Proof
Since and have no common prime divisor, the ideal is contained in only finitely many prime ideals, all of them maximal. Consequently the quotient ring
satisfies the hypotheses of Theorem 26.9. Since is algebraically closed, these maximal ideals correspond bijectively to the intersection points of and . This gives the asserted isomorphism.
Editorial note - ring symbol in the proof. The source writes in this proof without defining . From the corollary’s statement and the application of Theorem 26.9, the intended ring is ; this edition writes it explicitly.
Theorem 26.11: sum of intersection multiplicities
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be two polynomials with no common prime divisor. Then
where the sum runs over all points .
Proof
This follows directly from the isomorphism proved in Corollary 26.10, since the dimension of a finite product of vector spaces is the sum of the dimensions of its factors.
Finally, we record without proof the following theorem, which gives a bound relating intersection multiplicity to the multiplicities of the two curves.
Theorem 26.12: lower bound for intersection multiplicity
Let
be two polynomials with no common component and let
Then
Editorial note - finiteness hypothesis. The source does not state that and must have no common component. Without this condition, the local quotient in the definition of intersection multiplicity can be infinite-dimensional. This edition adds the hypothesis already governing the entire discussion in this lecture.
Proof reference
See Fulton, Algebraic Curves, Chapter III.3.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Intersect3.png: CC BY-SA 3.0. The official 2012 PDF file-description surface also records the legacy CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany route. No blanket relicensing claim is made. · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-26.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-26.csv
Worksheet 26
Warm-up exercises
Exercise 26.1
For each , give an example of two plane algebraic curves familiar from school which intersect at exactly one point with intersection multiplicity .
Exercise 26.2
Consider the curve given by
with the point
Find a change of coordinates that takes to and the tangent line at to the -axis.
Exercise 26.3 (3 points)
Let the monomial plane curve
be given, with and coprime. Compute the intersection multiplicity of this curve with every line through the origin which is not a component of .
Editorial note - the common-component case. The source asks for every line through the origin. If , the curve itself is one of these lines, and the finite intersection multiplicity defined in the lecture is not available for a curve intersecting itself. This edition excludes lines which are components of .
Exercise 26.4 ★
Determine the intersection multiplicity at the origin of the folium of Descartes
with every affine line in the affine plane. Assume that the characteristic of the field is not .
Exercises to submit
Exercise 26.5 (4 points)
Compute the intersection multiplicity of the two monomial curves
at the origin.
Exercise 26.6 (4 points)
Let be a field, and let
be two plane algebraic curves with no common component. Let
be a smooth point, so that the local ring
is a discrete valuation ring. Show that
where denotes the order of the nonzero image of in the valuation ring .
Editorial note - finiteness condition. The source does not state that the two curves must have no common component. This condition, or locally the condition that the image of in is nonzero, is necessary for both sides to be finite numbers. This edition states it explicitly.
Exercise 26.7 (4 points)
In the real plane, let . Consider the parabola
and the circle with centre and radius , namely
Determine the intersection points of and and their respective intersection multiplicities.
Editorial note - geometric scope. The source specifies a centre and radius without fixing a base field or a condition on . To give “a circle of radius ” its usual geometric meaning and prevent degeneration to a point, this edition interprets the exercise over with and writes out the circle’s equation.
Exercise 26.8 (4 points)
For each , describe the quotient ring
as a product of local rings. Also give the dimension of each factor ring as a vector space over .
Exercise 26.9 (4 points)
For the curve
determine its singular points over and over . For each point, give its multiplicity and tangent lines.
Exercise 26.10 (3 points)
Consider the curve
at the point
in the coordinates found in Exercise 26.2. Determine the power series for the curve at along the tangent line.
The following exercise is probably more difficult.
Exercise 26.11 (8 points)
Let two distinct monomial plane curves
be given, with coprime and coprime. Compute the intersection multiplicity of the two curves at the origin.
Editorial note - zero-locus symbol. In the second equation, the source writes and omits the symbol , although the text calls a curve. This edition restores the intended expression, .
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 26
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides a public solution only for Exercise 26.4. The frozen authority query reports the other ten candidate solution pages as absent. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 26.4
If a line does not pass through the origin, its intersection multiplicity with the folium at the origin is zero. Thus it suffices to consider lines through the origin. These can all be written as
or as the vertical line .
For , that is, the line , the quotient ring is
This ring has dimension over , so the intersection multiplicity is . Since the equation of the folium is symmetric in and , the same result holds for the line .
Now take a line with . Then
Since and , the factor
is a unit in . Hence the quotient ring is isomorphic to
which has dimension . Thus the lines and have intersection multiplicity at the origin, whereas every other line through the origin has intersection multiplicity .
Editorial note - list of lines through the origin. The source states that these lines have the form or , thereby listing twice and omitting the vertical line . The source’s next step itself treats by symmetry. This edition restores the intended list: for , together with . The source also leaves the number after “-dimension” blank in the case; the displayed quotient has basis , so the dimension supplied here agrees with the source’s stated multiplicity.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for the frozen semantic source; official 2012 PDF witnesses retain their recorded CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany notice
Lecture 27: Projective Space
Projective space
Lines through a point. Waugsberg; historical course label: CC
BY-SA 2.5; frozen Commons description: CC BY-SA 3.0. Both notices are
retained; local file:
authority/assets/Loewenzahn_20.jpg.
Definition 27.1: projective space
Let be a field. The -dimensional projective space
consists of all lines through the origin in the affine space , each such line being regarded as a point. Such a projective point is represented by homogeneous coordinates
where the are not all zero. Two such coordinate tuples represent the same point precisely when one is obtained from the other by multiplication by a scalar
We shall gradually equip projective space with additional structures.
Theorem 27.2: the standard open cover by affine spaces
Let be a field, let be a projective space, and let
Indexing the source coordinates by all , there is a natural map
This map is injective and induces a bijection onto the set of projective points whose th homogeneous coordinate is nonzero, namely
Its inverse is given by
Projective space is covered by these affine spaces. The complement of the affine chart
is a projective space of dimension .
Editorial note - chart insertion indices. The source writes the source coordinates as and then inserts “in position ” for . This notation is ambiguous at the endpoints and does not display a coordinate . This edition indexes coordinates by and uses a hat to mark the omitted coordinate.
Proof
The map is well defined because the coordinate ensures that at least one homogeneous coordinate is nonzero. If
then some multiplies every coordinate on the right. Comparing the th coordinates gives , so all the other coordinates agree and the map is injective.
On , every point has exactly one representative with th coordinate equal to , obtained by dividing all coordinates by . This proves the formula for the inverse. Every projective point has at least one nonzero coordinate, so the charts cover .
The complement of is
Retaining the identification of tuples that differ by a scalar factor, this set is .
Illustration of the projective line, part 1. Darapti, CC BY-SA
3.0; local file:
authority/assets/Projektiveline1bb.jpg.
Illustration of the projective line, part 2. Darapti, CC BY-SA
3.0; local file:
authority/assets/Projektiveline2bb.jpg.
Illustration of the projective line, part 3. Darapti, CC BY-SA
3.0; local file:
authority/assets/Projektiveline3bb.jpg.
Example 27.3: the projective line
The projective line is the set of lines through the origin in the affine plane . Such a line is either the -axis or intersects the line
at exactly one point. The line is parallel to the -axis and passes through . Conversely, every point
uniquely determines a line through the origin. Thus the projective line consists of an affine line and one additional point, called the point “at infinity”.
This point is not intrinsically different from the other projective points. Take any line through the origin and a parallel line . The line can play the role of the affine line, while represents the point at infinity as seen from that affine chart.
Illustration of the projective plane, part 1. Darapti, CC BY-SA
3.0; local file:
authority/assets/Projektiveplane1bb.jpg.
Illustration of the projective plane, part 2. Darapti, CC BY-SA
3.0; local file:
authority/assets/Projektiveplane2bb.jpg.
Illustration of the projective plane, part 3. Darapti, CC BY-SA
3.0; local file:
authority/assets/Projektiveplane3bb.jpg.
Illustration of the projective plane, part 4. Darapti, CC BY-SA
3.0; local file:
authority/assets/Projektiveplane4bb.jpg.
Example 27.4: the projective plane
Points in the projective plane correspond to lines through the origin in the affine space . Each point of the projective plane is represented by a tuple
where are not all zero. Two tuples are identified if one is obtained from the other by multiplication by a nonzero scalar. The projective plane is covered by three affine planes
The chart consists of all points with nonzero third coordinate. Multiplying the coordinates by gives the representative
so this chart is indeed an affine plane. Its complement is , the set of points with third coordinate zero. Retaining scalar identification makes a projective line.
A point on this line, together with the origin of , determines the direction of a line through the origin in the affine plane. The homogeneous equation of this line is
or . Thus we can picture the projective plane as an affine plane with one additional point at infinity for every direction of a line through the origin.
Principle of perspective projection. Historical course credit:
Fantagu; the frozen Commons description credits the drawing to Joachim
Baecker and identifies Fantagu as the uploader. CC BY-SA 3.0; local
file:
authority/assets/Perspective_Projection_Principle.jpg.
Zeros of homogeneous polynomials
For an arbitrary polynomial
the assertion that a point is a zero of is generally not well defined. The value can change when a coordinate representative of is multiplied by a scalar. The situation is different for homogeneous polynomials.
Lemma 27.5: vanishing of a homogeneous polynomial is well defined
Let be a field and let
be a homogeneous polynomial of degree . For every and ,
In particular, vanishes at if and only if it vanishes at for every .
Proof
It suffices to check each homogeneous monomial. For
we obtain
Linearity then gives the assertion for .
The lemma makes the property “vanishes or does not vanish” well defined at a projective point. However, the numerical value of a homogeneous polynomial at a projective point need not be intrinsically defined. In general, a homogeneous polynomial does not define a function on projective space by evaluation of representatives.
Editorial note - scope of the evaluation claim. The source makes the last assertion without qualification. Constant polynomials, for example, do give well-defined values, so this edition states it as a general warning rather than an assertion about every homogeneous polynomial.
Definition 27.6: projective zero locus
Let be a field and let
be a homogeneous polynomial. The set
is called the projective zero locus of .
To determine , we can use the disjoint decomposition
and likewise for any other variable. In the chart , we set and solve
The polynomial may become inhomogeneous, one variable is eliminated, and the ambient dimension stays the same, but the problem becomes affine. On , we set and solve
Here one variable is again eliminated, the polynomial remains homogeneous, and the dimension of the projective space decreases by one.
Editorial note - dehomogenisation. The source displays the malformed expressions and . The immediately preceding prose specifies the substitutions and . This edition writes the intended polynomials explicitly as and .
Example 27.7: homogeneous linear polynomials
The simplest homogeneous polynomials in are those of degree one,
with coefficients not all zero. The affine zero locus in is an -dimensional affine space through the origin. The projective zero locus in is isomorphic to a projective space of dimension .
Editorial note - index of the linear term. The source writes . The second term must use for the expression to be a general linear form in the variables .
Definition 27.8: homogeneous ideal
Let be a field and let
be an ideal. The ideal is called homogeneous if, for every with homogeneous decomposition
every homogeneous component also belongs to .
Definition 27.9: projective variety
For a homogeneous ideal
the set
is called the projective zero locus or projective variety of .
Definition 27.10: the Zariski topology on projective space
Projective space is equipped with the Zariski topology by declaring the sets
for every homogeneous ideal
to be the closed sets.
Thus the open sets of projective space have the form
In particular, each standard open set is isomorphic to an affine space of dimension .
Remark 27.11: projective points are closed
Let
The point is closed. More precisely,
If , this ideal can also be written as
the generators with are then redundant. This ideal is clearly homogeneous, and . If
then, since ,
for every . Hence
so as projective points.
The ideal is not a maximal ideal in the polynomial ring. It is a homogeneous prime ideal: the quotient by it is isomorphic to a polynomial ring in one variable. In , this ideal defines the line through the origin corresponding to the projective point .
Editorial note - maximality claim. The source states that is maximal among all homogeneous ideals other than the irrelevant ideal . This claim is false without further conditions. For example, after choosing , the homogeneous ideal lies strictly between and the irrelevant ideal. This edition retains the correct and necessary statement: is a homogeneous prime ideal and defines exactly the projective point .
There is no natural map from all of to , since the origin does not determine a line. There is, however, a natural map
This map sends a nonzero point to the line through that point and the origin. It is called the canonical map or cone map. The inverse image of under this map is .
Projective space over and
We now develop a topological picture of projective space for and . The real -dimensional sphere is
where
is the Euclidean norm.
Theorem 27.12: representation by spheres
Real projective space can be represented by the sphere modulo the equivalence relation identifying each pair of antipodal points.
Complex projective space can be represented by the sphere
modulo the equivalence relation identifying if
for some .
Proof
We treat the real and complex cases together. Each point of the sphere determines a real or complex line through the origin in the ambient space, and hence a projective point. Two points determine the same line precisely when
for some . Multiplicativity of the norm gives
Since both norms equal one, . In the real case this means , so the identified points form antipodal pairs. In the complex case it means .
Altogether, we have surjective maps
in the real case, and
in the complex case. Real and complex projective spaces are equipped with the quotient topology of the metric topology of the real vector space. Thus is declared open if its inverse image in is open. Equivalently, its inverse image on the corresponding sphere is open. With this metric or natural topology, the maps above are continuous.
Lemma 27.13: open charts and manifold structure
For real and complex projective spaces, the sets are open in the natural topology and homeomorphic to and , respectively. In particular, real and complex projective spaces are topological manifolds.
Proof
The inverse image of under the canonical map
is , the complement of an -dimensional vector subspace, and is therefore open in the natural topology. Consider the continuous map
This map is bijective. To show that it is a homeomorphism, it suffices to show that it is open. Let
be open and let be its image in . The inverse image of in is the cone
The map
is a homeomorphism, with inverse
Consequently,
is open in . By the definition of the quotient topology, is open. Thus the bijection is a homeomorphism.
Editorial note - neighbourhood in the cone. The source chooses an open ball around and then asserts without qualification that its cone lies in . For this conclusion to hold, the ball must be chosen with . This edition gives an equivalent global argument using the homeomorphism , which also closes this gap.
The projective line over
is a sphere. Historical course credit: Kieff; the frozen Commons
description credits Lucas Vieira (LucasVB). Public domain; local file:
authority/assets/Blue-sphere.png.
Corollary 27.14: compactness and the Hausdorff property
Real and complex projective spaces are compact and Hausdorff in their natural topology.
Proof
For each such projective space, there is a continuous surjective map from the corresponding sphere. The sphere is closed and bounded in a finite-dimensional real vector space, and is therefore compact by the Heine–Borel Theorem. A continuous image of a compact space is compact. Hence real and complex projective spaces are compact.
Now take two distinct points
Since is infinite, there is a homogeneous linear form vanishing at neither nor . Indeed, in the dual space the forms vanishing at and those vanishing at each form a proper hyperplane, and the union of these two hyperplanes does not fill the entire dual space.
By a linear change of coordinates, can be made one of the homogeneous coordinates. Then
By Lemma 27.13, this chart is homeomorphic to a real or complex Euclidean space and is therefore Hausdorff. Hence and have disjoint open neighbourhoods. Thus the whole projective space is Hausdorff.
Editorial note - two points in one chart. The source assumes that any two projective points lie together in one of the standard charts . This is false, for example for and in . This edition chooses a linear form vanishing at neither point and uses a change of coordinates to obtain an affine chart containing both.
Editorial note - broken reference. In the compactness argument, the source refers to “Fakt *****”. This edition replaces the broken placeholder with the standard result actually used: a continuous image of a compact space is compact.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Unit 27 reader media retain their component-specific licenses and public-domain status as recorded in authority/RIGHTS-unit-27.csv. No blanket relicensing claim is made. · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-27.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-27.csv
Worksheet 27
Warm-up exercises
Exercise 27.1
Define an equivalence relation on the set
such that its quotient by this equivalence relation is -dimensional projective space.
Exercise 27.2
Define the notion of a projective linear subspace of a projective space .
Exercise 27.3
Let
be an ideal. Show that is homogeneous if and only if is generated by homogeneous elements.
Exercise 27.4
Let
be a finite field with elements. Compute the number of elements of projective space in two different ways.
The following three exercises concern the Zariski topology on projective spaces.
Exercise 27.5
Show that the Zariski topology on projective space is indeed a topology.
Exercise 27.6
Let be an infinite field and let be projective space. Characterise the homogeneous ideals satisfying
Exercise 27.7
Let be an infinite field. Show that projective space is irreducible.
Exercises to submit
Exercise 27.8 (3 points)
Show that two distinct points and in the projective plane uniquely determine a projective line containing both. How is the equation of this line computed from the coordinates of the two points?
Determine the homogeneous equation of the line through the points
Exercise 27.9 (3 points)
Let be a projective space of dimension , and let
be projective linear subspaces of dimensions and , respectively. Suppose that
Show that
Exercise 27.10 (3 points)
Let be an infinite field and let
be a finite collection of points in projective space . Show that there is a homogeneous linear form
such that all these points belong to the open set .
The next exercise requires an additional definition.
For a homogeneous ideal in
with the standard grading, the saturation of is defined as
Here is the irrelevant ideal
Exercise 27.11 (3 points)
Let be a commutative ring and let
be the polynomial ring with the standard grading. Show that the saturation of a homogeneous ideal is again a homogeneous ideal.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0
Public Solutions to Worksheet 27
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides no public solutions for any of the eleven exercises in Worksheet 27. The frozen authority query checked all eleven exact candidate solution-page titles and reported all of them absent. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
The complete negative evidence is bound in
authority/wikiversity/unit-27/ORDERED_EXERCISE_MAP.json and
the API witness
authority/wikiversity/unit-27/worksheet-solution-candidates-api.json.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for the frozen semantic source; official 2012 PDF witnesses retain their component notices recorded in the Unit 27 rights ledger
Lecture 28: Projective Varieties and Projective Plane Curves
Projective varieties
Definition 28.1: projective variety
A projective variety is a Zariski-closed subset
where is a homogeneous ideal in . Thus a projective variety is the zero locus in projective space of a finite collection of homogeneous polynomials.
With the induced topology, a projective variety again carries a Zariski topology. Its open sets have the form for a homogeneous ideal , either in or in the quotient ring
which is also called the homogeneous coordinate ring of . In particular, every homogeneous element defines an open set
Lemma 28.2: covering by affine varieties
Let be a projective variety. The affine spaces
give affine varieties
which cover . In particular, for every point and every open neighbourhood , there is an affine open neighbourhood of contained in .
Proof
Within , we have
where denotes the relative open set in , whereas is the standard chart in the ambient projective space. Thus is a closed subset (see Exercise 28.2) of the affine space , and is therefore an affine variety. Since the sets cover projective space, the sets cover .
Editorial bridge. To obtain the claim about an arbitrary open neighbourhood , choose one of the affine charts above containing , then shrink the intersection to a principal open set containing and contained in . That principal open set is affine, giving the required affine neighbourhood.
Editorial note - relative and ambient notation. The source uses both for the relative open set in and for the standard chart in . This edition displays the intersection with to distinguish the two meanings.
An immediate consequence is that local concepts developed for affine varieties also apply to projective varieties. To check a property at a point, we can pass straight to an affine open neighbourhood of that point. This applies, for example, to smoothness, normality, and regular functions.
Algebraic functions and morphisms
Using the result just proved, we can again define what is meant by a regular or algebraic function on a projective variety.
Definition 28.3: regular function
Let be an algebraically closed field, let be a projective variety, let be an open set, and let . A function
is called algebraic, regular, or polynomial at if there is an affine open neighbourhood
such that is algebraic at . The function is called algebraic on if it is algebraic at every point of .
For an open set , the set of all regular functions on again forms a commutative -algebra, denoted . From now on, a projective variety means a projective zero locus equipped with the induced Zariski topology and the structure sheaf of regular functions.
These concepts extend immediately to open subsets, leading to the notion of a quasiprojective variety.
Definition 28.4: quasiprojective variety
An open subset of a projective variety, equipped with the induced Zariski topology and the structure sheaf of algebraic functions, is called a quasiprojective variety.
In particular, both projective varieties and affine varieties are quasiprojective. For the latter, an affine variety can be extended to a projective variety containing as an open subset.
The definition of a morphism also applies word for word in this more general situation.
Definition 28.5: morphism of quasiprojective varieties
Let and be quasiprojective varieties over an algebraically closed field, and let
be a continuous map. The map is called a morphism if, for every open set and every algebraic function , the composition
belongs to .
Homogenisation and projective closure
Let be algebraically closed, and consider the hyperbola
The hyperbola is closed in the affine plane but not in the projective plane. Embed the affine plane as in three-dimensional space, and consider the lines through the origin and the points of the hyperbola. Geometrically these lines tilt increasingly and, in the real or complex picture, approach the -axis and the -axis. The following algebraic computation gives a statement valid over this base field.
Source-condition note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C08 - base field. The source does not state a field hypothesis in this introductory paragraph. This edition uses the algebraically closed-field setting of Definition 28.3 and Theorem 28.8; over a finite field, the stated non-closedness fails for the Zariski topology on -points. The source’s expression “approach” remains Euclidean intuition for or .
Definition 28.6: homogenisation of an ideal
For an ideal
the ideal in generated by the homogenisations of all elements of is called the homogenisation of .
In general, homogenising only a generating set of the ideal is not enough.
Definition 28.7: projective closure
For an affine variety
the Zariski closure of in is called the projective closure of .
Theorem 28.8: projective closure by homogenisation
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be an affine variety. The projective closure of in is , where is the homogenisation of in .
Proof
A point in determines the point in . For and its homogenisation , we have
Consequently, all homogeneous polynomials in vanish on , so
We obtain a commutative diagram in which every arrow is injective,
Write the projective closure of as for a homogeneous ideal . Minimality of the closure gives . To prove the reverse inclusion, it suffices to show
Take a nonzero homogeneous polynomial and write
where is not a multiple of . Since vanishes on and does not vanish on , the polynomial also vanishes there. Its dehomogenisation
therefore vanishes on . Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz gives an integer such that . Because does not divide , the degree of equals the degree of , so homogenising gives . Hence , and consequently
Thus . This proves the required inclusion and shows that the closure is exactly .
Source correction REVIEW-AK-26-30-C06 - the radical step. The source replaces by its radical and then concludes membership in the original homogenised ideal , although replacing can change that ideal. The argument above keeps and fixed and proves the required power-membership .
Projective plane curves
Definition 28.9: projective plane curve
A projective plane curve is the zero locus
of a nonconstant homogeneous polynomial .
For an affine plane curve , the Zariski closure of in is called the projective closure of the curve.
Corollary 28.10: an equation for the projective closure of a curve
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
The Zariski closure of in is
where is the homogenisation of in .
Proof
This follows directly from Theorem 28.8 and the fact that the homogenisation of a principal ideal is generated by the homogenisation of its generator.
Editorial note - two unresolved source references. In the preceding step, the source prints
nach Aufgabe *****while linking to the exercise on homogenising a principal ideal. After the corollary, it also printssiehe Aufgabe *****while linking to the exercise on a homogeneous equation for the projective closure over a field that is not algebraically closed. Neither exercise number is supplied; this edition preserves the exact linked identities without guessing their numbers.
Without the assumption that the field is algebraically closed, the assertion need not hold.
Remark 28.11: affine charts and points at infinity
Let and let be its homogenisation. We recover from by setting . The polynomial describes the intersection . The other two affine pieces,
play equal roles and give affine neighbourhoods of the points of not lying in .
To check smoothness at , choose an affine open neighbourhood, preferably one of with , and apply the derivative criterion to the affine equation in that chart. The result does not depend on the chart chosen, although one chart may be computationally more convenient.
From the viewpoint of the affine curve , the points at infinity are
This is the intersection of the projective curve with a projective line.
The intersection is finite unless the line is a component of the curve. This cannot occur when we start with an affine curve, since does not divide the homogenisation . Write the homogeneous decomposition
so that
Setting shows that the points at infinity are given by the projective zeros of the homogeneous polynomial . Thus the degree immediately bounds the number of points at infinity on the curve.
Example 28.12: conic sections as affine charts
Assume , and consider the standard cone
Since its equation is homogeneous, the cone can also be regarded as the projective plane curve of degree two
Intersections of the cone with arbitrary planes are called conic sections. If does not pass through the origin, it can naturally be identified with an open affine plane , where is a homogeneous linear form describing the vector subspace parallel to . The intersections of the cone with are different affine pieces of the same projective curve. In particular, circles, hyperbolas, and parabolas are such affine pieces.
By contrast, intersections with planes through the origin, viewed projectively, are the finite sets
Editorial note - characteristic two. The source imposes no restriction on the characteristic. In characteristic , the polynomial above becomes ; if , the projective intersection is the whole line, not a finite set. The characteristic restriction above ensures that the conic is nonsingular and has no line as a component.
Definition 28.13: Fermat curve
Let be a field and let . The projective plane curve
is called the Fermat curve of degree . For , it is simply a projective line.
Editorial note - projective zero-locus operator. In this definition the source writes although the object lies in ; the next lemma correctly writes . This edition consistently uses .
Lemma 28.14: smoothness of Fermat curves
Let be an algebraically closed field of characteristic , and let
be the Fermat curve of degree . If the characteristic of does not divide , then is smooth.
Proof
Smoothness is a local property, so it suffices to work on any affine piece. By symmetry, consider
The partial derivatives are and . The characteristic hypothesis gives . If , both derivatives are nonzero constants and never vanish. If , both vanish simultaneously only at , which does not lie on the curve.
Editorial note - degree-one case. The source immediately states that both derivatives vanish simultaneously only at ; this does not hold for , when both derivatives are nonzero constants. The case distinction above preserves the smoothness conclusion for all permitted .
Sphere, or surface of genus zero. OpenClipart file, currently uploaded to Commons by MapGrid, CC0 1.0; the historical course label records Ranveig/PD.
Torus, a surface of genus one. Oleg Alexandrov, public domain.
Double torus, a surface of genus two. Oleg Alexandrov, public domain.
Sphere with three handles, a surface of genus three. Oleg Alexandrov, public domain.
Remark 28.15: topological shape and genus
Over the base field , a smooth connected projective curve can be viewed as a compact oriented real two-dimensional manifold. Topologically, such a manifold is homeomorphic to a sphere with handles attached. The number is called the genus of the real surface, and also the genus of the curve.
Source-condition note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C10 - connectedness. The source says “a smooth projective curve” here, but the description by one sphere with handles and one genus presupposes that the curve is connected. This edition states that convention explicitly.
The complex projective line is a two-dimensional sphere with no handles, so its genus is . A surface of genus is a torus (like a car tyre), homeomorphic to . In the source’s exposition, projective curves whose underlying topological manifolds have genus one are called elliptic curves.
Editorial note - convention for elliptic curves. In modern terminology, an elliptic curve usually means a smooth projective curve of genus one together with a base point. The source’s statement describes a genus-one curve without a chosen base point; this edition retains the exposition and notes the difference in convention.
Genus also has algebraic definitions and is therefore defined for smooth connected projective curves over every algebraically closed field. It equals the -dimension of the first cohomology group of the structure sheaf, and also the -dimension of the space of global differential forms on the curve.
For every , there is a projective curve of genus . In particular, every compact oriented real two-dimensional surface can be realised as a complex projective curve. Such objects are also called Riemann surfaces.
For a smooth plane curve
of degree , the genus is
Smooth projective plane curves of degree one or two, namely lines and conics, have genus and are isomorphic to the projective line. For we obtain genus , giving elliptic curves in the source’s convention, whereas gives genus . Thus not every genus can be realised by a smooth plane curve. For example, giving explicit equations for a curve of genus is by no means easy.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Unit 28 reader media retain their component-specific CC0 or public-domain status as recorded in authority/RIGHTS-unit-28.csv. No blanket relicensing claim is made. · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-28.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-28.csv
Worksheet 28
Warm-up exercises
Exercise 28.1
Let
be a point in projective space. Show that there is an affine open neighbourhood
such that corresponds to the origin in this affine space.
Exercise 28.2
Let
where is a homogeneous linear form in . Show that the Zariski topology on projective space induces the Zariski topology on this affine space.
Exercise 28.3
For each , define the power map
as a morphism from the projective line to itself. What are the fibres of this morphism?
Editorial note - all integer exponents. The source quantifier is retained. The cases , , and characteristic dividing must be distinguished; this edition does not silently substitute an assumption of or characteristic zero.
Exercise 28.4
Determine the projective closure of the complex cardioid
and in particular its points at infinity.
Exercise 28.5
Show that the cone map
is a morphism of quasiprojective varieties.
Exercise 28.6
Give an example showing that the cone map
need not be a closed map.
Exercise 28.7
Let and be quasiprojective varieties and let be a continuous map. Let
be an open cover. Show that is a morphism if and only if, for every , the restriction
is a morphism.
Exercise 28.8
Let be an algebraically closed field. Determine the ring of global sections
What does this imply for a morphism
Source-condition note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C08 - classical base-field convention. The source says only “field” in Exercises 28.8, 28.10 and 28.14. The structure sheaf used in this chapter was defined in Definition 28.3 over an algebraically closed field; with the source’s topology on -points, the asserted closure and global-function conclusions can fail over other fields. This edition keeps all three exercises in that defined setting.
Exercise 28.9
Define and characterise when an irreducible quasiprojective variety is normal.
Exercise 28.10 *
Let be an algebraically closed field. Consider the affine plane curve
Define an isomorphism between and the affine line . Can such an isomorphism be extended to an isomorphism between and the projective closure
Exercises to submit
Exercise 28.11 (3 points)
Let or . Let be an -dimensional affine subspace not containing the origin, and let be the subspace parallel to through the origin. Let be open in the metric topology on , and let be the union of all lines through the origin and a point of . Show that
is open.
Exercise 28.12 (4 points)
For the cone map
determine the Zariski closure in of the image of the closed set
Exercise 28.13 (3 points)
Let be an irreducible quasiprojective variety with function field . Let be a nonempty open set, and let be a cover of by nonempty open sets:
Show that
where the intersection is taken inside .
Source-condition note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C09 - nonempty opens. The source allows arbitrary open sets. Identifying a section ring with a subring of the function field requires the open set to be nonempty; empty members of a cover must therefore be omitted before taking this intersection.
Exercise 28.14 (3 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field and let be projective space over . Show that the only global algebraic functions are constants, that is,
Source remark. This statement holds for every connected projective variety over an algebraically closed field.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Official PDF and media components retain their recorded component routes.
Public Solutions to Worksheet 28
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides a public solution only for Exercise 28.10. The frozen authority query reports the other thirteen candidate solution pages as absent. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 28.10
Under the algebraically closed-field hypothesis stated in the reviewed exercise, an isomorphism is given by
At the ring level, this map corresponds to the substitution homomorphism
This homomorphism is well defined and surjective. Since can be eliminated directly on the left, the source ring is isomorphic to . Thus the map is indeed an isomorphism of affine curves.
This isomorphism cannot be extended to an isomorphism with the projective line. The projective closure of the curve is
Exactly one point at infinity is added, namely . In the affine neighbourhood , this point becomes the origin on the affine curve
The origin has multiplicity two and is therefore not smooth.
Editorial bridge. The lowest-degree term explains this multiplicity two. Since the projective line is smooth, is not isomorphic to .
Editorial note - singular/plural agreement. The source uses a grammatical form referring to “points” but then gives exactly one point, . The homogeneous equation also gives only that point. This edition translates the consistent mathematical meaning: exactly one point at infinity.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for the frozen semantic source; official 2012 PDF witnesses retain their recorded CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany notice
Lecture 29: Projections and Parametrised Projective Curves
Projection away from a point
Definition 29.1: projection away from a point
The map
is called the projection away from the point .
This map is a well-defined morphism outside the centre of projection . Each other point is sent to the point of corresponding to the line through that point and the centre. Hence the map is surjective, and each fibre is a projective line with the centre removed, and thus an affine line. In other words, we have a so-called line bundle over .
This map extends the cone map
to punctured projective space. The corresponding map can be defined for any centre; see Exercise 29.7.
Maps to
The following theorem gives a new version of Noether normalisation.
Theorem 29.2: projecting a plane curve to
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be a projective plane curve of degree . Then there is a surjective morphism
such that each fibre consists of at most points.
Proof
Choose a point
not lying on the curve. Such a point exists because, in particular, is infinite. Consider projection away from ; its restriction induces a morphism
The fibre of this morphism over a point
representing a direction at consists exactly of those points of the curve lying on the line determined by ,
Thus the fibre over can be described on by eliminating a variable from the curve equation
using the line equation. The result is a nonzero homogeneous polynomial in two variables of degree ; it cannot be zero, since then would lie on the curve. As we work over an algebraically closed field, has at least one and at most zeros, all distinct from . This proves surjectivity and the bound on the number of points in each fibre.
Theorem 29.3: a rational function as a morphism to
Let be a field and let
be a smooth irreducible projective plane curve. Let
be an affine piece of this curve, and let
be a rational function, with and . Then there is exactly one morphism
such that the diagram
commutes.
Moreover, every genuine pole , meaning a point with and , is mapped to the point at infinity .
Proof
First we define on an extension
of the rational function . If , the constant map with value is the required extension, so assume from now on that . Take a point on the curve. If , there is nothing to do. Thus suppose .
Source correction REVIEW-AK-26-30-C12 - the zero rational function. The source immediately writes with a unit, which is possible only for a nonzero element of the function field. The theorem also permits ; the separate constant-map case above closes that gap without changing the nonzero case.
Since the curve is smooth, Theorem 23.6 shows that its local ring at is a discrete valuation ring. The quotient can therefore be written there as
with , , and a uniformiser (a generator of the maximal ideal). There is an open neighbourhood
such that and are defined on and is a unit there. If , then
so the point of indeterminacy is removable even for a map to . If , the reciprocal quotient
is defined on as a map to . Using the “embedding with coordinates interchanged”
we obtain a map to .
We must show that these two morphisms to the projective line agree wherever both are defined. These are the points where has neither a zero nor a pole. Compatibility follows because on an open neighbourhood
there is a map
and the diagram
commutes. This gives a well-defined morphism on the affine piece .
Source correction AGC-CORR-0127 - the object with zeros and poles. The source refers to in this sentence, although zeros and poles are properties of the rational function . This edition displays the correct object without changing the overlap condition or the gluing diagram.
For an arbitrary point on the projective curve and an affine neighbourhood
we are in the same situation, because
so the rational function is defined on a nonempty open set, possibly with different numerator and denominator. The preceding argument therefore applies in the same way.
Uniqueness follows because, on every affine open set
the intersection is nonempty. A morphism from an integral variety to the affine line is uniquely determined by its rational function.
Example 29.4: inversion on the projective line
The inversion map
extends to a bijective morphism
This follows directly from Theorem 29.3. Every point is sent to , while zero is sent to the point at infinity .
Parametrised projective plane curves
Suppose a curve with rational parametrisation
is given. In Theorem 6.11 we saw that its image satisfies an algebraic equation. In that theorem’s proof we already used the homogenised parametrisation; it now reappears as a projective extension.
Theorem 29.5: projective extension of a rational parametrisation
Let be an infinite field, and let
be a rational parametrisation in reduced form, meaning that have no common divisor. Let be the largest degree of the polynomials involved, and let
be their homogenisations with respect to the new variable . Each of is obtained from the corresponding homogenisation by multiplication by a suitable power of , so that all three have degree .
Then define a morphism
such that the diagram
commutes. Moreover, the image of lies on the projective closure of the affine image curve.
Source-condition note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C13 - infinitude of the base field. The source does not state this hypothesis, but its proof uses the assertion that a finite open subset of is empty. For the source’s topology on -points this requires to be infinite; it fails over a finite field, where every subset of is finite.
Proof
By Exercise 29.6, the map is well defined on all of , since have no common divisor. For commutativity, it suffices to note that a point
is sent, on the one hand, through to
and, on the other hand, to
as a projective point.
For the additional assertion, let be the affine closure of the image and let
be its projective closure. Consider the open complement
Since the map is continuous, the inverse image is open in and can contain only points of . But a finite open subset of the projective line must be empty.
Theorem 29.6: projective closure of the graph of a polynomial
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be a polynomial in one variable of degree . The projective closure of the graph
is described by
where is the homogenisation of . If and , then has one additional point, the smooth point . If , the additional point is , which is singular when . For , this point at infinity has multiplicity .
Source correction AGC-CORR-0128 - projective zero-locus operator. The source prints for a homogeneous equation in . This edition uses , in keeping with the projective ambient space and the notation of the subsequent proof.
Proof
The equation of the projective closure follows directly from Corollary 28.10. To determine the intersection of with the projective line at infinity, set in the equation.
If , the curve equation is the line equation
and its intersection with gives the unique point . If , the curve equation is
with . Setting leaves
so . This gives the unique point at infinity .
To compute the multiplicity, consider the affine equation of the curve on . Setting gives the affine equation
and in these coordinates becomes the origin. Hence its multiplicity is , with the unique tangent line given by . If , the multiplicity is at least , so the point is singular.
Source correction AGC-U29-SRC-001 / AGC-CORR-0126 - undefined symbol in the singularity bound. In the last sentence of the proof, the source prints , although no quantity is defined in this theorem. The degree defined and used throughout the calculation is ; this edition therefore displays the intended bound as and explicitly retains the multiplicity argument .
The theorem can be understood as follows. If , the point is the unique point at infinity and represents the direction of the -axis. The line at infinity is the unique tangent line at this point.
Source correction REVIEW-AK-26-30-C14 - direction versus asymptote. The source calls the -axis the graph’s only asymptote. The projective point records the direction of that axis, not an affine asymptotic line; in the usual affine sense a polynomial graph of degree at least two has no linear asymptote. The source’s valid tangent-line statement is retained.
The normalisation of is . By Theorem 29.5, applied to the affine parametrisation of the graph
the normalisation map is given by
The point at infinity is sent to
Theorem 29.7: projective closure of the graph of a rational function
Let be an algebraically closed field, and let
be polynomials in one variable of degrees , respectively, with no common root. Let and let
be the corresponding rational function. Let and be their respective homogenisations. If , the projective closure of the graph of is described by
whereas if , it is described by
Proof
The affine description of the curve is
By Corollary 28.10, the projective closure is described by the homogenisation of . This is determined by the larger of the degrees of and ; the summand of smaller degree must be “filled out” with a suitable power of . This yields the two equations above.
Monomial projective curves
For the monomial plane curve
with coprime exponents , Theorem 29.5 gives the monomial projective curve
On the open set this is the original map, whereas on it becomes the affine map
Theorem 29.8: singularities of monomial projective curves
Let be coprime. For the monomial projective plane curve of degree
the following statements hold.
The curve is described by the homogeneous equation of degree
The curve is smooth at all points other than and .
The curve has multiplicity at and multiplicity at .
If , the curve is not smooth.
Proof
The affine equation is . By Corollary 28.10, the projective closure is described by its homogenisation, namely
Source correction AGC-CORR-0129 - projective zero-locus operator. The source prints for the homogenisation defining the closure in ; this edition uses . The affine loci below retain .
On the affine curve
by the current source’s normalisation result for affine monomial curves, only the origin—corresponding to the projective point —can fail to be smooth. Points of the curve outside are obtained by setting in the equation. This forces , leaving only the point .
Semantic-source note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C15. The expanded 2012 witness cites Theorem 20.12 here; the frozen current proof instead links to the named normalisation result above. This edition preserves the current source target and the unchanged smoothness conclusion.
Multiplicity at a point is a local property. The point corresponds to the origin on the affine monomial curve
which, by Corollary 23.8, has multiplicity equal to the smaller exponent, namely . The point lies in , where the affine equation is
Its multiplicity is again the smaller exponent, namely .
This follows from item 3.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Unit 29 reader media retain their component-specific public-domain status as recorded in authority/RIGHTS-unit-29.csv. No blanket relicensing claim is made. · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-29.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-29.csv
Worksheet 29
Warm-up exercises
Exercise 29.1
Let be an algebraically closed field. Show that every projective plane curve has nonempty intersection with every projective line in the projective plane.
Exercise 29.2 *
Let
and consider the two affine plane algebraic curves
Determine the intersection .
Determine the points in
- Determine the points in
- Is the projective closure of ?
Exercise 29.3 *
Let be a field. Show that the local rings of the projective line at all its -rational points are isomorphic to one another. Give the simplest possible description of this ring.
Source-convention note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C17 - -rational points. The frozen source-page identity explicitly says “-points”, although the exercise body says only “all local rings”. The restriction is essential: scheme-theoretic points of include the generic point, whose local ring is not isomorphic to the local ring at a -rational closed point.
Exercise 29.4
For Bernoulli’s lemniscate given by
determine its singularities and its points at infinity in . Compute the multiplicity and tangent lines at all these points.
Exercise 29.5
Consider the projective curve
over a field of characteristic , given by the homogeneous equation
Determine the singular points of the curve.
Show that the assignment
gives a well-defined map
Show that the image points of lie on the curve .
Which points in correspond to the singular points of ?
Exercises to submit
Exercise 29.6 (3 points)
Let homogeneous polynomials
in variables be given, all of the same degree . Show that there is an open set
on which these polynomials define a morphism
Exercise 29.7 (3 points)
Let
be a point in projective space. Show that projection from to with centre is given by a matrix. The source does not supply that matrix. It then displays the map
Source discrepancy AGC-U29-SRC-002. The matrix block in the source is blank, and the subsequent vector is repeated unchanged, so it does not describe a projection to . This edition preserves both facts and does not guess the intended matrix or map.
Media component note. The Commons description page for this file warns that, despite its filename, the curve in the image is not a Tschirnhausen cubic because the angle of intersection at its double point differs. The image actually used by the source is retained.
Exercise 29.8 (3 points)
For the Tschirnhausen cubic given by
determine its singularities, including points at infinity. Determine the tangent lines at the singularities and at the points at infinity.
Exercise 29.9 (3 points)
For the folium of Descartes defined by
determine its points at infinity in , and compute the multiplicity and tangent lines at those points.
Exercise 29.10 (5 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field of characteristic different from . For the projective Bernoulli lemniscate
give a surjective morphism to a projective conic. How many points of the lemniscate map to a single point of the conic?
Source-condition note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C18 - base field. The source supplies no restriction on . Algebraic closure is needed for the intended pointwise surjectivity, while in characteristic the conic obtained from the standard squared-coordinate construction degenerates and its fibre count changes. The stated hypotheses preserve the intended smooth-conic problem.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Official PDF and media components retain their recorded component routes.
Public Solutions to Worksheet 29
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 29.2 and 29.3. The frozen authority query reports the other eight candidate solution pages as absent. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 29.2
- We add the two equations
and obtain the condition
For the possible values , substitution gives , respectively. Thus this condition cannot be satisfied, so the intersection of the two curves in is empty.
- We seek the points in satisfying simultaneously
This gives the condition
The squares in are . The solution is not allowed, since it does not represent a projective point, and we obtain the solutions and . Since we seek projective points, the first coordinate can be normalised to , and the second must then be or . Hence there are two points at infinity,
- The two equations
immediately give , and hence . Thus the unique point at infinity is .
- Here, as throughout this exercise, and denote sets of -rational zeros with their point-set Zariski topology. By definition, the projective closure is the Zariski closure. Since is a finite set of -rational points, it is already closed and equals its closure. However, by part b, contains additional points. The latter set is therefore not its projective closure.
Source-convention note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C16 - finite-field point sets. The source’s conclusion uses its classical -point convention. It is not a claim that the scheme-theoretic projective closure of the affine conic is merely the finite set of its -rational points.
Solution to Exercise 29.3
Every -rational point lies on an affine line
where is a homogeneous linear form. By translating on this affine line, we may further assume that the point in question is the origin. This can be done for every -rational point and does not change its local ring. Therefore all these local rings are isomorphic to one another. The local ring at the origin of the affine line is the localisation
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for the frozen semantic source; official 2012 PDF witnesses retain their component notices recorded in the Unit 29 rights ledger
Lecture 30: Bézout’s Theorem
In this lecture we prove Bézout’s Theorem for the projective plane. It states that, for two projective curves in the projective plane with no common component and of degrees and , respectively, the sum of all their intersection multiplicities equals . Our presentation largely follows Fulton’s treatment.
Homogeneous components of a fixed degree
For a polynomial ring and a natural number , we shall write for the homogeneous component of degree , the space of all homogeneous polynomials of degree . We use the same notation for graded quotients of a polynomial ring, that is, quotients by homogeneous ideals. As a vector space over the base field , this component is generated by all monomials of degree . In particular, is a finite-dimensional -vector space.
Lemma 30.1: dimension of a homogeneous component of the quotient ring
Let be a field, let
be homogeneous polynomials of degrees and , and suppose that and have no nonconstant common divisor. Then
for sufficiently large .
Proof
Consider the exact sequence
The first map is
the next map is
and the last map takes residue classes. All these maps are -module homomorphisms. Injectivity at the first term is clear because is an integral domain. The sequence is clearly exact at the last two terms; only exactness at the second term remains to be proved.
The composition of the first two maps is zero. Conversely, suppose
in . Since is a unique factorisation domain and are coprime, must be a multiple of . Write . The equation above becomes
so . Thus
comes from the map on the left.
Source correction AGC-CORR-0130 - sign in the relation. The source says that is a multiple of “with the same factor”, but the sign imposed by gives . This edition displays the minus sign explicitly, in agreement with the map already printed in the source.
Since and are homogeneous of fixed degrees, the sequence restricts to homogeneous components. This gives the exact sequence
where components with negative indices are defined to be . The restricted sequence remains exact because the homogeneous components of a homogeneous homomorphism do not mix. All the components involved are now finite-dimensional vector spaces.
If , all indices are nonnegative, and
By additivity of vector-space dimension in exact complexes (see Exercise 14.7), we obtain
Injectivity of multiplication by
Lemma 30.2: multiplication by in the quotient ring
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be homogeneous polynomials with no common projective zero on
Write the corresponding quotient ring as
Then the map
is injective.
Proof
Take and suppose its class maps to . This means there are such that
Substitute in this equation. In , we obtain
Since and have no common projective zero on , the polynomials and have only as a common zero in . They are therefore coprime in . Hence there is a with
Lifting back to , this means
for some . Writing
the original equation gives
We can cancel from this equation in the polynomial ring, obtaining an expression for as a linear combination of and . Thus the class of in is also .
Bézout’s Theorem
We now come to Bézout’s Theorem.
Theorem 30.3: Bézout’s Theorem
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be homogeneous polynomials of degrees and with no common component, with corresponding curves
Then
Proof
The intersection consists of only finitely many points. By Exercise 27.10, after a projective change of coordinates we may assume that all intersection points lie in
Let be the dehomogenisations describing the affine curves and . Then
The last equality follows from Theorem 26.11. We shall relate the -dimension of this inhomogeneous quotient ring to the dimension of a homogeneous component of the quotient ring
By Lemma 30.1, for sufficiently large the latter component has dimension .
Choose a basis
of , with sufficiently large and fixed. We claim that the dehomogenisations
form a basis of
First we prove that these elements generate. Take any and let its homogenisation
have degree . Choose an integer such that . By Lemma 30.2, for every the map
is injective. Since both spaces have dimension , it is also bijective. With , the elements
form a basis of the component of degree .
Source correction AGC-CORR-0131 - the boundary case . The source chooses , but states the assertion about multiplication by only for . If , then and the required map is the identity; if , the source’s argument applies with . Distinguishing these cases makes the basis conclusion above valid for every choice with .
Consequently there are such that
Dehomogenising this equation immediately expresses as a linear combination of .
To prove linear independence, suppose
in the quotient ring. Then in there is an equation
Take homogeneous polynomials with dehomogenisations , respectively. Thus we have two expressions with the same dehomogenisation: , homogeneous of degree , and , a sum of two homogeneous polynomials whose degrees may differ.
By choosing suitable nonnegative integers , we can make
homogeneous of the same degree. By Exercise 6.9, equality of their dehomogenisations then implies
In , this equation means
Multiplication by is injective: for it is the identity, whereas for this follows by repeated application of Lemma 30.2. Since form a basis, all . Thus do indeed form a basis, so
This proves the formula in Bézout’s Theorem.
Corollary 30.4: existence of an intersection point
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be projective plane curves. Then
Proof
The assertion is clearly true if and have a common component. Otherwise, it follows from Theorem 30.3.
Corollary 30.5: at most intersection points
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be homogeneous polynomials of degrees and with no common component, with corresponding curves
Then and have at most intersection points.
Proof
This follows directly from Theorem 30.3, since each intersection point contributes at least to the sum of intersection multiplicities.
Example: the semicubical parabola and a circle
Example 30.6: five points with total multiplicity six
In this example we work over . Consider the semicubical parabola
and the circle with centre ,
Source correction AGC-CORR-0132 - base field of the example. The source does not specify a base field, but its calculation uses , and the displayed distinct-point description requires the absence of exceptional-characteristic issues. This edition sets , so the entire calculation, the five distinct points, and the application of Bézout’s Theorem lie within a valid scope. The source equations are unchanged.
By Bézout’s Theorem, we expect a total intersection multiplicity of . Let us compute the intersection points. If , the first equation gives , and the second then gives . This does not define a projective point, so there is no intersection point on the projective line .
We therefore consider the affine equations
Substituting
into the first equation gives
Thus the intersection points are
The last two points also show why the algebraically closed field hypothesis is necessary: they would be absent if we worked only over . Hence there are five distinct intersection points. The semicubical parabola is singular at the origin, which is also an intersection point, so the intersection multiplicity there must exceed . To confirm this, consider
Here we repeat the elimination above and then use the fact that and are units in the local ring . The dimension is . Thus the intersection multiplicity at the origin is , while it is at each of the other four points, as can also be checked directly. The sum is
exactly as asserted by Bézout’s Theorem.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Unit 30 reader media retain their component-specific public-domain status as recorded in authority/RIGHTS-unit-30.csv. No blanket relicensing claim is made. · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-30.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-30.csv
Worksheet 30: Bézout’s Theorem
Warm-up exercises
Exercise 30.1
Give an example showing that Lemma 30.2 fails if the assumption that the base field is algebraically closed is omitted.
Exercise 30.2
Show that the two curves in Example 30.6 intersect transversely at every computed intersection point other than .
Exercise 30.3 *
Let . For the two affine curves
determine all their intersection points and the intersection multiplicity at each point. Also examine intersection points in and verify Bézout’s Theorem in this example.
Exercise 30.4 *
Let . Consider the two plane algebraic curves
Determine all intersection points of the two curves in the affine plane and compute the intersection multiplicity at each. Also determine the points at infinity of both curves, namely the additional points on the projective closures and , and check for intersections at infinity. Finally, verify Bézout’s Theorem in this example.
Source discrepancy AGC-U30-SRC-001. The semantic source-page title names the first curve as “”, whereas the formula displayed in both the exercise and the source solution is . This edition follows the formula actually displayed and does not alter the frozen source-page identity.
Exercises to submit
Exercise 30.5 (6 points)
Let
be a smooth conic, that is, a curve of degree two, over an algebraically closed field. Show that is isomorphic to the projective line .
Exercise 30.6 (5 points)
Let be an algebraically closed field and let
be a smooth curve of degree . Show that there is a morphism
such that each fibre consists of at most points.
Exercise 30.7 (5 points)
Let
be the Fermat cubic over an algebraically closed field of characteristic different from . Describe explicitly a morphism
whose fibres each contain at most two points.
Exercise 30.8 (4 points)
Let
be the complex projective closure of the unit circle. Determine an explicit bijective parametrisation
Exercise 30.9 (4 points)
Over , verify Bézout’s Theorem for the two projective plane curves
and
Sketch the situation.
Exercise 30.10 (4 points)
Over , verify Bézout’s Theorem for the two projective plane curves
and
Sketch the situation.
Scope note AGC-CORR-0133. The source of Exercises 30.9 and 30.10 does not specify a base field. This edition explicitly states , in keeping with the geometric interpretation and the instruction to sketch; in characteristic , the second quadratic form degenerates to the square of a line, so the intended calculation is no longer the same.
Exercise 30.11 (4 points)
Over an algebraically closed field , verify Bézout’s Theorem for the two monomial curves given in affine form by
and
Source-condition note REVIEW-AK-26-30-C19 - base field. The source does not specify the base field, while Bézout’s Theorem 30.3 is stated over an algebraically closed field. This edition makes that ambient hypothesis explicit without imposing an unnecessary characteristic restriction.
Exercise 30.12 (5 points)
Let be a commutative ring and let be -modules. If
is an -module homomorphism, then the map
is also an -module homomorphism.
Now let
be a short exact sequence of -modules. Show that the induced sequence
is exact. Also give an example with showing that the last arrow is not surjective in general.
English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: Current semantic course text and this translation: CC BY-SA 4.0. Official PDF components retain their recorded component routes.
Public Solutions to Worksheet 30
At the frozen revision boundary, the source provides public solutions only for Exercises 30.3 and 30.4. The frozen authority query reports the other ten candidate solution pages as absent. No additional solutions have been created for this edition.
Solution to Exercise 30.3
The intersection points of the two curves in the complex affine plane are given by
Thus an intersection point must satisfy
Substituting the first equation into the second gives
Hence or . The intersection points are therefore
where is a primitive cube root of unity. At the origin, the quotient ring is
Its dimension as a complex vector space is , so the intersection multiplicity at the origin is .
To determine the multiplicities at the other three points, compute the gradients in the conventional coordinate order . For
we obtain
Since , these two directions are linearly independent. Thus both curves are smooth and intersect transversely at the three points; each has intersection multiplicity .
Source correction AGC-CORR-0134 - order of gradient components. The source writes derivative components in the implicit order in one part of the solution, unlike the convention used elsewhere. This edition writes both gradients consistently in the order ; the transversality test and its result are unchanged.
In projective space, we homogenise the two ideals. Thus we consider
Setting gives , so the intersection point at infinity is . The affine neighbourhood gives the equations
At the origin of this chart, eliminating again gives a local quotient of dimension . Hence the intersection multiplicity at this point at infinity is also . The sum of all intersection multiplicities is
in agreement with the product of the two curve degrees, .
Solution to Exercise 30.4
Adding the two equations immediately gives the condition
Thus the -coordinate of an intersection point is or a fourth root of unity,
If , we immediately obtain . The local quotient ring can be written as
Since is a unit in this local ring, the intersection multiplicity at is .
Source correction AGC-CORR-0135 - localisation subscript. In the middle line, the source prints , which usually means inverting powers of and cannot be the local ring at the origin. This edition retains the localisation specified in the preceding line, , making the unit and local-length argument valid.
Now suppose is a fourth root of unity. Since , the number is an eighth root of unity. If is the first primitive eighth root of unity, the other eight intersection points are
We show that the intersection is transverse at all eight points, so each intersection multiplicity is . For
the gradients are
At each point above, , so both curves are smooth. Since , the second gradient has the form . The two directions can be linearly dependent only if , which is impossible because over . Thus all eight intersections are transverse.
Finally, consider the points at infinity. The homogenisation of the first equation is
so the unique point at infinity on is . The homogenisation of the second equation is
so the unique point at infinity on is . These points differ, so there is no additional intersection at infinity.
The total intersection multiplicity is therefore
Since the curves have degrees and , this sum equals the product of their degrees, , as asserted by Bézout’s Theorem.
English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 for the frozen semantic source; official 2012 PDF witnesses retain the component notices recorded in the Unit 30 rights ledger
Media credits
The following credits follow the order in which images appear in Lecture 1. Each component retains its own source licence; the licence for the lecture text does not replace the licences of the media components.
Graph of a linear function — File:Linear function.svg; creator/attribution: No machine-readable author provided. Luks assumed (based on copyright claims).; licence: Public domain.
Graph of a polynomial of degree four — File:Polynomialdeg4.png; creator/attribution: Phreneticc; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Graph of a rational function — File:RationalDegree2byXedi.gif; creator/attribution: Sam Derbyshire; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Unit circle — File:Disk 1.svg; creator/attribution: Paris 16; licence: Public domain.
Ellipse — File:Ellipse.svg; creator/attribution: Zorgit; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Curve with a cusp — File:Cusp.png; creator/attribution: Satipatthana; licence: Public domain.
Example of an elliptic curve — File:Elliptic curve simple.svg; creator/attribution: derivative work: Pbroks13 ( talk ) Elliptic_curve_simple.png : Created by Sean κ . + 23:33, 27 May 2005 (UTC); licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Tschirnhausen cubic — File:Tschirnhausen cubic.svg; creator/attribution: Original: Oleg Alexandrov Vector: Krishnavedala; licence: GPL.
Kampyle of Eudoxus — File:Eudoxus.png; creator/attribution: Donald Hosek; licence: Public domain.
Conchoid of Pascal — File:Conchoid of Pascal.png; creator/attribution: Luke33; licence: Public domain.
Bifolium — File:Bifolium.png; creator/attribution: Oleg Alexandrov; licence: Public domain.
Limaçon — File:Limacon.png; creator/attribution: Berto; licence: Public domain.
Quadrifolium — File:Quadrifolium.svg; creator/attribution: Mktyscn; licence: Public domain.
Lemniscate of Bernoulli — File:Lemniscate of Bernoulli.svg; creator/attribution: Zorgit; licence: Public domain.
Cycloid — File:Cicloide.svg; creator/attribution: Elborgo; licence: CC BY 2.5.
Logarithmic spiral — File:Logarithmic spiral.png; creator/attribution: Anarkman~commonswiki; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Sine graph — File:Sin.svg; creator/attribution: Self: Commons user Keytotime; licence: Public domain.
Quadratic Koch curve — File:Quadratic Koch.png; creator/attribution: Alexis Monnerot-Dumaine; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Rectangular hyperbola — File:Rectangular hyperbola.svg; creator/attribution: Qef; licence: Public domain.
Cubic curves studied by Newton — File:Newtonbig.gif; creator/attribution: Pokipsy76; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Isaac Newton — File:GodfreyKneller-IsaacNewton-1689.jpg; creator/attribution: James Thronill after Sir Godfrey Kneller; licence: Public domain.
Examples of real elliptic curves — File:ECexamples01.png; creator/attribution: Dake~commonswiki; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Carl Friedrich Gauss — File:Carl Friedrich Gauss.jpg; creator/attribution: Gottlieb Biermann / After Christian Albrecht Jensen; licence: Public domain.
Media credits for Unit 2
The credits follow the order of the images in Lecture 2. Each component retains its own source licence.
- Conic sections — File:Conic_sections_2n.png; creator/attribution: No machine-readable creator name is available; Nk is assumed on the basis of copyright claims.; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Examples of algebraic sets — File:Conjuntos_algebraicos_2.svg; creator/attribution: drini; licence: CC BY-SA 4.0.
Media credits for Unit 3
The credits follow the order of the images in Lecture 3. Each component retains its own source licence.
- Oscar Zariski (1899-1986) — File:Oscar Zariski.jpg; creator/attribution: George Bergman; licence: GFDL 1.2.
- A line in the plane — File:Lineline.jpg; creator/attribution: Astur1; licence: Public domain.
- Intersection of two planes — File:IntersectingPlanes.png; creator/attribution: The original uploader was Stib at English Wikipedia .; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Intersection of three planes — File:Secretsharing-3-point.png; creator/attribution: stib; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Media credits for Unit 4
The credits follow the order of the images in Lecture 4 and Worksheet 4. Each component retains its own source licence.
- Points for a Delaunay triangulation — File:Delaunay_points.png; creator/attribution: Nü es; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- A line — File:Gerade.svg; creator/attribution: Adrian Neumann; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Several straight lines — File:Straight_lines.svg; creator/attribution: Lokilech; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- A linear space — File:Linear_space2.png; creator/attribution: kmhkmh; licence: CC BY 3.0.
- Hydrant on the island of Krk, Croatia — File:Hydrant_Insel_Krk_Kroatien.jpg; creator/attribution: Usien; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Principal directions on a cylinder — File:Cylinder_principal_directions.svg; creator/attribution: Luca Antonelli ( Luke Antony ); licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Two cubic curves — File:Two_cubic_curves.png; creator/attribution: Hack; licence: Public domain.
- A surface and a vertical line — File:Non_cohen_macaulay_scheme_thumb.png; creator/attribution: The original uploader was Jakob.scholbach at English Wikipedia .; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Rectangular hyperbola — File:Rectangular_hyperbola.svg; creator/attribution: Qef; licence: Public domain.
Media credits for Unit 5
The credits follow the order of the images in Lecture 5 and Worksheet 5. Each component retains the rights status of its source.
- A cone (the zero locus of a homogeneous polynomial) - File:Kuzel_obecny.svg; creator/attribution: Pajs at Czech Wikipedia; rights status/licence: public domain.
- Emmy Noether (1882-1935) - File:Noether.jpg; creator/attribution: unknown creator (photograph taken before 1910); source/publisher recorded on the Commons page; rights status/licence: public domain.
- Triaxial ellipsoid with semiaxes in the ratio 3:2:1 - File:Elipsoid_trojosy321.png; creator/attribution: Pajs at Czech Wikipedia; rights status/licence: public domain.
Media credits for Unit 6
The credits follow the order of the images in Lecture 6 and Worksheet 6. Each component retains the rights status of its source.
- A parametrised curve can be pictured as the path of a moving point - File:Krivka parametricky.png; creator/attribution: Beny at Czech Wikipedia; rights status/licence: public domain.
- Cubic curve with a double point - File:Cubic with double point.svg; creator/attribution: Gunther at German Wikipedia; rights status/licence: public domain.
- The cissoid of Diocles (shown in black) admits a rational parametrisation - File:Dioklova kisoida.png; creator/attribution: Pajs at Czech Wikipedia; rights status/licence: public domain.
Media credits for Unit 7
The credits follow the nine image positions in Lecture 7. Each component retains the rights status or licence of its source. The three orbit GIFs remain animated in the HTML reader; the PDF uses their locally derived first frames.
- Standard cone - File:DoubleCone.png; creator/attribution: Lars H. Rohwedder ( User:RokerHRO ); rights status/licence: Public domain.
- Sections of the standard cone by affine planes - File:Conic sections.svg; creator/attribution: Anuskafm; rights status/licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- First stage of the principal-axis transformation of a quadric - File:Hauptachsentransformation1.png; creator/attribution: rdb; rights status/licence: Public domain.
- Second stage of the principal-axis transformation of a quadric - File:Hauptachsentransformation2.png; creator/attribution: rdb; rights status/licence: Public domain.
- Third stage of the principal-axis transformation of a quadric - File:Hauptachsentransformation3.png; creator/attribution: rdb; rights status/licence: Public domain.
- Portrait of an unknown man, formerly misidentified as Johannes Kepler - File:Portrait Confused With Johannes Kepler 1610.jpg; creator/attribution: Unidentified painter; rights status/licence: Public domain.
- Elliptic orbit - File:Elliptic orbit.gif; creator/attribution: Brandir; rights status/licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Parabolic orbit - File:Parabolic orbit.gif; creator/attribution: Brandir; rights status/licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Hyperbolic orbit - File:Hyperbolic orbit.gif; creator/attribution: Brandir; rights status/licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Media credits for Unit 8
The six media positions in Lecture 8 retain their respective component attributions and licences. Two GIFs remain animated in the HTML reader; the PDF uses deterministically selected first frames.
- File:Lemniscate Building.gif - File:Lemniscate Building.gif; creator/attribution: Zorgit; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- File:Parallelle lijnen.png - File:Parallelle lijnen.png; creator/attribution: Ellywa at Dutch Wikipedia; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- File:Ellipse tri.png - File:Ellipse tri.png; creator/attribution: Original uploader was דוד שי at he.wikipedia; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- File:Steam engine in action.gif - File:Steam engine in action.gif; creator/attribution: Panther; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- File:Intersection of cylinders.jpg - File:Intersection of cylinders.jpg; creator/attribution: Jan Schoenke; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- File:Alg Kurven OS2008 Lsg8.10 v2.png - Datei:Alg Kurven OS2008 Lsg8.10 v2.png; creator/attribution: Christian Boberg; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Media credits for Unit 9
The single substantive media position in Lecture 9 retains its Commons identity and source rights status. The two PDFs referenced by the page are official build witnesses recorded in the authority manifest, not separate reader media.
- David Hilbert (1886) - File:David Hilbert 1886.jpg; creator: unknown; Commons uploader: Jacek Halicki; rights status/licence: Public domain.
Media credits for Unit 11
The single substantive media position in Lecture 11 retains its Commons identity and source rights status. The two PDFs referenced by the page are official build witnesses recorded in the authority manifest, not separate reader media.
- Disjoint ellipses - File:Disjoint
ellipses.png; creator: Pmidden; source credit: own work, created
with Mathematica; rights status/licence: public domain. The reader file
is the 250-pixel Commons rendering at the source’s original dimensions,
not a claim of byte identity with the original file; the original file’s
identity is preserved in
authority/RIGHTS-unit-11.csv.
Media credits for Unit 12
The four substantive media positions in Lecture 12 retain their respective Commons identities, attributions, local forms, and component licences. The two PDFs referenced by the page are official build witnesses in the authority manifest, not separate reader media.
- Alexander Grothendieck — File:Alexander Grothendieck.jpg; photograph: Konrad Jacobs; credit: Copyright by MFO / Oberwolfach Photo Collection; licence: CC BY-SA 2.0 de; reader form: original file, 268 × 326.
- Horizontal line — File:Lineline.jpg; creator: Astur1; rights status: public domain; reader form: original file, 290 × 138.
- Cartesian graph of a linear function — File:Lineair-cartesiaans.png; creator/attribution: MADe at Dutch Wikipedia; licence: CC BY-SA 3.0; reader form: official 250-pixel Commons derivative, with the original file’s identity and metadata retained in the rights ledger.
- Graph of a polynomial of degree five — File:Polynomialdeg5.png; creator/attribution: Derbeth (on the basis of copyright claims in the source); licence: CC BY-SA 3.0; reader form: official 120-pixel Commons derivative, with the original file’s identity and metadata retained in the rights ledger.
Media credits for Unit 13
The credits follow the order of the images in Lecture 13. Each component retains its own source licence.
Graph of the hyperbola y = 1/x - File:Hyperbola one over x.svg; creator/attribution: No machine-readable author provided. Ktims assumed (based on copyright claims).; licence/rights status: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Connected topological space (red) and disconnected space (green) - File:Connected and disconnected spaces2.svg; creator/attribution: Dbc334; licence/rights status: Public domain.
Media credits for Unit 14
The credits cover the single image in Lecture 14. The component retains its own source licence.
- Graph of a global function on two-dimensional affine space - File:Monkey Saddle Surface (Shaded).png; creator/attribution: Inductiveload; licence/rights status: Public domain.
Media credits for Unit 15
The credits cover the single image in Lecture 15. The component retains its own source licence.
- Schematic representation of a neighbourhood filter - File:Concentric Circles.svg; creator/attribution: Andreas Pietzowski; licence/rights status: CC BY-SA 4.0.
Media credits for Unit 16
The credits follow the order of the images in Lecture 16 and Public Solution 16.12. Each component retains its own source licence.
A filter can be identified by what it retains - File:Kaffeefilter.jpg; creator/attribution: Elke Wetzig ( Elya ); licence/rights status: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Not every function on the cone outside a line extends to the whole affine space with that line removed - File:Cone intersects line.png; creator/attribution: Pmidden; licence/rights status: Public domain.
Fibres of a map; M is the codomain, and the domain is the union of all fibres - File:FiberBundle 2.png; creator/attribution: ja:user:132人目; licence/rights status: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Sketch of the union of the three coordinate axes in Solution 16.12 - File:Draft0.svg; creator/attribution: Kalan; licence/rights status: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Media credits for Unit 17
Lecture 17, Worksheet 17, and the four frozen public solutions
contain no reader media positions. The two official upstream PDFs are
retained solely as authority witnesses and retain their own component
rights and attributions, as recorded in
authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-17.json. The translated text
remains under CC BY-SA 4.0; no blanket licence is claimed for the mixed
collection.
Media credits for Unit 18
The single substantive media position in Lecture 18 retains its Commons identity and source licence. The two official PDFs are authority witnesses, not additional reader media positions.
- Neil’s parabola with a cuspidal singularity at the origin - File:Cusp.svg; creator/attribution: Georg-Johann; licence/rights status: CC BY-SA 3.0.
Rights note: the inline label on the lecture page is PD,
whereas the frozen Commons description contains
{{self|cc-by-sa-3.0|GFDL}} and the Commons metadata offers
CC BY-SA
3.0. The edition uses that Commons option, not the differing inline
label.
Media credits for Unit 19
The single substantive media position in Lecture 19 retains its Commons identity and source licence. The two official PDFs are authority witnesses, not additional reader media positions.
- Twisted cubic curve - File:Twisted cubic curve.png; creator/attribution: Claudio Rocchini; licence/rights status: CC BY 3.0.
Rights note: the inline label on the lecture page is
CC-BY-SA-3.0, whereas the frozen Commons description
contains {{self|GFDL|cc-by-3.0}} and the Commons metadata
offers CC BY
3.0. The edition uses that Commons option, not the differing inline
label.
Media credits for Unit 20
The single substantive media position in Lecture 20 retains its Commons identity and source licence. The two official PDFs are authority witnesses, not additional reader media positions.
- Whitney umbrella - File:Whitney unbrella.png; creator/attribution: Claudio Rocchini; licence/rights status: CC BY 2.5.
Rights note: the inline Wikiversity label and the credits appendix in
the lecture PDF state CC-BY-SA-2.5, but the frozen Commons
description does not offer that combination. Commons offers GFDL 1.2+,
CC BY-SA 3.0, and CC BY 2.5. The edition uses the Commons CC BY 2.5
option and retains the differing source label solely as provenance.
Media credits for Unit 21
Lecture 21, Worksheet 21, and the two frozen public solutions contain
no substantive reader media positions. The two official upstream PDFs
are retained solely as visual/build authority witnesses and retain their
own component rights and attributions, as recorded in
authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-21.json.
Rights note: the internal boilerplate in both PDFs states CC BY-SA 3.0, whereas the frozen current course records and Commons records identify both as CC BY-SA 4.0 components. The edition follows those current component records, retains the internal PDF statements as provenance, and does not treat the PDFs as current semantic copies. The translated text remains under CC BY-SA 4.0; no blanket licence is claimed for the mixed collection. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
Media credits for Unit 22
The seven substantive media positions in Lecture 22 and Worksheet 22 retain the identities, attributions, and licensing routes of their source components. The two official PDFs are authority/build witnesses, not additional reader media positions.
- Tangent to a curve — File:Tangent to a curve.svg; creator according to the current Commons record: Jacj, with later versions by Oleg Alexandrov; rights status: public domain.
- Three lines meeting at one point — File:3 equations -5.JPG; creator: Cronholm144; rights status: public domain.
- Portrait of René Descartes — File:Frans Hals - Portret van René Descartes.jpg; work after Frans Hals, reproduction source as recorded by Commons; rights status: public domain.
- Folium of Descartes — File:Kartesisches-Blatt.svg; creator: Georg-Johann; licensing route used: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Two curve components intersecting at a triple point — File:Intersect3.png; creator: Michael Larsen; licensing route used through GFDL migration on Commons: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- A tangent to a circle is perpendicular to the radius — File:Cercle tangente rayon.svg; original work: Christophe Dang Ngoc Chan (Cdang), SVG conversion/derivative: Hagman; licensing route used: CC BY-SA 3.0.
- Cardioid — File:Cardioid.svg; creator: D.328; reuse route displayed by Commons: CC BY-SA 3.0, with the raw GFDL/CC BY-SA 2.1 JP and migration records retained in the rights ledger.
Reconciliation note: the inline Wikiversity credit for the tangent
image names AxelBoldt, whereas the frozen Commons
description names Jacj and Oleg Alexandrov. Commons component metadata
governs attribution in this edition; the differing Wikiversity label is
retained as provenance in the freeze, not republished as an authorship
fact. Raw dual-licensing and migration records for the four licensed
components are retained in authority/RIGHTS-unit-22.csv;
the edition makes no blanket-licence claim for the mixed collection.
Both official PDFs contain internal CC BY-SA 3.0 boilerplate, whereas the frozen current course and Commons records identify both as CC BY-SA 4.0 components. The edition retains this difference as provenance. The translated text remains under CC BY-SA 4.0. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
Media credits for Unit 23
Lecture 23, Worksheet 23, and both frozen public solutions contain no
substantive reader media positions. The two official upstream PDFs are
retained solely as visual/build authority witnesses and retain their own
component rights and attributions, as recorded in
authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-23.json.
Rights and accessibility note: the internal boilerplate in both PDFs states CC BY-SA 3.0, whereas the frozen course statements and Commons records identify both as CC BY-SA 4.0 components. The lecture PDF has seven pages; the worksheet PDF has five pages, of which the fourth is blank. Both are untagged and lack PDF document structure. The edition retains all these differences as provenance, does not treat the PDFs as current semantic copies, and does not count them as reader media positions.
The translated text remains under CC BY-SA 4.0; no blanket licence is claimed for the mixed collection. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
Media credits for Unit 24
Lecture 24, Worksheet 24, and the sole frozen public solution contain
no substantive reader media positions. The two official upstream PDFs
are retained solely as visual/build authority witnesses and retain their
own component rights and attributions, as recorded in
authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-24.json and
authority/RIGHTS-unit-24.csv.
Rights note: the file-description pages for both 2012 PDFs retain the older CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany statement alongside the current print/course version statement, CC BY-SA 4.0. The edition records both routes and does not grant a new blanket licence over the PDF files. The lecture PDF has six pages and the worksheet PDF has two pages. Both have extractable text, but are untagged, have no structure tree, and specify no document language.
The lecture PDF also contains the historical form , whereas the frozen live semantic source contains the consistent form . Both the PDF and the live semantic source write the coefficient in a proof step that mathematically requires . The reader follows the semantic source for the cylinder example and openly marks the coefficient correction; the PDF is not treated as a current semantic copy or as a reader media position.
The translated text remains under CC BY-SA 4.0 through the semantic-source route; other components retain their respective rights. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
English Markdown source · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-24.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-24.csv
Media credits for Unit 25
Lecture 25, Worksheet 25, and both frozen public solutions contain no
substantive reader media positions. Exercise 25.13 asks the reader to
draw an image using suitable software, but the source supplies no image
file for that exercise. The two official upstream PDFs are retained
solely as visual/build authority witnesses and retain their own
component rights and attributions, as recorded in
authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-25.json and
authority/RIGHTS-unit-25.csv.
Rights note: the file-description pages for both 2012 PDFs retain the older CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany statement alongside the current print/course version statement, CC BY-SA 4.0. The edition records both routes and does not grant a new blanket licence over the PDF files. The lecture PDF has seven pages and the worksheet PDF has three pages. Both have extractable text, but are untagged, have no structure tree, specify no document language, and have no document outline.
Holger Brenner’s upstream semantic text and its derivative translation follow the CC BY-SA 4.0 route; other components retain their respective rights. This English edition is an independent derivative and implies no endorsement by, or official affiliation with, the author or Wikiversity. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
The contributor to the frozen revisions of the Lecture 25 and
Worksheet 25 root pages is recorded as Arbota. The contributor to the
frozen revision of the solution to Exercise 25.1 is Bocardodarapti,
whereas the contributor to the frozen revision of the solution to
Exercise 25.2 is Arbota. Course authorship credit to Holger Brenner and
these revision credits are distinct relationships; the
oldid links and frozen XML preserve a verifiable
attribution history.
English Markdown source · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-25.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-25.csv
Media credits for Unit 26
Lecture 26 contains one substantive reader media position. Worksheet 26 and its public solution contain no additional reader media positions. The two official upstream PDFs are retained as visual/build authority witnesses, not as reader media positions.
- Transverse and non-transverse intersections - File:Intersect3.png,
image created by Michael Larsen and uploaded to Commons by Maksim. The
reader uses the official Commons thumbnail, 250 x 249 pixels, stored as
authority/assets/250px-Intersect3.png, 5,922 bytes, SHA-256b29c15edf6619632fe033e0b6064c1826226abce0be6219262ca028a2a157818. The licensing route used is CC BY-SA 3.0.
The Commons metadata freezes the File:Intersect3.png
description page at revision 475878038. The original file is 400 x 399
pixels, 5,018 bytes, and has SHA-1
26fef135fcc9d950958068778e5805830ffa8b8e. The inline source
credits name Michael Larsen and Maksim separately; the rights ledger
preserves those creator and uploader relationships without conflating
them.
PDF rights note: the file-description pages for both 2012 PDFs retain the older CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany statement alongside the current print/course version statement, CC BY-SA 4.0. The edition records both routes and does not grant a new blanket licence over the PDFs. The lecture PDF has seven pages and the worksheet PDF has two pages. Both have extractable text, but are untagged, have no structure tree, specify no document language, and have no document outline.
Holger Brenner’s upstream semantic text and its derivative translation follow the CC BY-SA 4.0 route; the image component retains CC BY-SA 3.0. This English edition is an independent derivative and implies no endorsement by, or official affiliation with, the author or Wikiversity. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
The contributor to the frozen revisions of the Lecture 26 and
Worksheet 26 root pages is recorded as Arbota. The contributor to the
frozen revision of the solution to Exercise 26.4 is Bocardodarapti.
Course authorship credit to Holger Brenner and these revision credits
are distinct relationships; the oldid links and frozen XML
preserve a verifiable attribution history.
Media credits for Unit 27
Lecture 27 contains ten substantive reader media positions. Worksheet
27 and its solution-closure note contain no additional media. All reader
files below are byte-identical copies of the frozen Commons originals; a
second witness copy is stored in
authority/wikiversity/unit-27/assets/. The two official
upstream PDFs are visual/build authority witnesses, not reader media
positions.
- Dandelion flower - File:Loewenzahn_20.jpg,
created and uploaded by Waugsberg. The inline course credit records
CC-BY-SA-2.5; the frozen Commons page at revision 1247205786 offers CC BY-SA 3.0.
Local file: 840,757 bytes, SHA-256
8b906e3ef135ef3b07c93cdc053ea45155bf6de0d7c6a209d1b7a0746c03f7d7. - Projective line, illustration 1 - File:Projektiveline1bb.jpg,
created and uploaded by Darapti, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 723,518
bytes, SHA-256
f6feb42ac3b37d3d1ed8b7826f901b88fac64c0a2fdd8245a178b18e068b61b6. - Projective line, illustration 2 - File:Projektiveline2bb.jpg,
created and uploaded by Darapti, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 777,323
bytes, SHA-256
40664e9c2f5f63fa03947df2bb120bc5427380cc7db8c14d39f4cc415c6beaea. - Projective line, illustration 3 - File:Projektiveline3bb.jpg,
created and uploaded by Darapti, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 808,222
bytes, SHA-256
ef5b0c0b0e34a7b947a946bda22d04d5ed11ecb2b88d5e0256f22dcd28e594b2. - Projective plane, illustration 1 - File:Projektiveplane1bb.jpg,
created and uploaded by Darapti, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 737,889
bytes, SHA-256
5845a36699676293242090f7499daf7f033aed559590b2e61cdab0f4c635f23c. - Projective plane, illustration 2 - File:Projektiveplane2bb.jpg,
created and uploaded by Darapti, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 789,468
bytes, SHA-256
784560087dcdcae0ef62505c865bd86db3ebf72a71fb674615ed6e55e2ca782d. - Projective plane, illustration 3 - File:Projektiveplane3bb.jpg,
created and uploaded by Darapti, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 801,410
bytes, SHA-256
7a5642c90b40cae72a66b4f2cfc1804e1a0abf4a64f9d41769b1e5694b824afb. - Projective plane, illustration 4 - File:Projektiveplane4bb.jpg,
created and uploaded by Darapti, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 839,639
bytes, SHA-256
92ad7dfff6cdf2ba0fb6b361444cfd4ed9663a5ae59b1d555604533025fdafd9. - Principle of perspective projection - File:Perspective
Projection Principle.jpg, image by Joachim Baecker and upload by
Fantagu, CC BY-SA 3.0. Local file: 53,956 bytes, SHA-256
38ced602230489102e8cd69886e3dfd609539606ac4c702d7c930b384d119a6c. - Blue sphere - File:Blue-sphere.png,
created by Lucas Vieira, uploaded as LucasVB, public domain. The
historical course credit names user Kieff; both sides of that
relationship are preserved. Local file: 123,336 bytes, SHA-256
5024f8120e040b6f5d40141cc3109c703eda56cb8cdf133d0ef0d11ee7dbb733.
Full metadata, original URLs, description-page revisions, dimensions,
original-file SHA-1 hashes, course credits, Commons credits, and
component licensing routes are recorded in
authority/RIGHTS-unit-27.csv and
authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-27.json. Differences between
historical inline credits and current Commons metadata are preserved,
not conflated.
The official Lecture 27 PDF has nine pages, 171,996 bytes, SHA-256
0d4402bfae46abd09cb4719110a006287b03de31b0e620e0157a4ef9a07817f2.
The official Worksheet 27 PDF has two pages, 41,952 bytes, SHA-256
e1fa608c2b54c988f16d0c0b2119f1d21440b37debbf87d89b7bbf228c6bdf9d.
Neither is encrypted, and their text is extractable, but they are
untagged, have no structure tree or document language, and have no
bookmarks. The file-description pages retain the older CC BY-SA 2.0
Germany route and the current CC BY-SA 4.0 print/course route; this
edition makes no blanket licensing claim.
Holger Brenner’s upstream semantic text and its derivative translation follow the CC BY-SA 4.0 route. This English edition is an independent derivative and implies no endorsement or official affiliation. The contributor to the frozen revisions of the lecture and worksheet root pages is recorded as Arbota; this is revision provenance, not a replacement for Holger Brenner’s authorship credit. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
English Markdown source · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-27.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-27.csv
Media credits for Unit 28
Lecture 28 contains four substantive reader media positions.
Worksheet 28 and its public solution contain no additional media. All
reader files below are byte-identical copies of the frozen Commons
originals; an additional witness copy of each file is stored in
authority/wikiversity/unit-28/assets/. The two official
upstream PDFs are visual/build authority witnesses, not reader media
positions.
- Football pattern or sphere of genus zero - File:Soccerball.svg,
originating from OpenClipart; the frozen Commons page does not name a
creator and records the current uploader as MapGrid. This file is under
CC0
1.0. The older inline course credit names user Ranveig and the label
PD; both records are preserved without recasting Ranveig as the creator.
Local file: 1,311 bytes, SHA-256
0405cfe3c75353882ffeecdbd4c8514bba49954482109c5f06f760d6a93b70e7. - Torus, genus one - File:Torus
illustration.png, created and uploaded by Oleg Alexandrov, public
domain. Local file: 150,645 bytes, SHA-256
f5c22545e3dbdf4e056c4439d63bdd41f029589893e178502d460576c44d78b7. - Double torus, genus two - File:Double
torus illustration.png, created and uploaded by Oleg Alexandrov,
public domain. Local file: 266,030 bytes, SHA-256
1a7664a61899dd83245760b2842c6f1b8c2f18887bb507fdbc5405acd1d8a038. - Sphere with three handles, genus three - File:Sphere
with three handles.png, work by Oleg Alexandrov created using
MATLAB, public domain. Local file: 398,740 bytes, SHA-256
49398059697841332186226bccf87e46032289c1a8a02063fc2600070c51a311.
Full metadata, original URLs, description-page revisions, dimensions,
original-file SHA-1 hashes, course credits, Commons credits, and
component licensing routes are recorded in
authority/RIGHTS-unit-28.csv and
authority/ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-28.json. The difference
between the historical Ranveig/PD label and current Commons metadata for
Soccerball.svg is preserved, not conflated or used to guess
a creator.
The official Lecture 28 PDF has nine pages, 106,537 bytes, SHA-256
0d040f9a5663e6d0d7451f4de864a0712e35e08e961afc66d6742dfbee065609.
The official Worksheet 28 PDF has three pages, 45,643 bytes, SHA-256
579b29f1250b346549522aadc465f7afa0c67b012b5d7ba76b4c6eb0c94a5d12.
Neither is encrypted, and their text is extractable, but they are
untagged, have no structure tree or document language, and have no
bookmarks. The eighth page of the lecture PDF has no extractable text;
this accessibility fact is recorded as a property of the official
witness, not as a model for the new reader.
The file-description pages retain the older CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany route and the current CC BY-SA 4.0 print/course route. This edition makes no blanket licensing claim over that mixed collection.
Holger Brenner’s upstream semantic text and its derivative translation follow the CC BY-SA 4.0 route. This English edition is an independent derivative and implies no endorsement or official affiliation. The contributor to the frozen revisions of the lecture and worksheet root pages is recorded as Arbota; this is revision provenance, not a replacement for Holger Brenner’s authorship credit. The contributor to the frozen revision of the public solution to Exercise 28.10 is recorded as Bocardodarapti. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
English Markdown source · Rights record: ASSET_CLOSURE-unit-28.json · Rights record: RIGHTS-unit-28.csv
Media credits for Unit 29
Worksheet 29 contains two substantive reader media positions. Full metadata, description-page revisions, original-file SHA-1 hashes, component licensing routes, and witness copies are recorded in the Unit 29 asset closure. The two official upstream PDFs are visual/build authority witnesses, not reader media positions.
- Lemniscate of Bernoulli - File:Lemniscate
of Bernoulli.svg, created by Zorgit, public domain. The original
source file was uploaded in its current file revision by Georg-Johann.
The inline course credit also names Zorgit. Local file: 1,087 bytes,
SHA-256
3e1753bdbf9a9e0068892d1c10c445c104033e2a100d2d0b68f349fc8e1324f4. - Illustration of a plane cubic curve - File:Tschirnhausen
cubic.png, created and uploaded by Oleg Alexandrov, public domain.
The inline course credit names Oleg Alexandrov. The frozen Commons
description page warns that, although the filename names the
Tschirnhausen cubic, the image is not that curve because the angle of
intersection at its double point differs. The edition preserves the file
actually used by the source and discloses this discrepancy to the
reader. The Commons original-file endpoint (metadata: 64,767 bytes,
SHA-1
44a9bbaa597b2fce69ca491335199890546cfb3d) returned HTTP 429 during bounded retrieval, so the original file was not archived locally. The reader uses the official Commons thumbnail, 500 x 745, 83,502 bytes, SHA-256f3dda9da65db9e431f25ea77eb83f51aed2eff1c191dc1206e0759561ee613c7, atauthority/assets/Tschirnhausen_cubic-500.png.
The official Lecture 29 PDF has six pages, 84,904 bytes, SHA-256
9f7082c66d493cd02a6e4f0579493ad1ba74ddec4b3777517c9ab6daa9610c6d.
The official Worksheet 29 PDF has three pages, 81,522 bytes, SHA-256
83986d2a9928c6e61ad7afa6d5a890e2b296c15a8706931c8c6da485b05079d2.
The file-description pages retain the older CC BY-SA 2.0 Germany route,
whereas the semantic/course text and its translation follow CC BY-SA
4.0. This edition makes no blanket licensing claim over that mixed
collection.
Holger Brenner’s upstream semantic text and its derivative translation follow the CC BY-SA 4.0 route. This English edition is an independent derivative and implies no endorsement or official affiliation. The contributor to the frozen revisions of the worksheet root page and both public solutions is recorded as Arbota; this is revision provenance, not a replacement for Holger Brenner’s authorship credit. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.
Media credits for Unit 30
Lecture 30 contains one substantive reader media position. Full metadata, description-page revisions, original-file SHA-1 hashes, component licensing routes, and witness copies are recorded in the Unit 30 asset closure. The two official upstream PDFs are visual/build authority witnesses, not reader media positions.
- Two cubic curves with nine points of intersection -
File:Two
cubic curves.png, created and uploaded by Hack (the earlier upload
is recorded as
Hack~commonswiki), own work made with Mathematica 6.0, public domain. The inline course credit also names Hack and PD. The local file is 250 x 251 pixels, 7,957 bytes, SHA-256489afccf2128371df697f6121da75c376f4910a2404dfe572c7ae7adbdac663a, atauthority/assets/Two_cubic_curves.png.
The official Lecture 30 PDF is a seven-page A4 file from 2012,
recorded as 90,813 bytes with SHA-1
693ce1c8eba815282b96746054049bf12a46119f. The official
Worksheet 30 PDF is a two-page A4 file from 2012, recorded as 38,514
bytes with SHA-1 ffc2e642d73d802b9c1f520607a8e00f440dffee.
Neither binary is available locally: one bounded retrieval on 1
September 2026 made exactly one request to each canonical endpoint, and
both again returned HTTP 429 with text/html. No local
SHA-256 is therefore claimed. The retrieval evidence and status are
bound in the Unit 30 authority freeze; this metadata is not used to
claim that the 2012 PDFs are identical to the 2026 semantic pages that
govern the edition’s text.
The PDF file-description pages retain the older print route and the licence statements recorded in the Unit 30 rights ledger, whereas the semantic/course text and its translation follow CC BY-SA 4.0. This edition makes no blanket licensing claim over that mixed collection.
Holger Brenner’s upstream semantic text and its derivative translation follow the CC BY-SA 4.0 route. This English edition is an independent derivative and implies no endorsement or official affiliation. The contributors to the frozen revisions of the Lecture 30 and Worksheet 30 root pages and the public solution are recorded as revision provenance, not as a replacement for Holger Brenner’s authorship credit. Translation, checking, and production of the edition were assisted by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.